Southam Quarry Extension

Environmental Impact Assessment Volume 1 Environmental Statement

WYG Ref: A050564 July 2010

ENVIRONMENTAL STATEMENT

VOLUME 1

SOUTHAM QUARRY EXTENSION

Document verification Client: Cemex UK Limited

Project: Southam Quarry Job no. A050564 Document title: Environmental Statement Status: Final Date: 09 July 2010 Ref A050564 V4 ES July 2010

21 Park Place, Cardiff CF10 3DQ, GB Tel: +44 (0)29 2072 9000 Fax: +44 (0)29 2039 5965 www.wyg.com

Contents

1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 The Planning Application 1 1.2 The Applicant Company 1 1.3 Planning Context 1 1.4 The Application Site 2 1.5 Planning History 2 1.6 Summary of the Proposed Development 5 1.7 The Environmental Statement 5 1.8 Format of the ES 6 1.9 Submitted Documents 6 1.10 Community Information Initiative 6 PART I 9 BASELINE STUDIES 9 2.0 THE SITE AND ITS SURROUNDINGS 11 2.1 The Existing Landscape 11 2.1.1 Introduction 11 2.1.2 Published landscape assessment 11 2.1.3 Landscape appraisal 12 2.1.4 Ability to accommodate change – landscape sensitivity 14 2.1.5 Zone of Theoretical Visibility (ZTV) 14 2.1.6 Visual amenity 15 2.1.7 Ability to accommodate change - sensitivity 16 2.1.8 Landscape Designations 16 2.2 Ecology 17 2.2.1 Introduction 17 2.2.2 Background Data 17 2.2.3 Survey Methodology 18 2.2.4 Baseline Ecological Survey: Results 21 2.3 Soils and Land Classification 27 2.3.1 Survey 27 2.3.2 Soils 27 2.3.3 Agricultural land classification 27 2.4 Geology 27 2.4.1 Introduction 27 2.4.2 Bedrock Geology 28 2.4.3 Operational Units 28 2.4.4 Chemical Analysis and Blend Optimisation 28 2.4.5 Reserves and ‘useful’ reserves 29 2.5 Hydrology and Hydrogeology 31 2.5.1 Geology 31 2.5.2 Hydrology 32 2.5.3 Hydrogeology 35 2.5.4 Discharge Consents 40 2.5.5 Quarry water management 40 2.5.6 Potential receptors 43 2.5.7 Conceptual model 44

A050564 Final iii WYG Planning & Design Contents

2.6 Cultural Heritage 45 2.6.1 Introduction 45 2.6.2 Known Archaeology 45 2.6.3 Historical and cartographic evidence and industrial archaeology 46 2.6.4 Field Evaluation: Spiers Farm Quarry Phases 1 and 2 47 2.7 Baseline Studies Conclusion 47 PART II 55 THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT 55 3.0 THE QUARRY DEVELOPMENT SCHEME 57 3.1 Introduction 57 3.2 Phased quarry development scheme 57 3.2.1 Current operations 57 3.2.2 Phase 3 development 57 3.3 Quarry design criteria 58 3.4 Reserve and resource assessment 58 3.5 Mobile plant and processing 59 3.6 Hours of operation 59 3.7 Output and traffic generation 59 3.8 Alternatives 59 4.0 RESTORATION STRATEGY 65 4.1 Introduction 65 4.2 Restoration design principles and objectives 65 4.3 Restoration Details 65 4.4 Aftercare proposals 67 PART III 70 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS 70 5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 72 5.1 Introduction 72 6.0 LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 73 6.1 Scope of Assessment 73 6.2 Assessment Methodology 73 6.2.1 Introduction 73 6.2.2 Landscape appraisal 74 6.3 Visual Appraisal 75 6.4 Assessment and Mitigation 77 6.5 Assessment of Effects 77 6.5.1 The potential sources of impact 77 6.6 Landscape Impact Assessment 78 6.6.1 The vegetation pattern of the area 78 6.6.2 Amenity of Local residents, users of public rights of way and roads 78 6.7 Visual Impact Assessment 79

A050564 Final iv WYG Planning & Design Contents

6.8 Mitigation Measures 83 6.8.1 Site Planning 83 6.8.2 Screening Measures 83 6.8.3 Restoration 83 6.9 Conclusion 83 7.0 ECOLOGY 85 7.1 Introduction: Scope and Approach 85 7.2 Legislative & Policy Framework 85 7.2.1 Local Plan 85 7.2.2 Structure Plan 85 7.2.3 Regional Spatial Strategy 86 7.2.4 Minerals Local Plan 87 7.2.5 UK Legislation 87 7.2.6 Planning Policy Statement (PPS9) 88 7.2.7 Planning Policy Statement (PPS1) 88 7.2.8 Biodiversity Action Plans 88 7.3 Assessment of Ecological Importance 89 7.3.1 Bioregional Level 89 7.3.2 Local Level 89 7.3.3 Nature Conservation Value 91 7.4 Proposed Excavation: Ecological Considerations 91 7.4.1 Introduction 91 7.4.2 Restoration Design Principles 91 7.4.3 Restoration Proposals 92 7.4.4 Management and Aftercare 93 7.5 Potential Ecological Impact 93 7.5.1 Clearance Stage 94 7.5.2 Post Excavation 97 7.6 Mitigation 97 7.6.1 Introduction 97 7.6.2 Clearance Stage 97 7.6.3 Extraction Stage 98 7.6.4 Post Extraction 99 7.7 Conclusion 99 8.0 SOIL RESOURCES 101 8.1 Introduction 101 9.0 HYDROLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY 103 9.1 Assessment of Potential Impacts 103 9.2 Extraction 103 9.2.1 Dewatering depth and site 103 9.2.2 Drawdown effects 104 9.2.3 Settlement 105 9.2.4 Basal Heave 105 9.2.5 Flood risk 106 9.2.6 Water quality 106 9.3 Restoration 107

A050564 Final v WYG Planning & Design Contents

9.3.1 Restoration lake water levels 107 9.3.2 Impacts of the restoration 107 9.4 Monitoring and mitigation measures 107 9.4.1 Monitoring 107 9.4.2 Mitigation measures 108 9.5 Summary 108 9.6 Recommendations 109 10.0 NOISE 111 10.1 Introduction 111 10.2 Existing Noise Levels 111 10.3 PPG 24, MPS 2 and Noise Limits 111 10.4 Noise Sources and Calculation Methods 113 10.5 Potential Noise Impacts 113 10.6 Noise Mitigation and Resulting Noise Levels 114 10.7 Temporary Operations 114 10.8 Residual Noise Impacts 115 10.9 Suggested Noise Conditions 115 10.10 Conclusions 116 11.0 AIR QUALITY 117 11.1 Introduction 117 11.2 Local Dust Environment 117 11.3 Local Traffic Pollution 121 11.4 Local Meteorological Environment 121 11.5 Dust Sensitive Receivers 122 11.6 Assessment 124 11.6.1 Site Design 124 11.6.2 Sources of Dust 125 11.6.3 Dust Management 126 11.6.4 Dust Monitoring 127 11.6.5 Potential Impacts 127 11.7 Conclusion 128 12.0 TRAFFIC 131 12.1 Introduction 131 13.0 CULTURAL HERITAGE 133 14.0 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 135 14.1 Introduction 135 14.2 Landscape and Visual Effects 135 14.3 Ecology 136 14.4 Ground and Surface Water 136 14.5 Noise 136 14.6 Dust 137

A050564 Final vi WYG Planning & Design Contents

14.7 Traffic 137 14.8 Cultural Heritage 137 PART IV 139 PLANNING POLICY AND CONCLUSIONS 139 15.0 PLANNING POLICY CONSIDERATIONS 141 15.1 Introduction 141 15.2 The Need for the Development 142 15.2.1 National Planning Policy 142 15.2.2 West Midland Regional Spatial Strategy (WMRSS) 143 15.2.3 Warwickshire Minerals Local Plan 144 15.2.4 Warwickshire Minerals Development Framework (MDF) 144 15.3 Environmental Considerations 144 15.3.1 Introduction 144 15.3.2 West Midland Regional Spatial Strategy (WMRSS) 145 15.3.3 Warwickshire Minerals Local Plan (MLP) 145 16.0 CONCLUSIONS 149

A050564 Final vii WYG Planning & Design Contents

FIGURES (Within ES V1) 1.01 Site Location Plan 1.02 IDO Permitted Area 2.01 Phase 1 Habitat Plan 2.02 Hedgerow and Tree Locations 2.03 Impact Areas - Great Crested Newt 2.04 Bat Survey Results 2.05 Bird Survey Results 2.06 Pre 19th Century Archaeology 2.07 Industrial Archaeology 3.01 Phase 3: Soil and Overburden Strip 3.02 Phase 3: Mineral Extraction 3.03 Phase 3: Restoration 4.01 Restoration Strategy

LVIA FIGURES (Within ES V3) 2.01 Landscape Appraisal 2.02 Landscape Character 2.03 Visual Appraisal 2.04 Appraisal Photographs 01 and 02 2.05 Appraisal Photographs 03 and 04 2.06 Appraisal Photographs 05 and 06 2.07 Landscape Designations 2.08 Site Context Appraisal 2.09 Site Photographs 01 – 03 2.10 Site Photographs 04 – 07 2.11 Photographs 01 – 03 2.12 Photographs 04 – 06 2.13 Photographs 01 – 06

TABLES (Within ES Volume 1) Table 1.1 Phase 1 and 2 Usable reserves at January 2010 4 Table 2.1 Summary of Background Data Search 18 Table 2.2 Classification of Roosting Potential in Trees 19 Table 2.3. Criteria for Ascending Levels of Impact on Birds 20 Table 2.4. Summary of Results from Tree Survey 23 Table 2.5 Habitat Suitability Index for the Pond (TN11) 24 Table 2.6. Summary of the Breeding Bird Assemblage for Red, Amber and BAP, SAP Priority Listed Species. 26

A050564 Final viii WYG Planning & Design Contents

Table 2.7 Summary of Reptile Survey Conditions 26 Table 2.8 Geological Sequence 28 Table 2.9 Operational Units 28 Table 2.10 Summary of chemical analyses for all Units 29 Table 2.11 Blend ratios and reserve utilisation to meet CaO 24% 29 Table 2.12 Block model reserves Phase 1: January 2010 29 Table 2.13 Block model reserves Phase 2: January 2010 30 Table 2.14 Total reserves remaining in phases 1 and 2: January 2010 30 Table 2.15 Phase 3 Extension Reserves and Useful reserves 30 Table 2.16 Total Useful Reserves Phases 1 - 3. 30 Table 2.17 Summary of the stratigraphy in the area around Southam Quarry 31 Table 2.18 Summary of previous investigations 31 Table 2.19 Summary of site investigation results 31 Table 2.20 MORECS data square 137 – long term average 1971-2000 for grass with median available water capacity (AWC) 32 Table 2.21 Water Features Survey 33 Table 2.22 Details of river gauging stations 34 Table 2.23 Details of surface water sampling locations 35

Table 2.24 Alkalinity (as CaCO3) for surface water samples 35 Table 2.25 Summary of pump test data for the Lower Lias (Jones et al, 2000) 36 Table 2.26 Summary of laboratory hydraulic conductivity within Lower Lias 36 Table 2.27 Currently monitored boreholes at Southam Quarry 38 Table 2.28 Details of groundwater sampling locations 40 Table 2.29 Discharge consents within 3km of NGR SP 4290 6415 41 Table 2.30 Dewatering and inflow volumes for the existing excavation at Spier’sFarm 42 Table 2.31 Water abstractions within 3km of NGR SP 42900 64150 44 Table 3.1: Distances from extraction area to residential property 57 Table 3.2 Total Useful Reserves Phases 1 - 3 58 Table 6.1 Landscape Sensitivity 74 Table 6.2 Visual Sensitivity 75 Table 6.3 Landscape and Visual Effects 77 Table 7.1 Criteria for determining nature conservation value 89 Table 7.2. Native Species Planting List 92 Table 7.3 Criteria to determine ecological value 93 Table 7.4 Criteria to determine significance of impact 94 Table 7.5. Approximate Loss and Gains in Habitat 99 Table 9.1 Summary of borehole data for basal heave calculation. 106 Table 10.1 Suggested Site Noise Limits 114 Table 10.2 Calculated Mitigated Site Noise Levels 114

A050564 Final ix WYG Planning & Design Contents

Table 10.3 Calculated Temporary Operation Noise Levels 115 Schedule 1 115 Table 11.1 UK Particulate Air Quality Criteria 117 Table 11.2 Comparison of particle size 117 Table 11.4 Meteorology Risk Ratings 121 Table 11.5 Average Monthly weather data for Stratford Upon Avon Weather Station 1971-200 122 Table 11.6 Dust Sensitive Activities 123 Table 11.7 Dust Sensitive Receivers 124 Figure 11.06 Location of the nearest dust sensitive receivers 124 Tab1e 11.8 Potential sources of dust associated with the extension area 125 Table 11.9 Classification of potential risks from extraction and processing activities 127 Table 11.10 Summary of receptor potential dust disturbance risk 128

APPENDICES (Within ES Volume 2)

1. ECOLOGY 1.1 Phase 1 Target Notes 1.2 Hedgerow Survey and Extract from Hedgerow Regulations 1997 1.3 Tree Survey 1.4 Impact Assessment Criteria 1.5 Bird Survey Results 1.6 Habitat Suitability Index for Great Crested Newts

2. HYDROLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY (i) Hydrology Figures 1 Monthly rainfall and water levels in Stockton reservoir 2. Historical groundwater levels in the Langport Member (White Lias) 3. Historical groundwater levels in the Blue Lias 4. Monthly rainfall and groundwater levels in the Langport Member (White Lias) 5. Langport Member (White Lias) groundwater levels recorded by datalogger at borehole 12/05 6. Groundwater levels in the Langport Member (White Lias) and water levels in Stockton reservoir 7. Monthly rainfall and groundwater levels in the Blue Lias 8. Groundwater levels in the Blue Lias and water levels in Stockton reservoir 9. Spring in north east corner of Phase 1 Spier’s Farm (ii) Hydrology Drawings • SP4163_CAW_D_010609_B Location plan • SP4163_CAW_D_260609_A Phase location plan

A050564 Final x WYG Planning & Design Contents

• SP4163_CAW_D_100609_B Indicative top of Langport member (White Lias) (mAOD) • SP4163_CAW_D_100609_A Indicative base of Blue Lias (mAOD) • SP4163_CAW_D_100609_C Groundwater levels in the Langport Member (June 2009) • SP4163_CAW_D_120609_A Groundwater levels in the Blue Lias (June 2009) • SP4163_CAW_D_260509_A Discharge consents within 3km of SP 4290 6415 • SP4163_CAW_D_120609_B Water features within 3km of SP 4290 6415 • SP4163_CAW_D_250609_A1 Proposed interim base of working • SP4163_SMC_D_270907A2 Proposed water management and monitoring schemes (iii) Hydrology Appendices Appendix A Borehole logs Appendix B Monthly rainfall Appendix C River gauging data Appendix D Surface water quality data Appendix E Groundwater quality data Appendix F Search information from the Environment Agency Appendix G Water level monitoring data Appendix H Surface water management scheme for Spier’s Farm quarry Appendix I Correspondence with the Environment Agency (iv) Hydrology Tables. 10. Surface water Quality Data (mean concentrations) 11. Surface water Quality Data (maximum concentrations) 13. Summary of Site Specific Permeability 17. Langport Member Groundwater Quality data (mean concentrations) 18. Langport Member Groundwater Quality Data (maximum concentrations) 19. Blue Lias Groundwater Quality data (mean concentrations) 20. Blue Lias Groundwater Quality data (maximum concentrations) (v) Flood Risk Assessment: JBA

3. CULTURAL HERITAGE 3.1 References, Maps and Aerial Photographs Consulted 3.2 Gazetteer of SMR entries 3.3 Aerial Photograph: April 1947

4. NOISE 4.1 Noise Units and Sound Power 4.2 Instrumentation, Calibration and Survey Details 4.3 Attended Measurements near Dwellings 4.4 Unattended 24 Hour Monitoring near a Dwelling

A050564 Final xi WYG Planning & Design Contents

4.5 Average Measured Noise Levels 4.6 Suggested Site Noise Limits 4.7 Calculated Mitigated Site Noise Levels 4.8 Calculated Temporary Operation Noise Levels 4.9 Noise Calculation Methods and Calculation Sheet 4.10 Noise Measurement Locations and Plan

5. AIR QUALITY 5.1 Monitoring Data for 2008 and 2009

APPLICATION PLANS (within ES Volume 5) A050564 01A Application Plan A050564 02A Existing Site A050564 03A Phase 3 Soil and Overburden Strip A050564 04A Phase 3 Mineral Extraction A050564 05A Phase 3 Restoration A050564 06A Restoration Strategy A050564 07A Restoration Detail A050564 08 Restoration Sections

A050564 Final xii WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 1

1.0 INTRODUCTION Cement Works (para 1.25), and the Rugby Works itself as being of “national importance due to its location, 1.1 The Planning Application proximity to good transport infrastructure and large cement output” (ref para 3.65). This Environmental Statement (ES) sets out the results of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) which The background to the scheme is that in January 2004 a has been undertaken to accompany a planning planning application was submitted to Warwickshire application, submitted by The Rugby Group, who are County Council (WCC) which proposed the extraction part of CEMEX UK Limited (hereafter referred to as of some 18 million tonnes of limestone and clay as a 4 CEMEX). The application seeks permission for the phase extension of Southam Quarry. The site at Spiers extraction of limestone and clay as an extension to Farm was proposed to be worked over a period of some Southam Quarry, within land referred to as Spiers Farm. 30 years, with the material to be transported to the The limestone and clay would be transported to the Rugby Cement Works as a continuation of historic Rugby Cement Works for use in the manufacture of practice. cement. Following comments from interested parties, and discussions with WCC, the scheme was revised in 1.2 The Applicant Company December 2004 to delete ‘phase 4’ of the development CEMEX is a leading global producer and marketer of scheme. The revised scheme was reported to the County cement, concrete and other building materials. In the UK Council’s Planning Committee in July 2005, when the it is the leading producer of ready mix concrete and the Planning Officer recommended that the application second-largest manufacturer of aggregates. It is the should be approved subject to conditions, and the prior third-largest cement and asphalt producer, with a completion of a Section 106 agreement regulating significant share of the roof tile, concrete- block certain defined activities. However, the Committee markets. It is the leading supplier of concrete sleepers to resolved that further reductions in the extent of the the UK’s rail industry and a dominant supplier of quarry area should be negotiated. Pulverised Fuel Ash (PFA) cement additives. This culminated in the submission of ‘Further Revised CEMEX understands that its activities carry impact to Proposals’ (July 2005) which deleted the majority of the the environment and local communities. The company’s originally defined ‘phase 3’. These ‘Further Revised sustainability strategy has programmes running on all Proposals’ represented an overall reduction in the aspects and elements of sustainability, and the key surface area of the development by some 16 hectares identified areas ensure that the impacts are measured compared to the original proposal. and actions taken in each. Progress on each of the areas The resulting reserve was reduced to some 11.3 million is reported in the CEMEX Sustainability Report. tonnes, which was assumed to provide a notional life of CEMEX takes its responsibilities to be a conscientious some 18 years production at an assumed output of operator seriously and aims to minimise all negative 600,000 tonnes per annum. However, Cemex aspects of its operations. The company is firmly emphasised at the time that “the composition of the committed to its environmental policy, and has an open (remaining) reserve, and the need to obtain a specific door policy and will discuss any aspect of its operation blend (for use in the Rugby Cement Works) is likely to that is of concern to residents, customers and other significantly reduce that available tonnage.” (ref stakeholders. ‘Further Revised Proposals July 2005’ Volume 7, para 2.5). The revisions to the scheme were also made The Environmental Assessment, which has been without prejudice to the conclusions of the undertaken as part of the application, and the mitigation Environmental Impact Assessment which indicated that measures proposed to reduce or eliminate any the original scheme could proceed without giving rise to environmental impacts, further emphasises the objective unacceptable environmental effects. The revisions in to meet the company’s sustainable objectives. those terms were primarily influenced by a need to obtain a planning permission for additional reserves, 1.3 Planning Context given the acute shortage of available reserves to serve the Rugby Cement Works Southam Quarry is the principal source of raw material which is used in the manufacture of cement at the Rugby Planning permission for the revised scheme was issued Cement Works. Cemex require long term security of by WCC in April 2006 (SP965/04CM001), subject to reserves to ensure continuity of supplies to Rugby conditions which, inter alia, requires extraction to be Works, which is a key supplier of raw material to the completed within 18 years of the date of the permission UK construction industry. The Warwickshire County (ref condition 11). Council ‘Minerals Core Strategy: Revised Spatial The development has commenced, and the current Options April 2009’ describes Southam as being of position is that extraction operations have been “strategic importance” in terms of supply to the Rugby

A050564 Final 1 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 1

substantially completed within phase 1. Top soil and • Upper B and C – 3:1 sub soil has been stripped from phase 2 and placed in temporary storage bunds. Extraction commenced in This will mean that Units A and B can be fully phase 2 in May 2009. exploited, but with recovery of only some 23% of the Unit C as part of the proposed overall Spiers Farm The original geological investigation and historic development. The residual material available in Unit C experience of quarrying at Southam confirms that the would be available in the longer term for use in blending reserve is present in a series of discreet mineral with reserves from elsewhere. The reserves which would horizons, referred to as Units A, B, C and D. The available from the extension site would therefore be: chemical composition of the respective units is critical in securing the required quality and blend of material for • Unit A: 760,800 tonnes; use in the Rugby Cement Works. This has resulted in • Unit B: 1,753,954 tonnes; only 23% of the reserve within Unit C being available in terms of the volume of reserves in other units which are • Unit C: 838,252tonnes* (*assuming 23% available and required for blending with reserves in Unit usable reserves) C. The net result is that the remaining usable reserves in • Total: 3,353,006 tonnes phases 1 and 2 as at January 2010 are only some 2.7 million tonnes (2,738,300), sufficient for just over 4 The overall development, to include remaining reserves years production at 600,000 per annum. in Phase 1 and 2 would provide a usable reserve of some 6.09 million tonnes, (6,091,306), and a life of some 10 This situation has arisen in part from the loss of the years based upon an output of 600,000 tonnes per original quantum of reserve (within the originally annum. These issues are discussed further, and in more defined phases 3 and 4), which has reduced the overall detail in Chapter 3.0 of the ES. volume available for blending. In effect, there is a surplus of Unit C reserves, but insufficient Unit A and B 1.4 The Application Site reserves available to blend with the residual Unit C reserves. A plan illustrating the location of the site, together with the existing Southam Quarry and currently permitted The underlying purpose of the forthcoming development Spiers Farm Quarry area is produced as Figure 1.01. is therefore be to secure access to additional reserves adjoining phase 2, with particular reference to Unit A The site comprises part of an open area of agricultural and B reserves which can then be blended with the land, which is currently sub-divided by low hedgerows remaining Unit C reserves in phase 2. into five field parcels. It is bounded to the south by the existing Quarry, with the Southam Cement Works to the In view of the planning history associated with the 2004 south-west. The western boundary is formed by the planning application, the EIA has undertaken a careful A426. The northern and western boundaries are review of the environmental issues associated with the undefined on the ground, but lie to the south of Stockton extension, with particular regard to the concerns raised Field Farm, and to the east of a dismantled railway and in relation to the previous ‘Phase 3’ and ‘Phase 4’ Stockton Reservoir. proposals. The objective has been to devise a development scheme which provides the required The site lies some 1.6 km from the north-eastern fringe chemical composition of reserve from a site area which of Southam, and some 250 m from the north-western balances the need to secure access to additional reserves outskirts of Stockton village. Long Itchington lies some with the need for acceptable protection to environmental 750 m to the north-west, beyond the dismantled railway, and amenity interests. The EIA has been undertaken Stockton Reservoir and the Grand Union Canal. accordingly, and the results are considered in this ES. The development scheme which has emerged is based 1.5 Planning History upon a surface area of some 9 ha, which has been The quarrying of limestone and clay at Southam has defined to maximise the availability of reserves within continued since the early 1800’s, initially for the units A and B (which are deeper in the east, and production of agricultural lime and then, from gradually thin towards the west and north-west). The approximately the 1840’s, for use in the production of mineral volumes to be extracted have been based upon cement. The Southam Works was established in this the objective of maintaining a constant blend of 24% period, and there has been effectively continuous CaO, and SO3 < 2.5%. The % of CaO is between 32.6 mineral extraction to varying degrees of intensity in the and 31.3% in Unit A; 27.9 – 24.3% in Unit B; and 10.5 Southam area since that time. – 10.1% in Unit C. The scheme will therefore require blending of the Units at ratios of: The formal planning history dates back to 1947, when an ‘Interim Development Order’ planning permission • A and C – 2:1 was issued by the former Southam Rural District Council. The permission related to the winning and • Lower B and C – 4:1 and

A050564 Final 2 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 1

working of minerals from some 97 hectares of land, both ‘Phase 4’). This would have resulted in the extraction of to the north and south of the A426. The boundary of the some 13.85 million tonnes of limestone and clay in three permitted area is illustrated on Figure 1.02. phases over a period of some 23 years. Further revised proposals were submitted in July 2005, which deleted Quarrying continued in the subsequent decades on land the majority of the originally defined ‘Phase 3’ and to the north of the A426 within the land to the west, which represented an overall reduction in the surface south-west and south of the Southam Cement Works. area of the development by some 16 ha compared to the The raw material at that time fed to the adjoining original proposal. Southam Works for the production of cement, but also, in part, was taken by road for use as a raw material in This position on the part of the Applicants coincided the Rugby Cement Works. with the near exhaustion of reserves at the existing Spiers Farm Quarry, and the temporary source of The Planning and Compensation Act 1991 required all material at Lodge Farm Rugby. It thus represented a old mineral permissions to be registered, and for pragmatic approach based upon the need to obtain early schemes to be submitted to update and modernise the access to additional reserves. In those terms, the planning conditions controlling future operations. The revisions to the scheme were made without prejudice to Southam Quarry Interim Development Order permission the conclusions of the EIA which accompanied the was covered by the provisions of the Act. In accordance application, which indicated that both the original with the required procedure, the permission was proposal (January 2004) and first revised proposal registered in May 1992, and an updated scheme of (December 2004) could have proceeded without giving conditions was approved by Warwickshire County rise to unacceptable environmental or amenity effects. Council in September 1993. The ‘Further Revised Proposals’ (July 2005) made The 1993 updated permission and scheme of conditions reference to a reduced gross reserve of some 11.3 reflected the content of a scheme submitted by Rugby million tonnes, including remaining reserves within the Cement which sub-divided the remaining permitted area then permitted area of Spiers Farm. This suggested a into five extraction zones. The land to the north-west of notional life of some 18 years production at an assumed the A426 was referred to as areas 1, 2, 3, and 5, with output of 600,000 tonnes per annum. However, the land to the south-east of the A426 referred to as areas Applicants emphasised at the time that “the composition 4A, 4B and 4C. These areas are illustrated on Figure of the (remaining) reserve, and the need to obtain a 1.03. The planning permission allows operations to specific blend is likely to significantly reduce that continue to the year 2042, with operations to be initially available tonnage.” (Ref ‘Further Revised Proposals’ concentrated in the areas to the north-west of the A426 July 2005: Volume 7 para 2.5). This has proven to be (areas 1, 2, 3, and 5). The sequence of development correct, and as noted in Section 1.1 above, Phase 1 is then anticipated the construction of a tunnel beneath the now exhausted in terms of mineral Units A and B. A426 to provide access to reserves within area 4, south Following commencement of extraction in Phase 2 in of the A426. May 2009, the overall remaining usable reserves are The 1993 Review was subsequently superseded by a only some 2.7 million tonnes, sufficient for just over 4 Review undertaken under the provisions of the years supply. This reduction reflects: Environment Act 1995, which approved a modern set of Production of some 2.25 million tonnes from the working conditions for the whole of the permitted area (i) time of submission of the Further Revised (S965/97CMO28). The permitted working areas are split Proposals in July 2005; into five areas, similar to those referred to in the 1993 Review. Areas 1, 2, 3, and 5 are located on the northern (ii) An acknowledgement that for blending reasons, side of the A426m, and are now exhausted. Mineral only 23% of the reserves in phases 1 and 2 in Unit extraction has yet to commence within area 4 (Griffins C are usable as part of the Spiers Farm Farm) which is located on the southern side of the A426. development. As at January 2010, the total In January 2004 a planning application was submitted reserve of 2.47 million tonnes in Unit C for the extraction of limestone and clay as an extension (2,470,000) reduces to some 568,100 tonnes of to ‘area 5’ comprising the remaining area of mineral usable ‘useful’ reserves, representing a net loss of bearing land within a discrete area to the north and 1.9m tonnes. north-west of the existing Quarry. The application, as (iii) The original application assumed the extraction of originally submitted, sought permission for the Unit D material (White Lias) from beneath Unit extraction of some 18 million tonnes of limestone and C. However, Unit D will not now be worked, clay from some 50 ha of land, in four phases, over a partly for operational reasons due to the massive period of 30 years. Following initial feedback on the blocky nature of the deposit, but also to avoid proposals from local residents, the Applicants submitted interference with the White Lias (Unit D) which revised proposals (December 2004) which reduced the is the primary aquifer at Holy Well, Southam area of extraction by some 10 ha (by the deletion of

A050564 Final 3 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 1

(discussed within the Hydrogeology Section 2.5, and Chapter 9.0).

The need to retain the lower 2m of the Unit C (iv) reserve in-situ above the Unit D reserve to negate any possible heave in the D Unit strata due to potential hydrostatic water pressure beneath the D

Unit.

A combination of items (iii) and (iv) accounts for some 2.1 million tonnes of the overall reserve of 11.3 million tonnes assumed as part of the ‘Further Revised

Proposals’ (July 2005).

The remaining usable permitted reserves, as at January 2010 comprise:

Table 1.1 Phase 1 and 2 Usable reserves at January 2010 Units Total Reserves Useful Reserves % Useful Reserves Tonnes

Upper A 100,000 100% 100,000 Lower A 290,000 100% 290,000 Upper B 728,400 100% 728,400 Lower B 1,051,800 100% 1,051,800 Upper C* 1,205,000 23% 277,150 Lower C* 1,265,000 23% 290,950 Totals 4,640,200 2,738,300 * assumes 23% usable reserve

It is recognised that the available ‘useful’ reserve is reduced the usable permitted reserves at Griffins Farm lower than might be expected based upon a calculation from some 18 million tonnes to some 15.3 million commencing with an assumed 11.3m tonnes, and tonnes. deleting production, ‘un-useful’ reserves, and other The Applicants recognise that there are reserves losses. However, the originally quoted 11.3m tonnes available at Griffins Farm which could be worked. was an estimated figure which emerged from various However, access to the reserves would require changes to the original development scheme, and substantial investment in a tunnel beneath the A426 to contrasts with the current reserve calculations which are link Griffins Farm to the existing Spiers Farm site (or based upon experience of working phases 1 and 2 and some other alternative means of access). The detailed computer modelling of the remaining resource Applicants have consistently expressed the view that it block. The Applicants are thus confident that the would be more sustainable and environmentally prudent reserves quoted in table 1.1 accurately represent the to exploit reserves at Spiers Farm, to the north-west of quantum of remaining usable reserves within the phase 1 the A426, in advance of progressing across the A426 and 2 permitted area. into Griffins Farm. The current planning application Planning permission for the ‘Further Revised Proposals’ and the content of this ES explores the merits of an was issued by Warwickshire County Council (WCC) in alternative development scheme, distinct from the April 2006, subject to conditions which, inter alia, original submitted scheme (January 2004) and Revised requires extraction to be completed within 18 years of Proposals (December 2004). The resultant scheme the date of the permission. The permission was also seeks to reflect and respect concerns and issues raised in subject to a Section 106 Agreement which, inter alia, response to those earlier schemes, whilst gaining access relinquished rights to work minerals from parts of the to a proportion of the additional reserves which are permitted Griffins Farm site. The Agreement also present in the area. required the implementation of further advanced screen The proposed scheme would represent the final planting around the boundaries of Griffins Farm, extraction operation at Spiers Farm on land north west designed to allow the planting to mature and provide a of the A426, following which the operation would revert screen to the development when operations take place at to the Griffins Farm area. Griffins Farm in the medium / longer term. The reduction in the working area of Griffins Farm has

A050564 Final 4 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 1

1.6 Summary of the Proposed Development the assessment of the effects of certain public and private projects on the environment. The Directive’s The scheme is based upon a revised ‘Phase 3’ where the main aim is to ensure that the decision making authority limits of extraction reflect: determines a planning application in the knowledge of (i) The presence of more substantive reserves of any likely significant effects on the environment. Units A and B in the eastern area; The Regulations set out a procedure that must be (ii) An objective to limit the surface footprint of the followed for certain types of project before permission development in the north-east and northern areas, can be granted. This procedure, known as within land which previously encompassed ‘Phase ‘environmental impact assessment’ is a means of 4’; and drawing together in a systematic way, an assessment of the likely significant environmental effects of a (iii) A desire to maintain appropriate buffer zones to particular development. This helps to ensure that residential properties to the north and north-east predicted effects are identified, and the scope for (Stockton Fields Farm and Tollgate house). minimising those effects are considered and properly The development would progress as a continuation of understood at the time the decision is made. the current operation and restoration concept for the The Regulations categorise a range of developments into approved Phases 1 and 2. ‘Schedule 1’, where EIA is always required, and Soils from Phase 3 would be stripped and used to form a ‘Schedule 2’, where EIA may be required, depending on screen mound around the eastern and northern certain thresholds and criteria. The Regulations place boundaries of the extension area. Extraction would then mineral extraction within Schedule 2, and the progress into Phase 3 by advancing the benches and accompanying Circular 2/99, confirms that for mineral faces into the extension area from the northern edge of extraction, EIA is more likely to be required if the site Phase 2. would cover more than 15 hectares, or involve the extraction of more than 30,000 tonnes of mineral per The excavated clay and limestone would be screened annum. The proposed development qualifies for EIA and crushed, and loaded into articulated road haulage under both criteria, and the Applicants have therefore vehicles for onward transportation to the Rugby Cement taken the view that an EIA should be undertaken. Works. The vehicles would utilise the existing site entrance, and there would be no change to the recent The Applicants have sought a formal Scoping Opinion average rates of output. Similarly, there would be no from WCC regarding the topics and issues which should change to the established pattern of vehicle movements, be addressed as part of the EIA. The formal Scoping other than the anticipated alterations following the Opinion was issued by WCC in September 2009. The opening of the Rugby Western Relief Road. Scoping Opinion has been informed by consultations undertaken with the Environment Agency, Natural The restoration strategy for the quarry extension would England, British Waterways, Stratford-on-Avon District follow the principles which have been established and Council (Planning Authority) Stratford-on-Avon District approved for the existing Southam Quarry site. The Council (Environmental Health Officer), Warwickshire strategy will be developed as part of the detailed design, Museum Field Services (Ecology), Stockton Parish but will include restoration to a water feature in the Council, and Warwickshire County Council central eastern area as a slight enlargement of the water (Landscape). feature which forms part of the approved restoration scheme. The northern and north western areas would be Based upon the topics which have been identified, the restored to agricultural use at levels which would be Applicants have commissioned a number of specialist assimilated into the undisturbed agricultural land in the consultants to provide advice on a working and north western area of the site. Restoration proposals restoration scheme, and to identify and assess the will also provide for the re-establishment of a pattern of potential environmental issues which might arise, hedgerows to reflect historic field patterns in the area. namely: • WYG Planning & Design: Landscape and 1.7 The Environmental Statement Visual Impact Assessment (LVIA) and Restoration Strategy. The Environmental Statement (ES) sets out the results of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) which has • Landscape Science Consultancy: Ecology. been undertaken to consider the environmental effects of the proposed development. The ES has been prepared in • Walker Beak Mason Partnership: Noise. accordance with the framework provided by the Town • EA Limited: Air Quality. and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (England and Wales) Regulations 1999. The EIA has also drawn upon environmental The Regulations implement EC Directive No. 85/337 on information produced as part of the previous EIA

A050564 Final 5 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 1

(January 2004) with respect to land use issues which development, based upon a comprehensive checklist of will not have changed from the previous proposals, and relevant environmental criteria. where the information and data can be interpreted and The overall aims of the statement are to: relied upon in connection with this EIA and ES (notably geology, soils and agricultural land quality, and 1. Describe the baseline conditions at the site archaeology). The Applicants have also utilised ‘in- against which changes and effects can be house’ resources in relation to hydrology and assessed. hydrogeology, and in the assessment of mineral quality

and blending requirements of the respective mineral 2. Describe the details of the respective elements horizons. Further information has been sourced from of the overall scheme. monitoring of operations at the existing quarry (notably 3. Consider the potential environmental effects of in relation to air quality). the development. The EIA and preparation of the ES has been coordinated 4. Describe the measures which are available to by WYG Planning & Design. WYG are members of the mitigate those effects. Institute of Environmental Assessment and Management, and have specialist capability in minerals 5. Assess the likely effectiveness of the mitigation planning. measures. The ES (Volume 1) draws together the results of the 1.8 Format of the ES EIA, and is intended to be a self contained document which covers all relevant topics. It does however cross The ES has been prepared to broadly follow the advice refer to a number of technical appendices (Volume 2), on the content of environmental statements set out in which reproduces supporting technical information Appendix 4 of the DCLG Guidance Note on EIA prepared by the consultant team. A series of plans and procedures (originally published January 2000), photographs which support the Landscape and Visual amended where relevant to reflect the nature of the Impact Assessment are produced as Volume 3 proposed scheme. In order to enable the findings and conclusions of the ES The Statement is accordingly sub-divided into four to be more readily understood, a ‘Non-Technical parts, namely: Summary’ has been prepared as a separate document Part (I) Baseline information, which provides, via (Volume 4). The proposed development scheme is Chapter 2, a detailed description of the site and its illustrated on the application plans which are produced surroundings as they currently exist. within Volume 5, and, together with the description of the development in Chapters 3 and 4, they form the Part (II) The Proposed Development, which provides, context for the EIA. via Chapters 3 and 4, the details and nature of the extraction and restoration scheme, and related 1.10 operations, and which, for the purpose of the planning Community Information Initiative application represent the description of the proposed There has been a quarry at Southam since the mid development.. nineteenth century, with the cement works providing a Part (III) Environmental Effects of the development, major source of local employment for over a hundred years prior to its closure in 2000. Since closure, the which sets out in detail, via Technical Chapters 5-13, the potential effects of the development in terms of quarry has supplied clay and limestone almost landscape and visual impact, ecology, cultural heritage, continuously to the cement plant at Rugby. hydrology and hydrogeology, agriculture and soil Prior to the granting of planning permission for an resources, noise, dust and traffic, with Chapter 14.0 extension in 2006, community liaison had been achieved providing a summary of impacts, mitigation measures, through an informal liaison group chaired by a company and residual effects. manager. Following the acquisition of RMC Rugby by Part (IV) Planning Policy and Conclusions which, in CEMEX in 2005 and the planning permission of 2006, the Liaison Group became formalised within a Section Chapter 15.0 provides an overview of planning policy issues which will be relevant to the determination of the 106 agreement. In addition, this Agreement established application, with Chapter 16.0 drawing overall a Vehicle Routing and Standards Group which was to provide a forum for representatives from other conclusions. communities that may be impacted by the routing agreement also enshrined in the Agreement. 1.9 Submitted Documents Following the requirement to establish these groups, The ES seeks to provide an objective account of the terms of reference were drawn up for both and these possible environmental effects of the proposed included the criteria for membership. The Liaison Group

A050564 Final 6 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 1

would consist of representatives from the parishes of Examples of recent projects include the following:- Stockton, Long Itchington and Marton as well as Southam Town, Stratford District and Warwickshire • Restoration of the pond – Long Itchington - County Councillors. Officers from the Company, the £9,000 County Council and the Environment Agency would • Stockton pre-school – new building - £60,000 also participate. • The Holy Well, Southam – restoration - £5,000 It was agreed that the Group be chaired by former Southam Town Councillor and Mayor, Len Gale. In line • Stockton Primary School – outdoor play area - with previous practice, the Group decided to meet twice £30,000 a year. However, in 2008, when the Company • Southam College – sports facilities - £5,000 announced that it was considering submitting a planning application for a Climafuel MBT plant at Southam, • Long Itchington Primary School – library meetings were held approximately every two to three facilities - £9,000 months. Following rejection of this application in late

2009, meetings have reverted to their earlier frequency. • Stockton Village Hall – redecoration and facilities upgrade - £13,500 With reference to the current application to extend the quarry on land at Spiers Farm, the Company began • Stockton Church – toilets, kitchen, heating etc - discussing these proposals with the Group in July 2009. £65,000 The issue has been on the agenda of subsequent meetings. At the February meeting a timetable for the completion of the application was discussed and the Company indicated how it would consult on the proposals with the wider community. An offer to present the proposals was made to Stockton Parish Council and this was accepted and the presentation took place at the next convenient meeting on April 19th. This meeting was promoted by the Parish Council and attracted, in addition to the councillors, about fifteen members of the public. A public exhibition of the proposals was also agreed and this took place on April 23rd and 24th. This was promoted locally in the press, commercial radio and with posters in Southam, Stockton and Long Itchington. In addition, the local on-line newspaper, Southam News, carried details of the proposals as well as diagrams of the extension area. The offices of the Parish Councils and the members of the Liaison Group were also enrolled to promote the exhibition. During six hours on Friday 23rd (2 p.m. – 8 p.m.) and 4.5 hours on Saturday 24th (10 a.m. – 2.30 p.m.), a total of 25 local residents attended the exhibition. With the exception of the residents of Stockton Fields Farm who indicated they would object, there were no substantive concerns raised. The occupant of Tollgate House attended and a constructive discussion was held. As an important part of this community, the Company has supported a wide variety of community projects and initiatives through the CEMEX Foundation, the CEMEX Community Fund and the Rugby Group Benevolent Fund; the latter is now independent of the Company but with close links and supports community projects within a close radius of former or existing cement plants. Its Board of Trustees consists exclusively of current and former employees.

A050564 Final 7 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 1 Figure 1.01 Site Location Plan

A050564 Final 8 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Figure 1.02 IDO Permitted Area Chapter 1

A050564 Final 9 WYG Planning & Design

PART I

BASELINE STUDIES

Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

2.0 THE SITE AND ITS Limestone quarrying for the cement industry is SURROUNDINGS mentioned, noting that it historically flourished in the central part of the area, “causing localised impact which is still evident today”. Within the Shaping the 2.1 The Existing Landscape Future section reference is made to woodland planting, which is of some relevance to planting proposed as part 2.1.1 Introduction of the proposed development. It states that “New The features described below are located on Figure woodlands require careful consideration and the L.01: Landscape appraisal, Figure L.03 Visual landscape guidelines produced by Warwickshire Appraisal and Figure L.08: Site Context Appraisal. County Council are a sound basis for action”. Photographs of the site and the surrounding area, Warwickshire County Council’s, Warwickshire which illustrate many of the features described below, Landscape Guidelines: Avon Valley (1996)2 Study are included on Figure L.04-L.06 and Figures L.09- locates the site and its context within Feldon, which is L.13. The photograph viewpoints are located on sub-divided into four landscape types: Ironstone Figure L.03 and L.08. The drawings referred to above Fringe, Vale Farmlands, Lias Village Farmlands, and are included in Volume 3 of the ES. Feldon Parklands. The site is located within the Lias The proposed quarry extension site is located in Village Farmlands landscape type, characterised by: Warwickshire within Stratford-on-Avon District, at OS • “a varied undulating topography often Grid Reference SP 429, 642 (442850, 264150); refer to associated with steep wooded scarp slopes; Figure L.01. It is located some 1.6km from the north- eastern fringe of Southam and some 200m from the • a well defined geometric pattern of small to north-western outskirts of Stockton village. In medium sized fields; addition, the village of Long Itchington is located over • many hedgerow and roadside trees; 600m north-west of the site. • a nucleated settlement pattern of large and 2.1.2 Published landscape assessment small villages; Landscape assessment has been published for the site • vernacular style Blue and White Lias context at a national, county and a district level. The limestone buildings; and Character of England Landscape, Wildlife and Cultural • disused quarries with semi-natural grassland Features Map was prepared in 2005 by Natural and scrub”. England with support from English Heritage1, updating the previous map prepared in 1996. The site and its The Study proposes management guidelines for the setting are located within National Character Area Lias Village Farmlands landscape type, many of which (NCA) 96: Dunsmore and Feldon, in the sub-area are relevant to the proposed quarry extension, its Feldon; refer to Figure L.02. It is characterised by: mitigation strategy and the restoration of the site. The most relevant management guidelines are: • gently undulating landscape of low hilltops and clay vales; • “conserve and enhance tree cover through regeneration and replanting of hedgerow • large, open, regular or rectilinear fields with trees; few woodlands; • enhance tree cover through small scale tree • abundant pasture, often with ridge and furrow; and woodland planting; and • small, nucleated villages with buildings in red • conserve the rock exposures and grass and brick, often with decorative ironstone edging, semi-natural vegetation associated with or in Lias limestone; disused limestone quarries”. • narrow river valleys; and With particular reference to existing quarrying, the • several subdivisions including the smaller- guidelines state that “Many of the plants associated scale, more wooded landscape to the west, with unimproved grassland proliferate on the nutrient with parks and large estates. poor subsoil exposed through limestone quarrying in the Southam area. The habitats that have arisen on the calcareous clay spoil at these sites are very similar to

1 National Character Area located on The Character of England 2 Landscape, Wildlife and Cultural Features Map (2005) accessed on Produced by Warwickshire County Council in partnership with the Natural England website at: http://www.naturalengland.org.uk Countryside Commission

A050564 Final 11 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

that of limestone grassland, and they include many • Landform – the underlying geology affecting rare plants and animals”. surface topography; The site is located within an ‘enhancement zone’ in the • Landcover – vegetation and land use patterns; guidelines; this zone also includes the existing quarry and at Southam along with the previously quarried land at Southam, Stockton and northeast of Stockton Road. • Landscape Elements – buildings and structures, hedgerows and individual trees Landscape assessment, largely based on the Warwickshire Study described above, has been The component parts, which are described below, and undertaken at a district level for Stratford-on-Avon their relationship to one another define the landscape district3; this was adopted as Supplementary Planning character. Guidance (SPG) in 2000. The site is located within the ‘Feldon Character Area’ and in the ‘Lias Uplands Topography Character Sub-area’. The design guidance includes The topography of the surrounding landscape shows a plant species lists specific to the character area in contrast between the level plain west of the Oxford Appendix D and a sample planting specification in Canal, around Stockton and Grandborough and the Appendix E. more undulating land rising north-westwards to the These studies have informed the landscape character low ridge around Southam, Long Itchington and assessment, which represents a key element of the Leamington Hastings. Topography is an important landscape baseline. feature in the wider landscape context of the site, dividing the landscape into a series of broad valleys. 2.1.3 Landscape appraisal The broad pattern of topography is shown on Figure L.01 with lower lying areas within broad valleys below A landscape and visual appraisal of the site and its 80m AOD. Areas of higher ground over 100m AOD landscape setting was undertaken on 1 April 2009. It form broad ridgelines with a general southwest to has identified that the area is broadly characterised by north-east alignment. These create a gentle rolling topography and vegetation patterns. The site lies character to the landscape with the exception of a within a rolling landscape of low ridges and broad locally important hill at Napton in the Hill, which rises gentle valleys, with frequent areas of woodland and to 160m AOD. scrub. Agricultural land is primarily arable cultivation with some areas of pasture and hay meadows. Fields The ground levels of the site boundary range from a are of medium to large-scale, regular or rectilinear in high point of 110.0m AOD, near Tollgate House on the shape. The Blue and White Lias limestone underlying A426, down to 85.0mAOD near to the dismantled the area forms a low ridgeline with side slopes falling railway line and Stockton Reservoir. Along the to the north-west. The site is located on the upper southeast boundary of the site the A426 follows a north-west facing slope of the ridgeline. broad ridge rising to a high point to the north of Stockton just over 115m AOD. The landform to the The landscape character and its condition change from southwest and northwest of the site, and further away the north-west to the south-east. Although the Grand to the north-east and east have been altered by mineral Union Canal and its well wooded corridor of old extraction; the excavations within the old part of the mineral workings is generally an attractive feature, Southam quarry to the southwest are down to there are pockets of commercial and industrial 73mAOD, forming a north-facing bowl with well- development, fallow land and unmanaged vegetation, wooded side slopes. which are less attractive. This contrasts with the more attractive agricultural landscape around the village of Vegetation pattern Long Itchington, extending towards Birdingbury to the north. A further contrast is presented by the large- Vegetation is a locally important landscape feature, scale expanse of more open arable land to the southeast which along with topography subdivide the landscape of the A426. This area south and southwest of into distinct areas. There are large areas of plantation Stockton has fewer landscape features such as woodland some distance away from the site, hedgerows and woodland giving the arable land a predominantly mixed deciduous and coniferous uniform character. species, but these are infrequent. Figure L.07 identifies those areas which are Ancient and semi-natural The character of the landscape is composed of a woodland, the nearest of which is Debdale Wood just number of different elements. These are essentially: over 2km to the north. Print Wood and Long Itchington Wood to the west of the site are

3 recognisable features in the wider landscape, primarily Stratford-on-Avon District Design Guide (2001) published by because they are located on higher ground. Stratford-on-Avon District Council

A050564 Final 12 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

Nearer the site, copses, groups of trees and overgrown common associated developments such as boatyards hedgerows are more typical. There are extensive areas and public houses. Stockton Locks is a focus for such of former mineral extraction to the northeast and east activity, historically located at an important that have been naturally colonised by woodland and interchange between the canal and the railway scrub, as has a large part of the restored excavation network. within Southam Quarry to the southwest. In addition, The settlement pattern within the wider landscape is to the north, areas of mature woodland and scrub typically nuclear; villages such as Stockton and Long follow a dismantled railway and line the banks of the Itchington, and the small town of Southam are all of Grand Union Canal. this nature. There are also scattered farmsteads and Woodland planting has been undertaken along the dwellings as befits a predominately rural agricultural A426 and A423 south and west of the extension site. area, together with ribbon development along the canal These were originally planted to screen views of corridor. mineral extraction and the cement works at Southam There are a number of properties near the site that Quarry. More recently advance planting has been could potentially be affected by the proposals. These carried out along the southeast boundary of the existing are: extraction area and the site. Adjacent to the northeast site boundary this comprises a 15m wide belt planted • Properties at the outskirts of Stockton in the winter 2000-2001 with a mix of deciduous and extraction site boundary witbin the extension coniferous species. This planting provides a linking area. village, located a minimum of 290m element between other small copses along the from the proposed application boundary; boundary of the site. It also extends along the southeast were it widens to 20m in width and joins • Tollgate House, on the A426; a two storey more mature screen planting to the south of the dwelling, a minimum of 125m from the existing extraction area. proposed extension site; The arable fields of the surrounding agricultural • Properties within the Stockton Fields Farm landscape, particularly to the south of the A426, are complex – Stockton Fields Farm, Mercia open with low hedgerows forming the boundary to the House and The Barn, a minimum of 160m local road network. These have gaps along some from the extension site; stretches, and are outgrown along other lengths. • Greaves Cottages, a terrace of two storey cottages on Stockton Road, a minimum of Land use 390m from the extension site. The site is located within an agricultural landscape in predominantly arable cultivation. Large scale Recreation and amenity cultivated fields are intersperse by smaller fields of There are a number of public rights of way near the pasture and blocks of woodland. The field pattern is site, identified during the landscape appraisal, as rectilinear with changes in geometry generally relating shown on Figure L.01: Landscape Appraisal. No to landform. There is a long tradition of arable usage, public rights of way are located within the quarry with corn mills formerly located north of Stockton extension site; refer to Figure L.08: Site Appraisal. All village. receptors using public rights of way and visitor Clay mineral extraction is a long-established land use attractions within the vicinity of the site are attributed a in this area. There are numerous disused quarries medium sensitivity, in recognition of the recreational including the previously worked part of Southam nature of their use and contribution of landscape Quarry to the southwest of the site. The cement works character to their recreational experience. and its associated large-scale buildings and chimney is The nearest public footpath to the site is the Harry a landmark feature. Worked out areas of mineral Green Way which passes the northeast boundary of the extraction and disused quarries have been restored to site from Stockton Reservoir to Tollgate House. agricultural, woodland and nature conservation after Despite its proximity to the site, views into the site are uses. One such area at Stockton Quarry, off Station infrequent from this footpath. The presence of Road has been designated as a Site of Special hedgerows, small woodland blocks and advance Scientific Interest in recognition of the importance of planting provide separation between the site and the the habitat for butterflies. footpath. Other landuses in the surrounding area including There is recreational land use within the surrounding commercial and industrial premises, leisure and area. This is mainly focused along the Grand Union recreation relate to the Grand Union Canal. Several Canal where this is a camp site and at Stockton commercial and light industrial premises are located Reservoir, located on low lying land to the north-west. along the canal corridor, in addition to the more

A050564 Final 13 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

There are public playing fields at the south-western • the presence of features of historical or edge of Stockton, as shown on Figure L.08. A cultural importance; and dismantled railway passing the north-western boundary of the site is well used informally by the public for • rarity of the elements or character. walking and cycling. The Grand Union Canal Walk, These factors are considered during the landscape 450m to the north of the site at its closest point, appraisal and are used to determine the level of follows the canal Tow Path and is part of National landscape sensitivity. Table 6.1 produced in Chapter Cycle Route 41. 6.0 provides examples of High, Medium and Low sensitivity, demonstrating how the contributing factors Landscape appraisal of the site are interpreted. The following landscape receptors are The planning application site area is 16.8 hectares in considered sensitive: extent to include the site access and building at the • The character of the landscape is partly Cement Works used for processing and blending. The derived from the vegetation pattern including net extraction area within the defined phase 3 small blocks of deciduous woodland and extension site covers an area of some 9.6 hectares. The hedgerow field boundaries. Therefore the extension area and margins currently comprises open degree of impact on the landscape resource of arable agricultural land to the south-west of Stockton the area would relate in part to the impacts on Fields Farm, and north-west of the A426. Landform this pattern which is regarded as a receptor of within the site boundary falls gently towards the medium sensitivity. northwest from a high point of 110.0m AOD, near Stockton House, down to 85.0m AOD near to the • Recreation and enjoyment of publicly dismantled railway line and Stockton Reservoir. accessible places is inextricably linked to the landscape character of the wider area which is Land within the site is subdivided by maintained regarded as a receptor of medium sensitivity. hedgerows. These low, predominantly hawthorn The landscape amenity, as experienced by hedgerows with some gaps form a rectilinear field people who use the public footpaths, roads system, with isolated Oak and Ash trees, some 12.0- and particularly the Harry Green Way, within 15.0m high, scattered along the hedge lines. Field the immediate vicinity of the site and to a sizes range from 3.5ha to 6.75ha. Parts of five fields lesser extent nearby residents, is considered are located within the proposed extraction area and five sensitive. People would be aware of site sections of hedgerow will be removed as part of the clearance, quarrying activities and site proposals. restoration. The current extraction area is adjacent to the southwest boundary of the extension site, separated from the site 2.1.5 Zone of Theoretical Visibility (ZTV) by a series of soil storage bunds. Figure L.03 illustrates the Zone of Theoretical Visibility (ZTV) for the quarry extension site, which 2.1.4 Ability to accommodate change – includes those areas where it may be possible to obtain landscape sensitivity views of the quarry extension. The ZTV is based on A number of landscape receptors have been identified Ordnance Survey topographic data; minor undulations during the landscape appraisal, including elements of in the terrain may not be reflected in the 10m interval the physical landscape or landscape fabric, for example of the contour data. Screening effects of surface landform, vegetation and field pattern. These features features such as buildings, settlement, woodland and combine to create a distinct landscape character, which hedgerows have not been taken into consideration is itself a receptor. during the preparation of the ZTV. These screening elements have the potential to reduce the extent of the The ability of a landscape to accommodate change may ZTV illustrated. The potential visibility of the be defined as its ability to accept the proposed proposed quarry extension is, therefore, only an development "without unacceptable detrimental effects indication of visibility and not an accurate on its character"; this is referred to as the sensitivity representation of actual visibility. The ZTV has of the landscape. There are a number of factors that helped to identify potential zones of theoretical contribute to this ability: visibility, allowing a more detail examination of these areas during the visual appraisal. • landscape designations reflecting the national/local value of the landscape Figure L.03 shows two ZTV projections for the quarry extension site; the first is a grey tone showing where • existing land use; ‘part of the site is theoretically visible‘; and the second • the pattern and scale of the landscape; is a cross hatch showing where ’the whole of the site is theoretically visible’. The ZTV identifies that ‘part of

A050564 Final 14 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

the site’ is theoretically visible over a much larger area of public footpaths, cycleways and the Grand Union than the area where ‘the whole of the site’ may be Canal. Other publicly access places within and around visible. This is particularly the case for low lying land the settlement of Long Itchington could also offer to the northwest of Long Itchington. vantage points for potential receptors. The extent of the ZTV is defined by topography, Existing vegetation along the dismantled railway line particularly the areas where the whole of the site are and along the Grand Union Canal offer effective theoretically visible; this area closely follows the broad screening of many potential views from the northwest. ridgelines which are also shown on Figure L.03. Land Naturally regenerating vegetation within disused parts above the 80m AOD contour is particularly important of Southam Quarry provides additional screening. because it is higher than the lowest part of the site and Appraisal Photograph 5 on Figure L.06 is therefore, more likely to offer views of the quarry representative of distant views available from higher extension. During the visual appraisal it was ground to the northwest. The broad valley floor of the confirmed that woodland and groups of tree, River Itchen extends into the distance where the land particularly those along the Grand Union Canal, have a rises gently towards the broad ridge at the A426 and significant screening effect, reducing the extent of the the southeast site boundary. The chimney at the ZTV. Many potential views are obscured or filtered by cement works is a landmark feature in the distant views intervening trees, hedgerows and other vegetation. towards the site. Existing mature coniferous trees within the grounds of Stockton House are a 2.1.6 Visual amenity recognisable feature near the horizon in these views, assisting in identifying the site. Southam Quarry is located within an undulating landscape with a broad ridge to the southeast and low Appraisal Photograph 6 on Figure L.06 is lying land to the northwest. Existing screen planting representative of views available Long Itchington. It is along the boundaries of the existing quarry and natural taken from Stockton Road at its most elevated point regenerating woodland within the disused part of the near Stockton Primary School. Away from this quarry offer effective screening of much of the quarry viewpoint the land falls in a westerly direction towards workings from potential view points. In contrast, the the River Itchen and towards the Grand Union Canal in disused cement works at the northwest side of the a south-easterly direction. The elevation of the quarry is visible over a wide area, particularly its viewpoint provides views over intervening vegetation chimney. This appears on the horizon of near and along the Grand Union Canal. The site slopes gently distant views towards the site. towards this viewpoint, which results in a proportion of the ground surface being visible. The ZTV shown on Figure L.03 identifies potential views of the site on three sides. A broad ridge along Views from north east and near views the southeast boundary of the site obscures views from the southeast, except for distant views from Napton on The ZTV on Figure L.03 identifies an area with the Hill at over 3.5km away. These views are potential views of the site to the northeast, including theoretical and were found to be obscured by several properties along Stockton Lane. Visual intervening vegetation during the visual appraisal. receptors within the area include properties at Greaves Other potential views are described below. Cottages, Stockton Fields Farm, Tollgate House and Stockton House. A public footpath known as Harry Views from the southwest Green Way follows the northeast boundary of the site offering intermittent near views through gaps in The ZTV on Figure L.03 identifies potential views of woodland and hedgerows. There are also intermittent the site from the ridgeline the site and Southam, along views from Stockton Road, where gaps in roadside the A426. Visual receptors within the area include vegetation allow; generally at breaks in the hedgerows users of public footpaths south of the A426, travellers at field gateways. along the A426 and properties along the edge of Southam. Existing vegetation within the disused part Four appraisal photographs have been taken from the of Southam Quarry, together with road side vegetation northeast of the site. These views are representative of and advance planting along the A426 obscure potential the range of views available from this area. Existing views of the site from the southwest. fields boundary hedgerows, advance planting and woodland is particularly important in these views. Views from the northwest and Long Itchington Although the site is rarely entirely obscured by vegetation, views are filtered or partially obscured. The ZTV on Figure L.03 identifies an area with This reduces the extent of the site visible in the views. potential views of the site from the northwest, broadly It helps to soften the impact of proposed development related to the valley floor and side slopes of the River by reducing potential contrast between the quarry and Itchen. Visual receptors within the area include users adjacent farmland.

A050564 Final 15 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

2.1.7 Ability to accommodate change - road (refer to Figure L.06 - Appraisal sensitivity Photograph 5). The sensitivity of views is affected by factors such as • from Stockton Road near Long Itchington the distance to the viewer, the number of viewers Primary School, just over 600m from the affected and the importance of the site in the overall proposed extension site at an elevation of 85 view. The context of the viewpoint may also m AOD; this view is considered of medium contribute to its ability to accommodate change; for sensitivity due to the potential high number of example a view from residential properties or from a receptors (refer to Figure L.06 - Appraisal valued landscape might be regarded as less able to Photograph 6). accommodate change, than a view from an industrial context. The table produced within section 6.3 2.1.8 Landscape Designations provides examples of High, Medium and Low sensitivity, demonstrating how the contributing factors Designations: national are interpreted. The views identified as sensitive to the potential impacts of the proposed quarry extension Designations are shown on Figure L.07. The site is not working scheme at Southam Quarry are: located within an area with a national landscape designation, such as a National Park or Area of • from the A426 at Tollgate House, Outstanding Natural Beauty and none are located near approximately 125m from the proposed the site. extension site at an elevation of 110m AOD; The only Scheduled Monument within the study area is this view is considered of medium sensitivity ‘The Holy Well’ to the west of Southam, c.2.8km from due to the potential high number of receptors, the site. The landscape setting of a scheduled including residents of Tollgate House, walkers monument is a consideration during the preparation of on Harry Green Way and travellers along the landscape and visual impact assessments. A426 (refer to Figure L.04 - Appraisal Photograph 1). The historic centres of the settlements of Long Itchington (some 1.2km to the north-west) and • from the Harry Green Way Public Footpath, Southam (2km to the south east) are designated as adjacent to the site boundary at an elevation of conservation areas, as shown on Figure L.07. There 85m AOD; this view is considered of medium are potential views towards the site from Long sensitivity due to the potential high number of Itchington, as illustrated by the Zone of Theoretical walkers using the Harry Green Way public Visibility on Figure L.03. Stockton Fields Farm footpath (refer to Figure L.04 - Appraisal (Grade II) at approximately 200m from the proposed Photograph 2). extension is the closest listed building. • from Stockton Road near its junction with the There are several listed buildings within the settlement A426, just under 200m from the proposed of Stockton, the closest being some 500m from the extension site at an elevation of 100m AOD; site. Some 500m to the north along the Grand Union this view is considered of low sensitivity as it Canal are a listed cottage and Shop Lock. The is only available from directly adjacent to the landscape character of conservation areas and setting field gateway (refer to Figure L.05 - Appraisal of listed buildings is a consideration during the Photograph 3). preparation of landscape and visual impact assessment. • from Stockton Road near Greaves Cottages, some 270m from the proposed extension site Designations: local at an elevation of 85 m AOD; this view is There are two long distance footpaths within the study considered of medium sensitivity due to the area following the towpaths of the Grand Union Canal potential high number of receptors, including to the north and the Oxford Canal to the south-east residents of Greaves Cottages and travellers respectively, as shown on Figure L.07. Public along the A426 (refer to Figure L.05 - Footpath SM12 (signposted as the Harry Green Way) Appraisal Photograph 4). runs along the north-eastern boundary of the site near • from Stonebridge Road near Snowford Lodge, Stockton Fields Farm. just over 4km from the proposed extension To the north of the site, the National Cycle Network site at an elevation of 100 m AOD; this view Route 41 ‘The Lias Line Cycleway’ runs along the is considered of medium sensitivity due to the towpath of the Grand Union Canal. potential high number of receptors, including local residents, cyclists along National Cycle The Stratford-on-Avon District Local Plan Review Route 41 and other travellers along the minor 1996-2011 (adopted 2006) designates Special Landscape Areas (SLA) (Policy EF.2). Two SLAs are

A050564 Final 16 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

located within the study area; one to the north of the Protected Species Grand Union Canal and Long Itchington, and another The only record for protected species within or near to to the south and east of the Oxford canal including the the boundaries of the study area is for a grass snake in settlement of Napton on the Hill. Policy EF.2 seeks to 1986 (SP430640, Table 2.1). A number of other conserve and protect the high landscape quality by records for protected species occur within 2km of the resisting development proposals that would have a study area. harmful effect upon the character and appearance of the landscape. The extent of SLAs is shown on Figure L.07. Protected Sites There are a number of sites designated for their The only protected site recorded within 2km of the development site was Stockton Railway Cutting and ecological value with the context of the site. Stockton Railway Cutting Local Nature Reserve (LNR) is Quarry Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI), and a located 1.1km to the north-east, as shown on Figure small part of this site was also designated as a Local L.07. The LNR covers part of the Stockton Railway Nature Reserve (LNR). This protected site was situated Cutting & Stockton Quarry Site of Special Scientific approximately 1.1km to the east of the survey site. The following information was provided by the Natural Interest (SSSI). The Stockton Railway Cutting & Quarry SSSI is 850m to the east of the proposed England SSSI citation. development. It consists of two geographically ‘The railway cutting was a length of disused railway separate areas and is regarded as an important site for including a deep cutting with shallow embankments, butterflies and supports a large number of lime-loving adjacent spoil banks and a small abandoned limestone plants that are scarce and locally distributed in quarry. Stockton Quarry, which lies 250m south of the Warwickshire. It is also a Warwickshire Wildlife Trust railway spoil banks, was another disused limestone Reserve. quarry with spoil heaps and two deep pools. The railway and the associated quarry were, together, 2.2 Ecology rated as one of the three most important sites in Warwickshire for butterflies with 29 species recorded. 2.2.1 Introduction Both areas support floral species, including large The study area comprised of a rectangular block of colonies of orchids of which several are rare in land made up of five gently sloping arable field parcels Warwickshire. The railway and spoil banks were divided by low hedgerows with occasional mature dominated by scrub within which small glades and hedgerow trees. Semi-mature plantation broadleaf rides of herb-rich grassland could be found. The woodland belts were present along the northern southern boundary was marked by an ancient species- boundary, with younger plantations to the east (planted rich hedgerow. Within Stockton Quarry around the by the Applicant Company). pools there were also interesting swamp habitats and more open fen communities.’ The ecological surveys carried out included a Phase 1 Habitat survey, hedgerow and tree surveys and an Warwickshire Ecological Records Centre was arable field margin survey. Protected species surveys consulted with regards to the presence of non-statutory included great crested newts, badgers, bats, breeding nature conservation sites, protected and UK BAP birds and reptiles. (Biodiversity Action Plan) species within 2km of the survey site. 2.2.2 Background Data Natural England’s ‘Nature on the Map’ and the ‘MAGIC’ websites were accessed for the locations of statutory nature conservation sites within 1km of the survey site.

A050564 Final 17 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

Table 2.1 Summary of Background Data Search Species Comments Date Grid Reference Species Status Great Crested Newt SP426618 Habs, WCA, BAP, - 03/10/1985 LBAP

Grass Snake - 26/05/2004 SP414614 WCA, BAP - 13/07/1986 SP430640 - 08/05/1996 SP424615 Common Lizard - 28/05/2003 SP413620 WCA, BAP White-clawed Grand Union Canal 01/01/1998 SP407642 Habs, WCA, BAP, Crayfish Long Itchington Canal 01/06/1981 SP410640 LBAP Grand Union Canal 01/01/1998 SP415645 Long Itchington Canal 01/06/1981 SP420640 Barn Owl - 22/09/2006 SP407644 WCA, LBAP Pipistrelle bat Seen in garden 51/05/2000 SP419614 Habs, WCA, LBAP Droppings 27/09/2003 SP438636 2+ Flight/commuting 13/09/2008 SP439637 - 14/06/1997 SP421624 - 14/07/1984 SP407641 Brown Long-eared bat 1. Barn feeding perch 30/08/2005 SP419619 Habs, WCA, BAP, Roost, fresh droppings 11/04/2006 SP438636 LBAP 1. Church, droppings 21/03/2007 SP438636 Roosting 13/09/2007 SP437636 14/06/1997 SP421624 - Natterer’s bat Church 29/09/1982 SP412651 Habs, WCA, LBAP Noctule bat Canal 41/07/1984 SP407641 Habs, WCA, BAP, LBAP

Habs = The Conservation (Natural Habitats &c.) Regulations 1994 (as amended) WCA = The Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended) BAP(2007) = UK Biodiversity Action Plan Species LBAP = Local (Warwickshire) Action Plan Species

2.2.3 Survey Methodology Tree Survey (i) Habitats A site visit was conducted on 31st July 2009 by an ecologist trained in arboricultural survey techniques. Extended Phase 1 Habitat Survey The survey methodology followed BS 5837:2005 Trees in Relation to Construction (British Standards Based on the JNCC (2003) guidelines, a walkover of Institute 2005). In order to satisfy requirements under the site was undertaken on 20th May 2009 to identify PPS9, Veteran Tree status was checked using the macro-habitats present and target note any points of English Nature Veteran Tree Initiative guidelines (EN interest. This method provides an overview of existing 1997). communities, associations and points of ecological interest within the site. These can then be incorporated Trees were identified to genus or species level. into recommendations for the future, developing Nomenclature followed Stace (1997) and all trees linkages, reducing fragmentation and strengthening associated with the hedgerows within the site boundary existing habitats. were surveyed individually. The trees were also assessed in respect of potential for bat roosts. Species lists for the main habitat areas were compiled. Plant nomenclature follows Stace (1997). The UK Tree heights were measured using a clinometer at a priority Species/Red Data book/locally important distance of 10m from the tree base, except where species lists were used to establish national, regional noted. Crown spread was measured using a tape and local status of any rarer plants, animals or measure. Multiple measurements were taken where invertebrates recorded during the survey. the crown was uneven in order to provide a more accurate impression of the size and shape of the crown. The diameter at breast height (DBH) of each tree was measured using a tape measure.

A050564 Final 18 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

Hedgerow Survey Table 2.2 Classification of Roosting Potential in Trees All hedgerows were surveyed, on the 23rd July 2009, under the relevant criteria in the Hedgerow Regulations Level Roost Potential Description of Feature 1997, to determine whether they should be classed as Confirmed The presence of bats within features or ‘Important’ under Schedule 1 of the Regulations. the presence of bat evidence in association with suitable features. Both sides of the hedgerows were walked to ensure High Large number of potential roost that a full assessment of the hedgerow species, sites/access points and/or more than one associated features and ground flora was made. feature/s of note such as a large cavity which potentially leads to a roost Arable Field Margins site. Mod/High Number of potential roost sites/access Field margins were included within the Warwickshire points and/or more than one feature/s of BAP and were defined as a strip of land lying between note such as a large cavity which a crop and a field boundary. Within the Warwickshire potentially leads to a roost site. BAP, of primary concern was the field margins around Moderate A number of potential roost sites/access arable fields as some of Britain’s rarest plants can be points and/or one feature of note such as a large cavity. found within these margins. The field margin BAP also Low/Moderate A number of potential roost sites/access links into the associated species action plan for scarce points and/or one feature of note arable plants. Low A limited number of potential roost All field margins within the study area were surveyed sites/access points. on the 23rd July 2009. The margins were surveyed None No access points/roost sites. specifically for rare arable weeds such as common Note: ‘Bat potential’ is a non-quantifiable measure of gromwell (Lithospermum officinale) and round-leaved suitability for bats and is subject to surveyor fluellen (Kickxia spuria), which are known to occur subjectivity within the locality. Emergence surveys and transect bat surveys were (ii) Protected Species conducted following best practice methodology for tree The protected species surveys followed appropriate & landscape surveys, as outlined in the Bat best practice guidance. Conservation Trusts (2007) guidelines. The aim of the emergence survey was to watch for any Badger Survey bats emerging from potential roosting sites within previously identified trees. Bat emergence surveys The badger survey was carried out 12th May 2009 were carried out on the evenings of 20th May and 17th following the methodology set out in the Mammal June 2009 on the trees that were assessed as being of Society’s best practice guidelines (Woods 1995), in low/moderate and moderate bat roost potential (Figure which any evidence of badger activity such as setts, 2.04). Surveyors were positioned so that all aspects and latrines, trails and footprints are recorded and mapped. potential roost exit points of the trees could be A 30m radius of the study area boundary was also observed at one time. searched for evidence of badger activity. The emergence surveys were undertaken from Bat Survey approximately 30 minutes before sunset until 1½ hours after sunset. Surveyors noted the time bats were Bats are protected under the Wildlife and Countryside encountered and direction of flight. Act 1981 and the Conservation (Natural Habitats) Regulations 1994. Two bat transect surveys were carried out on the evenings of 20th May and 17th June 2009. These Eighteen mature/semi-mature trees on site were surveys were carried out to assess the type and level of surveyed for features that could be used as bat roosts. activity within the site. The chosen route across the site Features which would offer potential roost sites include was determined during the daytime with planned cracks, fissures, rot holes and loose bark. In addition, ‘listening stops’ (Figure 2.04). The transect route took any trees with dense ivy cover were noted as this could into account all potential habitats that could be used by obscure any of the aforementioned features. The bats, including hedgerows and woodland edge. number, size and condition of these features were then used to give a quantified assessment of potential for bat The transect surveys lasted for 3 hours. Surveyors occupation. Bat evidence sought for included live or walked at a steady speed along the predefined route dead bats, droppings, urine staining, and grease/scratch and recorded any bat activity, including direction of marks on wood. Table 2.2 defines the classification of flight, at the ‘listening stops’. Recording whilst roosting potential in trees.

A050564 Final 19 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

walking a transect does not produce clear results as the It was considered that three visits were adequate recorder picks up background noise. (Gilbert et al 1998) to provide a reasonable level of accuracy for determining the population status of the Duet bat detectors attached to Edirol recorders were breeding birds within the study area, used to detect the presence of bats during both surveys. All bat passes were recorded with the additional The three surveys were carried out on three separate information of the time the pass occurred, behaviour days - 12th May, 20th May and 24th June 2009. Surveys observed (foraging/commuting) and where possible, commenced approximately one hour after dawn and the species of bat. Results from the Edirol recordings were completed by mid-morning. A route was mapped were analysed using BatSound sonogram analysis out prior to the surveys being undertaken, paying software. particular attention to linear features, such as hedgerows and associated trees and woodland edges. All surveyors had 4 years experience and training in best practice survey techniques. Bird surveys were not undertaken in unfavourable conditions such as heavy rain or strong wind. Great Crested Newts For each species the impact of development was based A pond in the north western corner of the study area on the bird’s ecological requirements and their was considered too shallow (10-15cm deep) to carry distribution, rarity and vulnerability as indicated by out effective bottle trapping for a great crested newt current guidance and legislation. For example, the presence/absence survey. This pond dried out during RSPB Red and Amber list Birds of Conservation the survey period. Concern, UK and Local BAP species. The level of impact varies between species and location. Table 2.3 As a result, a refugia technique was used to assess the explains the criteria for descending levels of impact. presence or absence of great crested newts in the terrestrial habitat adjacent to the pond. Refugia were Table 2.3. Criteria for Ascending Levels of Impact placed around the pond and along suitable habitats on Birds throughout the study area, to ascertain whether great crested newts were commuting across the study area. Nature Conservation Criteria Impact The details of the survey methodology can be found under the reptile survey section. Species that form the cited interest of SPAs High and SSSIs. A Habitat Suitability Index (HSI) assessment was Non-cited species that contribute to the High carried out on the pond (TN11). This scoring system integrity of an SPA or SSSI. was used as a means of evaluating habitat quality and Ecologically sensitive species such as rare quantity for great crested newts. The HSI for the great birds (<300 breeding pairs in the UK) and crested newt incorporates ten suitability indices, all of the les common birds of prey (e.g. golden eagle, honey buzzard, osprey, marsh harrier which are factors thought to affect great crested newts. and hen harrier). The HSI score is the mean of ten categories, the results Species present in nationally important of which are converted into scores, on a scale from numbers (>1% English population). 0.01 to 1. These scores were then multiplied together Species listed on Annex 1 of the EU Birds Medium and the tenth root of this number was then calculated to Directive and/or Schedule 1 of the Wildlife give the HSI score. The ten suitability indices are listed and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended). in Appendix 1.6 Species present in regionally important numbers (>1% of regional population). Breeding Bird Survey Species listed as priority species in UK Biodiversity Action Plan subject to special The survey methodology employed for breeding birds conservation measures. was based on that of territory mapping as used by the Species covered above which are present Low British Trust for Ornithology (BTO), known as the very infrequently or in very low numbers. Breeding Bird Survey (BBS). Standard BTO species Any other species of conservation concern not covered above, e.g. species listed on the codes and symbols were used to identify birds and red or amber list of Birds of Conservation denote activity, sex and age where appropriate. Concern (RSPB 2007). The criteria used in the assessment of breeding birds Entex (2007) have been adapted from the standard criteria proposed by the European Ornithological Atlas (EOAC 1979) Reptile Surveys and are grouped into three categories: possible breeder, probable breeder and confirmed breeder. Birds that Survey methodology followed JNCC (1998) best were considered not to be using the study area for practice guidelines for reptiles. breeding were categorised as ‘not breeding’.

A050564 Final 20 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

A ‘refugia’ technique was used to search for reptiles A species list for the field margins is provided in the and amphibians. Squares of roofing felt were laid onto semi-improved grassland margin habitat description areas of suitable reptile habitat in order to attract these (below). animals to shelter beneath them, should they be present. Approximately 150 refugia were laid Semi-Improved Grassland Margins throughout the site, along the hedgerows, ditches, woodland edge and around the pond (TN11). Tall grassland margins formed linear habitats between the arable fields and the boundary hedgerows and Refugia were made out of high density roofing felt that woodlands, varying between 3 to 6m in width (TN4). was cut into 0.5 m² tiles. The refugia were laid on cut The botanical communities found within the margins vegetation with the darkest side of the tile facing were indicative of nutrient rich soil conditions, due to upwards so that it would absorb more heat throughout the adjacent arable land use. the day. The margins were grass dominated with an abundance Refugia were left to ‘bed in’ at the site for a period of 5 of false oat grass (Arrhenatherum elatius) and locally days before the first survey check was carried out. The frequent rough meadow grass (Poa trivialis), cock’s ‘bedding in’ stage was necessary to allow potential foot (Dactylis glomerata), barren brome (Anisantha reptiles and amphibians on site to locate and begin to sterilis), Timothy (Phleum pratense) and black grass utilise the new shelter areas. (Alopecurus myosurides). During the survey each refugia was lifted to check The dominance of ruderal plant species within the underneath for sheltering reptiles or amphibians. In margins indicates regular spray drift from herbicides total, seven visits were made to the site between the and fertilizers. A number of herbaceous species were 23rd April and the 24th June 2009 during suitable identified within the margins; the majority only weather conditions, which was considered to be when occurring occasionally, although cleavers (Galium reptiles were basking in warm sunshine with aparine) and field bindweed (Convolvulus arvensis) temperatures ranging from 9°C to 18°C with little or were abundant throughout the thatch of the swards no wind. along with locally frequent patches of hogweed (Heracleum sphondylium), cow parsley (Anthriscus Any reptiles or amphibians found during the survey sylvestris), common nettle (Urtica dioica) and creeping were recorded along with their location on the site. thistle (Cirsium arvense). 2.2.4 Baseline Ecological Survey: Results Common spotted orchid (Dactylorhiza fuchsia) was found within one of the margins to the north-east of (i) Habitats (Figure 2.01) hedgerow H4. This orchid is widespread in Britain and Within the survey area the following habitats were can be found in open woodlands; calcareous and identified: neutral grasslands; and in quarries and other disturbed habitats. • Arable fields with margins Nutrient enrichment from fertilisers, as well as spray • Species-rich/poor hedgerows with/without drift from pesticides, have caused a reduction in the trees finer sward species that would be more typical of the • Broadleaved woodland underlying calcareous conditions. • Semi-improved grassland Hedgerows (Figure 2.02) • Tall ruderal vegetation A number of low hedgerows were present in a grid system within the study area with occasional semi- • Short perennial vegetation mature to mature hedgerow trees. • Pond To the north of the study area, the hedgerows were connected to blocks of plantation broadleaf woodland Arable Fields (with Semi-Improved Grassland although gaps of up to 25m in width were present Margins) between the woodland and hedgerow H5 which runs Five intensively managed arable fields dominated the perpendicular along the southern boundary. study area. Field margins were present throughout the Connectivity within the hedgerow system was boundaries of the five fields and varied in width therefore limited. between 2 - 6m in places. The hedgerows were generally around 1.5 - 2m high, There was no evidence of any notable arable weeds punctuated by sections of taller growth of 3 - 4m where within the arable fields. the hedgerows connected with woodland edges. The hedgerows were up to 2.5m in width. A total of

A050564 Final 21 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

eighteen mature – semi-mature ash (Fraxinus (Senecio jacobaea), teasel (Dipsacus fullonum), greater excelsior) trees are present within four of the plantain (Plantago major), colt’s foot (Tussilago hedgerows (H2, H3, H4 and H5). Additional saplings farfara) and bristly ox-tongue (Picris echioides). of whitebeam (Sorbus aria) were present in hedgerows Occurring within this habitat were minor isolated areas H2 and H3. of glaucous sedge (Carex flacca), false fox sedge The majority of the hedgerows were intensively (Carex otrubae) and hairy sedge (Carex hirta), that managed and trimmed regularly with no evidence of indicated that drainage was impeded. laying, creating poor structural growth, an open gappy base and a dense canopy structure. Tall Ruderal Vegetation Tree and shrub species present were relatively diverse In the corner of an arable field, an uncultivated area and included hawthorn (Crataegus monogyna), elm was present and appeared to be in a slight depression (Ulmus procera), blackthorn (Prunus spinosa), wild with damp ground. The habitat supported a variety of privet (Ligustrum vulgare), elder (Sambucus nigra), herbaceous species such as locally frequent brooklime dog rose (Rosa canina), buckthorn (Rhamnus (Veronica beccabunga), soft rush (Juncus effusus), catharticus), wild cherry (Prunus avium), sycamore wavy bittercress (Cardamine flexuosa) and redshank (Acer pseudoplatanus) and ash. (Persicaria maculosa). Occasional common yellow sedge (Carex viridula spp oedocarpa) was also present. The majority of the hedgerow canopies were Other more common species included great willowherb dominated by two species of climbers, particularly (Epilobium hirsutum), creeping buttercup, Yorkshire white bryony (Bryonia dioica) and black bryony fog (Holcus lanatus) and creeping bent (Agrostis (Tamus communis), as well as occasional cleavers.. stolonifera). Under the Hedgerow Regulations 1997 Schedule 1 criteria, hedgerows H1, H3, H4 and H5 were not found Plantation Broadleaf Woodland to be ‘important’. Hedgerow H2 was classed as The eastern and north eastern boundaries of the study important as it contained 6 woody species within a area were defined by a young linear plantation 30m length and had 3 associated features; below <10% broadleaf woodland (TN1), which was estimated to be gaps, a ditch along more than 50% of its length and between 5 to 8 years old. The plantation was more than one tree every 50m. Together these fulfil the approximately 20 to 25m in width and planted with a criteria for classifying H2 as an important hedgerow mixture of native species that included field maple (Appendix 1.2). (Acer campestre), pedunculate oak (Quercus robur), The classification was however determined to be at the alder (Alnus glutinosa), ash and hazel (Corylus lower end of the assessment criteria. avellana). The field layer of the plantation was dominated by an Hedgerow Trees (Figure 2.0 2) abundance of tall ruderal grasses such as false oat Trees associated with the hedgerows within the study grass, cock’s foot and rough meadow grass. Ruderal area were assessed for veteran tree status. None of the herbaceous species occurred occasionally to frequently trees were considered to fall into the veteran tree within the sward and included common nettle (Urtica category. Table 2.4 shows a summary of the results. dioica), creeping thistle and rosebay willowherb Detailed results are given in Appendix 1.3 (Epilobium angustifolium). The majority of the trees were mature to semi-mature Immediately adjacent to the northern boundary of the ash, many of which supported hollow boles, cracks, study area and connected to the young linear plantation splits and rot holes which have the potential to be (TN1), was a block of planted semi-mature ash colonised by a variety of flora and fauna. woodland (TN2), which formed a closed canopy cover. Whitebeam, pedunculate oak and sycamore were also Short Perennial Vegetation occasionally present. A frequent to locally abundant semi-mature hawthorn scrub understorey was present At TN12 an extensive uncultivated corner of an arable with occasional young wild privet and dog rose. field occurred where an abundance of short perennial vegetation was developing over a compacted and The field layer of the ash woodland was dominated by disturbed clay substrate. Species included an cow parsley with occasional cleavers, field forget-me- abundance of rough meadow grass and fescues not (Myosotis arvensis) and wood avens (Geum (Festuca sp.) with locally frequent soft brome (Bromus urbanum). Near the southern woodland edge, bee hordeaceus) and black grass. Herbaceous species orchid (Ophrys apifera) was found in locally frequent present included locally frequent patches of creeping patches along with occasional cowslip (Primula veris). buttercup (Ranunculus repens) and occasional to Bee Orchids are well represented within the UK and frequent prickly sow thistle (Sonchus asper), ragwort rapidly colonise areas of disturbed ground such as

A050564 Final 22 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

quarries and spoil heaps. They have a preference for A ditch, dry at the time of survey, was present along chalky soils and can also be found on rough pasture, the southern plantation edge which filtered through to a damp meadow and woodland rides. Many of the small pond (TN11) in the western corner. flowering spikes of the bee orchids had been grazed, The plantation broadleaf woodlands present along the possibly by deer or rabbits. northern, western and eastern boundaries of the study To the north-east and connected to the ash woodland area form a continuous wooded corridor. was a small triangular copse of semi-mature plantation

woodland (TN6), which was dominated by sycamore and field maple. Occasional ash, oak and Norway maple (Acer platanoides) were also present. Within the

plantation was an occasional understorey layer of semi- mature hawthorn with young wild privet and dog rose, whilst the field layer was dominated by cow parsley with occasional wood avens, cleavers and ivy (Hedera helix). To the north-west and connected to the triangular plantation was a linear belt of semi-mature planted ash woodland with occasional whitebeam, sycamore, Norway maple, field maple and cherry (TN10). Within the understorey was occasional to locally frequent hawthorn and blackthorn, with ash and field maple saplings throughout. The field layer was dominated by ivy with an abundance of cow parsley and frequent wood avens. Table 2.4. Summary of Results from Tree Survey Tree Species Age Class Comments Height DBH Canopy Spread (m) Veteran No (m) (m) Tree 1 Ash Semi-mature Damage in past, deadwood in 9.6 0.64 N3, S2.5 No trunk E3.5, W4.5 2 Ash Mature Some deadwood 13.00 0.97 N3.5, S6 No E6, W5 3 Ash Semi-mature Very little deadwood in 13.00 0.62 N6, S5 No crown E5, W5 4 Ash Mature Ivy clad, some deadwood in 12.61 0.78 N4, S7 No crown, epicormic growth E4, W3 5 Ash Mature Ivy clad 11.86 1.13 N3, S7 No E5, W3.5 6 Ash Mature Sparse crown, ivy clad, some 9.31 0.90 N0, S2.5 No deadwood E1, W0 7 Ash Mature Some deadwood in crown, 14.31 0.62 N5.5, S6 No ivy clad, extensive lichen E7.5, W2 growth 8 Ash Mature Some deadwood 15.99 0.86 N5.5, S8.5 No E4, W8 9 Ash Young/semi-mature None 12.61 0.45 N3.5, S3.5 No E5, W2 10 Ash Semi-mature/mature Regenerating from severed 7.75 0.58 N3, S2.5 No trunk, to 5m E2.5, W3.5 11 Ash Semi-mature/mature None 14.30 0.70 N8.5, S7 No E5, W5 12 Ash Semi-mature Ivy clad, stunted due to 12.22 0.62 N3, S3.5 No shading from T11 E2, W3.5 13 Ash Semi-mature Ivy clad, regenerating from 9.89 0.52 N3, S3 No severed trunk E2.5, W3 14 Ash Semi-mature Mostly dead, small amount of 3.44 0.40 N0, S2 No regeneration E0, W0 15 Ash Young/semi-mature None 10.50 0.40 N3, S2 No E3, W2 16 Ash Young/semi-mature None 10.19 0.40 N3, S3 No

A050564 Final 23 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

Tree Species Age Class Comments Height DBH Canopy Spread (m) Veteran No (m) (m) Tree E3, W2.5 17 Ash Young/semi-mature Ivy clad trunk, some 10.19 0.50 N3, S2 No deadwood in crown E3, W2.5 18 Ash Young/semi-mature Ivy clad, bee’s nest in trunk 9.60 0.65 N2, S2.5 No E4.5, W1 N – North, S – South, E – East, W – West

Open Water (ii) Protected Species An elliptical pond (TN11) covers an area of The only protected species that were recorded as using approximately 10 - 15m2 at the western corner of the the site at the time of the 2009 surveys were bats and plantation woodland TN10. The pond was a shallow birds. clay depression which supported stagnant water, approximately 10 - 15cm in depth, with no aquatic Badgers vegetation present. The pond held no water during dry weather spells and was heavily shaded by the No evidence of badgers was found within the study area during the survey period, or within a 30m radius surrounding shrubs and trees of the plantation woodland. of the boundaries. An active sett is known to be present within the adjacent old Southam Quarry works, An HSI carried out on the pond resulted in a score of approximately 250m from the southern boundary of the 0.4. Using the HSI criteria the pond was classified as study area. of poor suitability for great crested newts. No other ponds are water bodies were present within Bats the survey area. Ten of the mature hedgerow trees within the study area were identified as possessing holes and cavities which Table 2.5 Habitat Suitability Index for the Pond could be potentially utilised by roosting bats. Results (TN11) of the bat roost assessment for all trees can be found in Category Result Score Description of Pond Appendix 1.3 Location Zone A 1 Location was optimal. Hedgerow trees T1 and T2, T4 - T8 and T10 - T12 Pond area 30m² 0.05 - were considered to be of low, low to moderate or Pond drying Dries 0.1 Dries annually. moderate value for roosting bats. None were annually considered to be of high value. Water quality Poor 0.33 Low invertebrate diversity, no submerged Best practice guidance (BCT 2007) recommends that plants. where the value of the individual tree is considered to Shading 100% 0.2 Within trees. be high during the assessment stage, then more Fowl Absent 1 No evidence of water comprehensive surveys would be necessary. fowl However, with an assessment of up to moderate value Fish Absent 1 No records of fish for the ten hedgerow trees, it was determined that one stocking and no fish revealed during the emergence survey on each tree would be sufficient to survey. determine presence/absence. Other ponds 9 0.9 Walked transects were carried out to ascertain the Terrestrial Good 1 Extensive area of usage of the study area by bats. These transects habitat habitat that offers good followed linear features such as hedgerows and opportunities for woodland edges with frequent stopping points, foraging and shelter including the previously surveyed trees, to record any completely surrounds bats foraging or commuting. the pond. Macrophytes 0 0.3 No macrophyte cover. Emergence Survey – 20th May 2009 Habitat Suitability Index 0.4 Poor Score Surveyors concentrated on six trees (T1, T2 and T4 - T7) within hedgerow H2 during the emergence survey. The weather conditions during the survey were light cloud with a gentle breeze and a temperature of 12.4ºC.

A050564 Final 24 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

No bats were seen emerging from the surveyed trees. surveyed for great crested newts. The HSI criteria for the pond classified it as being of poor quality for great Two common pipistrelle bats were observed foraging crested newts (Table 2.5). along the hedgerow H2 at approximately 22.04h. No other ponds were present within the study area. Occasional passes from a noctule bat were recorded; however, the bat was not observed. It was considered No evidence of great crested newts was found under that the individual was commuting over the study area. the artificial refugia laid across the study area during the survey period. Emergence Survey – 17th June 2009 Breeding Birds Surveyors concentrated on four mature trees (T8 and T10 - T12) within hedgerow H3 during the emergence A total of twenty-nine bird species were recorded survey. The weather conditions during the survey were during the breeding bird surveys within the study area clear and still with a temperature of 13.3ºC. and were generally present in low numbers. These are listed in Appendix 1.4. No bats were seen emerging from the surveyed trees. Figure 2.05 shows the distribution of the key species Frequent activity from two foraging common around the study area which were classified under UK pipistrelles was recorded around hedgerow tree T8 and BAP, Local SAP (Species Action Plan) and the Birds associated woodland edges for the majority of the of Conservation Concern (BoCC) Red or Amber Data survey period. List. The criteria used to analyse the results are listed in Appendix 1.4. Transect Survey – 20th May 2009 Of the twenty-nine species, sixteen were possibly Surveyors carried out a transect across the study area breeding, five were probably breeding and eight were following hedgerows and woodland edges. The not breeding. Two species were confirmed to be weather conditions during the survey were light cloud breeding, these being great tit (Parus major) and with a gentle breeze and a temperature of 10.5ºC. starling (Sturnus vulgaris). Both were seen entering Two common pipistrelles were recorded foraging nest sites and young were heard calling. Both species along hedgerow H3 from 23.06h through to 23.16h. are tree nesters, with the starling using hedgerow tree Minor activity from no more than two pipistrelles was T13 within hedgerow H4 and the great tit using also recorded along woodland edge to the north of the hedgerow tree T5 within hedgerow H2. study area. Of the twenty-nine species recorded, none have

th statutory protection under Annex 1 of the EU Birds Transect Survey – 17 June 2009 directive or Schedule 1 of the Wildlife and Countryside Surveyors carried out a transect survey across the study Act 1981 (as amended). Six of the species were listed area following hedgerows and woodland edges, this as a priority species under the UK BAP - bullfinch time changing the route and direction. The weather (Pyrrhula pyrrhula), dunnock (Prunella modularis), conditions during the survey were clear and still with a skylark (Alauda arvensis), song thrush (Turdus temperature of 12ºC. philomelos), starling and yellowhammer (Emberiza citrinella). Two of these species, the song thrush and Occasional foraging from no more than two common skylark, were listed in the Warwickshire SAP. pipistrelles was recorded along the woodland edges to the north of the study area in sporadic locations. Four of the species were listed under the UK BoCC Red List as birds of high conservation concern - Summary of Bat Surveys skylark, song thrush, starling and yellowhammer. Seven species were listed on the Amber List of From the current bat survey results, the main medium conservation concern - bullfinch, dunnock, concentration of activity was located on the northern mallard (Anas platyrhynchos), meadow pipit (Anthus boundary of the study area, along woodland edge pratensis), swallow (Hirundo rustica) and whitethroat habitats and hedgerows H2 and H3. The behaviour of (Sylvia communis). A summary of the above is shown the bats observed showed that this habitat was in Table 2.6. providing a resource for foraging for a low number of individuals of two common species of bat; common Skylark were also recorded adjacent to the southern pipistrelle and noctule. boundary of the study area, with an individual singing above the quarry bunds. Evidence of tawny owl (Strix Great Crested Newts aluco) was found in hedgerow tree T5 within hedgerow H2, in the form of fresh faecal splashing on The pond in the north western corner of the study area a branch and down the trunk of the tree to the was dry during the survey period and was therefore not vegetation below. Three fresh pellets were also found

A050564 Final 25 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

on the ground below the tree. The current survey evidence indicates that this is a sporadically used roost, as there were only a low number of pellets found. Although twenty-nine bird species were recorded within the study area, most were present in low numbers. The majority of birds were recorded along the woodland edges to the north of the study area, with occasional species recorded along hedgerows. The distribution, abundance and range of birds species found during the survey period are considered typical for a farmed landscape of this type.

Table 2.6. Summary of the Breeding Bird Assemblage for Red, Amber and BAP, SAP Priority Listed Species.

Max No seen No of Conservation Status Breeding Species at any one occasions Status time recorded Warw 2009 BoCC UK BAP SAP Bullfinch 3 2 Amber - Probable Dunnock 2 2 Amber - Possible Mallard 6 3 Amber - - None Meadow pipit 2 1 Amber - - Possible Skylark 3 3 Red Probable Song thrush 1 1 Red Possible Starling 1 1 Red - Confirmed Stock dove 2 1 Amber - - Possible Swallow 4 2 Amber - - None Whitethroat 6 2 Amber - - Possible Yellowhammer 3 2 Red - Possible

Reptiles No reptiles were recorded during any of the survey visits. Conditions for the surveys are summarised in Table 2.7. As no reptiles were observed during any of the surveys the site was considered to have neutral value for reptiles. Table 2.7 Summary of Reptile Survey Conditions Date Survey Time Conditions Temp 23.04.09 PM Cool breeze, very light cloud, blue sky 21.5ºc 24.04.09 PM Cool breeze, wispy cloud, blue sky 18ºc 29.04.09 PM Blue sky, fluffy cloud, light breeze 13.5ºc 05.05.09 PM Sunny spells, patches of blue sky, breezy 17.5ºc 12.05.09 AM Sunny spells, breezy 11ºc 24.06.09 AM Bright and sunny, no cloud 12ºc 24.06.09 Noon Hot with light breeze 14ºc

A050564 Final 26 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

A few profiles are non-calcareous (Denchworth series), 2.3 Soils and Land Classification but are so similar to the Evesham profiles in terms of drainage and horizon textures that they can be grouped 2.3.1 Survey along with them as simply as a non-calcareous variant. A survey of the soil types and agricultural land quality Similarly, it was not thought worth while at the original January 2004 application site was differentiating the two profiles closest to the A426 undertaken by Dr Stuart McRae of Wye College. The which are redder in colour but equally as clayey, survey was undertaken of a site area of some 46.9 ha, thought to be developed in clayey glacial till over the which comprised all of the undeveloped agricultural Lias. land outside the operational quarrying area at Spiers Farm. Accordingly, for all practical purposes, it can be assumed there is only one soil type on the site, Soil The assessment was based upon a study of published Type A, imperfectly to poorly drained calcareous information and a site inspection when 47 auger clayey soils with variants including those with a band borings were made using a 1.2m hand auger on or of limestone at depth, a few non-calcareous profiles close to a 100x100m grid. The survey revealed a and a few slightly redder coloured ones. consistent soil type across the site comprising a dark brown top soil, with a texture of clay, or very heavy The very clayey nature of these soils was confirmed by clay loam, with occasional rounded stones, with a the results of particle size analyses for typical topsoils thickness range of 24-45cm (average 28cm). The from auger locations 4, 16, 22 and 36 which contained subsoil is olive brown, becoming grey with a clay 52%, 56%, 62% and 60% clay sized particles texture, with either no stones or up to 10% limestone respectively. fragments, with a thickness range of between 75-96cm (average 92cm). This gives an average soil profile of 2.3.3 Agricultural land classification 1.2m overall. The site, in common with other areas of Lower Lias in The land has an overall gentle slope from the eastern the vicinity, is shown on the published ALC map corner at some 110m AOD to the northern boundary at (Sheet 132, Coventry and Rugby) as undifferentiated just below 85m AOD. Grade 3. The Report to accompany the ALC sheet notes that this type of land is mainly in “the middle of 2.3.2 Soils the grade” i.e. 3b in the present division of Grade 3, though occasionally in the upper part i.e. Subgrade 3a. The site is shown on the published Geological Map (Sheet 184, Warwick) as the Blue Lias member of the Under the revised ALC criteria, the combination of Lower Lias. This consists of interbeded shales, poor drainage (Wetness Class III) and heavy topsoil mudstones and argillaceous limestones. The map textures indicate a grading of Subgrade 3b for the shows a very narrow fringe of glacial till alongside part whole site. Soils such as these can be upgraded to of the A426, but most of this is within the marginal Subgrade 3a if their topsoils are naturally calcareous, tree planting screen. as most of them are on this site. However, this upgrading only applies where there is less than 50% The Blue Lias generally gives calcareous clayey soils clay in the topsoil. As noted above, particle size for the EVESHAM 2 Association (National Soil Map, analysis of typical examples of topsoil from the site Sheet 1, Northern England) which suffer from impeded were found to contain 52% to 62% of clay sized drainage because of their slowly permeable subsoils. particles and so this upgrading does not apply. The site inspection duly confirmed that the site has poorly drained, heavy textured, calcareous soils. Most 2.4 Geology of these consist of a clay topsoil about 30cm thick over an olive brown, mottled, stiff clay subsoil and which 2.4.1 Introduction conform to the description of the Evesham series. The geology of the site is well known from experience Most are placed in Wetness Class III (imperfectly to of quarrying at Spiers Farm, from borehole poorly drained). investigations, and by reference to the published BGS There are some profiles, notably in the north of the Geological Survey Map. site, where limestone is encountered at depth and these A detailed geological investigation was undertaken as are, strictly speaking, the Haselor rather than the part of the 2004 Spiers Farm extension application, Evesham series which they otherwise resemble. Only which included the drilling of 7 exploratory boreholes one profile was found with limestone close to the within the extension area, together with one borehole surface (at 35cm in profile 14). to the south of the A426. Samples for analysis were taken from the cores, on the basis of the ‘operational

A050564 Final 27 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

units’ determined from the logs i.e. Units A, B, C and sequence. These limestones are impersistent and D. This has been supplemented by the drilling of an cannot be readily correlated between boreholes. additional 4 boreholes in the extension area in 2008, The Lower Lias is conformable with the Blue Lias with further laboratory analysis. above. Bedding is apparently consistent with the The sequence of bedrock strata identified in the recent underlying White Lias, although the boundary is and previous drilling in the area under investigation is known to represent a break in the geological illustrated in Table 2.8: succession (unconformity). Table 2.8 Geological Sequence White Lias Unit Description Thickness (m) Blue Lias Interbedded thin Up to c 28.0m A single limestone unit (known as the Langport limestones and grey Member of the Lilstock Formation) represents the mudstone/claystone White Lias. The limestone has abundant thin Lower Lias Grey mudstone/ c 11.4-13.5m mudstone and clay partings. Well-developed joints Clays claystone with with some brecciated or broken layers are recorded in occasional thin the borehole logs. limestone bands White Lias Limestone c 1.6 to 2.2m Cotham Beds Cotham Beds Green, brown-green Thickness not mottled and grey- proven in recent The Cotham Beds intersected in the boreholes are green mudstone drilling, but generally represented by mudstones, often with silty c11.5m from laminations. The full thickness of this unit has not other borehole been intersected in the recent drilling. data 2.4.3 Operational Units 2.4.2 Bedrock Geology The existing quarry excavations are organised in a Blue Lias number of ‘lifts’ or operational units, which are defined on the basis of geology (and therefore material The uppermost bedrock unit at the site comprises thin chemistry). The established operational divisions, limestones intercalated with mudstones and claystones which are also used in this assessment are as follows: (clays). The limestone units are observed to vary in thickness from less than 0.05m to in excess of 0.50m. Table 2.9 Operational Units Interbedded clays range from less than 0.05m to in Operational Description excess of 1.0m in thickness. Unit Claystones within the sequence are generally reported A Blue Lias from rockhead to top of to be weaker than the mudstones and, where exposed Calcirhynchia Bed within the quarry, develop a marked fissility (described B Blue Lias from top of Calcirhynchia Bed and upper c 4m of the Lower Lias in geological terms as ‘paper shales’). They are (operational base of Blue Lias) generally grey in colour. Local development of C Remaining Lower Lias from operational gypsum has been noted in the quarry within these base of Blue Lias to top of White Lias units. The underlying White Lias limestone beneath Unit C is Some of the thicker limestones are persistent across the referred to as ‘Unit D’. This has not previously been entire Southam quarry area and provide distinct marker worked for use in the cement works, but it was referred horizons. One of these (the c 0.45m thick to in the 2004 resource calculation as a possible Calcirhynchia Bed), has been used as a boundary resource. It has subsequently been confirmed that Unit between two of the operational units (see below). This D will not be worked, partly to ensure the protection of strong, homogenous unit has been recorded in all the White Lias aquifer which is linked to ‘Holy Well’ boreholes during the drilling, except those in the at Southam. existing Spiers Farm quarry area where it has outcropped. The top of the Calcirhynchia Bed is 2.4.4 Chemical Analysis and Blend generally c 7.5-8.0m above the base of the Blue Lias. Optimisation Lower Lias Clays The approval of the 2005 extension at Spiers Farm (Phases 1 and 2) has allowed a series of trials, analysis, This section of the sequence typically comprises modifications and organisation improvements to be interbedded mudstones and claystones. Thin limestone undertaken at Rugby Cement Works, designed to units (generally less than 100mm) are present, but there improve the reliability and performance of the works. are generally only 5 to 8 units represented in the

A050564 Final 28 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

A key component of this exercise has been refinements raw feed (with a circ 2% higher CaO content) which, to the quality and consistency of the raw material feed. whilst relatively small in percentage terms, is of vital Extensive geochemical analysis has been undertaken, importance in terms of the performance of the Rugby coupled with a further assessment of the specific cement works. boundaries between the respective mineral units at A new geological database has thus been established, Southam. and goestatistical analysis has allowed the prediction of This has been supplemented by additional field the chemicals in the entire volume of the quarry investigations which has led to a recognition that a 2m reserves and additional resources within a 3 horizon originally thought to be part of Unit B actually dimensional model. A summary of the chemical forms the basal level of Unit A. This was previously analysis of all units is presented in Table 2.10 below. resulting in an incorrect chemical composition of the

Table 2.10 Summary of chemical analyses for all Units CaO SiO2 Al2O3 Fe2O3 SO3 Unit % % % % % Level A 31.88 21.87 7.57 3.16 1.76 Level B 25.69 27.69 9.92 3.96 2.30 Level C 10.44 41.05 16.19 6.15 3.08 All units 18.36 34.07 12.95 5.02 2.65 Weighted Weighted Average

The CaO target required for the manufacture of cement at the Rugby Cement Works is 24%. It is apparent Table 2.11 Blend ratios and reserve utilisation to from table 2.10 that the weighted average CaO is meet CaO 24% variable, and that blending is thus required to achieve the required CaO target of 24%. The low CaO Unit % worked to Blend ratio to meet target weighted average in unit C also dicates that not all of meet target the unit C reserves are usable, since there is Level A 100% A+C 2:1 insufficient reserve in units A and B for blending with Level B 100% LoB+C 4:1 unit C to allow the full exploitation of unit C. Thus, Level C 23% UpB+C 3:1 only a proportion of the reserves in Unit C are ‘usable’, as discussed further below.

The blend ratios to meet the 24%CaO target are set out in table 2.11.

2.4.5 Reserves and ‘useful’ reserves A summary of the reserves remaining in Phases 1 and 2 is presented as Tables 2.12 and 2.13 below.

Table 2.12 Block model reserves Phase 1: January 2010 Phase 1 Blocks m3 Tons CaO SiO2 Al2O3 Fe2O3 Upper A - Lower A - Upper B Lower B Upper C Lower C 40 20,000 40,000 9.74 41.68 16.21 6.23 TOTAL 20,000 40,000

A050564 Final 29 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

Table 2.13 Block model reserves Phase 2: January 2010 Phase 2 Blocks m3 Tons CaO SiO2 Al2O3 Fe2O3 Upper A 107 50,000 100,000 32.59 21.25 7.45 3.17 Lower A 328 145,000 290,000 31.44 22.36 7.68 3.07 Upper B 690 364,200 728,400 26.19 27.39 9.54 3.94 Lower B 978 525,900 1,051,800 24.45 28.64 10.60 4.09 Upper C 1357 602,500 1,205,000 10.66 40.50 16.57 6.25 Lower C 1225 612,500 1,225,000 10.25 40.94 15.69 5.94 TOTAL 2,300,000 4,600,200 The sum of total and useful reserves in phases 1 and 2 is presented in table 2.14.

Table 2.14 Total reserves remaining in phases 1 and 2: January 2010 Total reserves (tons) Useful reserves % Useful reserves (tons)

Upper A 100000 100% 100000 Lower A 290000 100% 290000 Upper B 728400 100% 728400 Lower B 1051800 100% 1051800 Upper C 1205000 23% 277150 Lower C 1265000 23% 290950 Total 4640200 2,738,300 The reserves and useful reserves within the proposed phase 3 extension area are set out in table 2.15. Table 2.15 Phase 3 Extension Reserves and Useful reserves Tonnes Useful reserves % Useful reserves Useful reserves proposed (original phase 3 boundary new phase 3 boundary (tonnes) (tonnes) Upper A 269400 100% 269400 260300 Lower A 525600 100% 525600 500500 Upper B 965100 100% 965100 769500 Lower B 1559900 100% 1559900 984454 Upper C 1693500 23% 389505 373022 Lower C 2112000 23% 485760 465230 Total 7125500 4195265 3,353,006 The overall reserves in the existing Phases 1 and 2, and proposed Phase 3 are set out in the table 2.16 below. Table 2.16 Total Useful Reserves Phases 1 - 3. Useful reserves phases 1 and 2 Useful reserves proposed phase 3 Total Useful reserves (tons)

Upper A 100,000 260300 360300 Lower A 290,000 500500 790500 Upper B 728,400 769500 1497900 Lower B 1,051,800 984454 2036254 Upper C 277,150 373,022 650,172 Lower C 290,950 465,230 756,180 Total 2,738,300 3,353,006 6,091,306

A050564 Final 30 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

This indicates a total ‘useful reserve’ of some 6.09 Details of the regional geology have been obtained million tonnes, comprising the utilisation of 100% of from the 1:50,000 scale geological map for Warwick the reserves in Units A and B, and 23% of the reserves Sheet 184 (BGS, 1984), the Memoir for sheet 184 in Unit C. The 6.09 million tonnes comprises some (BGS, 1987) and from geological logs and boreholes 2.74 million tonnes of consented reserves (Phases 1 drilled in the quarry. Drawing and 2) and 3.35 million tonnes of additional reserves in SP4163_CAW_D_120609_B shows the outcrop of the Phase 3. The total useful reserve of 6.09 million tonnes Blue Lias, Lower Lias clays and the Langport Member. would provide a life of some 10.1 years, at 600,000 The geology at Southam Quarry can be summarised as tonnes per annum. approximately 40 m of Jurassic Lower Lias strata underlain by approximately 50m of Triassic deposits of 2.5 Hydrology and Hydrogeology the Penarth Group and Mercia Mudstone Group. The Lower Lias comprises up to 28 m of the Blue Lias 2.5.1 Geology Formation underlain by undivided Lower Lias clays up Details of the geology of the site have been described to 22 m thick. The uppermost Penarth Group in section 2.4 above. This section summarises these comprises the Langport Member (formerly known as aspects which are relevant to the hydrogeological the White Lias), a limestone formation up to 2.5m baseline. All figures, drawings and appendices referred thick, underlain by the undivided Cotham member and to in the baseline section 2.5, and the supporting Westbury Formation The strata dip 2º to the southeast. impact assessment Chapter 9.0 are produced within A summary of the stratigraphy is shown in Table 2.17. Appendix 2 (ES Volume 2). Table 2.17 Summary of the stratigraphy in the area around Southam Quarry Formation Lithology Hydrogeological characteristics Blue Lias Argillaceous limestones, alternating with mudstones and paper Minor Aquifer regionally, non shales. aquifer locally

Jurassic Lower Lias Dark grey mudstones. Aquitard Langport Member Hard, porcellaneous massive limestone. Pale grey weathering to Non aquifer regionally but (White Lias) white or cream. At outcrop generally worn or pitted. behaves as minor aquifer locally Penarth Group Cotham Member: Grey-green and brown calcareous mudstones. Aquitard Westbury Formation: interbedded dark grey to black fissile

Triassic mudstone with massive mudstone. Mercia Mudstone Red brown blocky mudstones with thin siltstones and sandstones. Aquitard Group

Table 2.19 Summary of site investigation results Site investigation results Lithology Thickness of Elevation to top Table 2.18 summarises site investigations carried out at strata of strata Spier’s Farm. proved (m) (mAOD) Table 2.18 Summary of previous investigations Ground Elevation 82.76 – 109.18 Topsoil / overburden 0 – 3.0 Date Summary Blue Lias 0 – 27.7 90.27 – 106.88 15/08/40 – 7 no. cored boreholes drilled in Phase 1a Lower Lias 3.5 – 22.1 79.18 – 90.18 22/01/41 Langport (White Lias) 1.6 – 2.5 66.38 – 79.13 13/11/01 – 8 no. trial pits excavated in Phase 1a. 6 no. Cotham/ Blue Anchor 0.5 – 2.0 64.68 – 76.63 03/12/01 cored boreholes drilled in Phases 1a, 1b, 3 and 4. Topsoil / Overburden September 1 no. cored borehole drilled in Phase 4 2002 Up to 0.3m of brown, clayey soil overlies up to 3m 23/11/05 – 10 no. cored borehole drilled in Phases 1b – thickness of soft to stiff orange-brown clay. 12/01/06 4. 4 no. of these were completed as monitoring boreholes. Jurassic – Blue Lias and Lower Lias 18/10/07 – 2 no. open hole boreholes in Phase 4 22/10/07 completed as monitoring boreholes. The thickness of the Blue Lias Formation proved at the Site is between 0m and 27.7 m. The Blue Lias and Table 2.19 summarises the results of the investigations. Lower Lias clays are commonly weathered to a depth The borehole logs are in Appendix 2 (iii) A (ES V2). of 4.5 m below ground level (Peter Dumble Associates, 2004). The formation consists of alternating

A050564 Final 31 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

mudstones and limestones with thin beds of claystones 2.5.2 Hydrology (‘paper shales’) rarely greater than 0.2 m thick within the mudstone units. Limestone beds vary from 0.05 m Rainfall to greater than 0.5 m in thickness and make up approximately 30% of the formation. A thick The Environment Agency has rainfall gauges located at limestone band known as the Calcirhynchia Bed is Knightcote, Coventry (SP 38728 80721), 17km to the about 0.4 m to 0.5 m thick and its top lies 7.5 m – 8.5 north of the Site and at Braunston (SP 53104 65845), m above the base of Blue Lias (Peter Dumble 10km to the east of the Site. Monthly rainfall data are Associates, 2004). tabulated in Appendix B. The mean annual rainfall at Knightcote for the period October 1978 – September A contour map of the elevation of the indicative base 2008 was 641mm and at Braunston for the period of the Blue Lias indicates an anticline with the base of October 1981 – September 2008 it was 636mm. the Blue Lias / top of the Lower Lias clays dipping steeply to the west and southwest from an approximate Southam Quarry is located in the centre of MORECS elevation of 88 m AOD in the centre of the quarry to square 137. The Meteorological Office has supplied 79 m AOD to the southeast (SP4163_CAW_D_4). long-term monthly averages for rainfall, potential The dip is more gentle to the east of the site and across evapotranspiration (PE) and hydrologically effective the Site where elevations range between approximately rainfall (HER) for the period 1971 to 2000. This is 79 m AOD to 88 m AOD. presented in Table 2.20 for a grassed surface with median available water capacity (AWC) concurrent The Lower Lias clays are dark grey mudstones with with a clay soil assumed for this area. rare thin limestone bands, generally less than 0.2 m in thickness and making up less than 2% of its total Table 2.20 MORECS data square 137 – long term thickness. At Spier’s Farm the Lower Lias varies in average 1971-2000 for grass with median available thickness from 3.5m to 22.1m. water capacity (AWC) Average Average Average Triassic – Langport Member (White Lias) and Penarth rainfall PE (mm) HER Group Cotham Beds (mm) (mm) Jan 63.4 15.6 42.4 The Langport Member is a distinct unit 1.6 – 2.5 m Feb 46.6 18.4 27.9 thick. It is encountered in the vicinity of the Site at Mar 49.5 36.9 20.0 depths between 66.4 to 79.1 m AOD. It is a distinct Apr 50.5 56.2 12.3 layer of hard, fine grained, grey/yellow limestone. May 53.8 85.2 2.9 During the 2005 - 2006 site investigation the unit was Jun 59.6 87.4 1.2 observed to have well developed joints and broken Jul 45.5 96.0 0.0 layers some of which were strongly water bearing Aug 62.3 83.9 0.0 while others were dry. Sep 59.9 55.5 0.2 Oct 59.9 33.5 4.4 The Cotham Beds of the Penarth Group were proved to Nov 59.4 19.1 12.8 a thickness of up to 2m and comprise dark grey Dec 68.6 13.8 34.2 mudstones and shales with thin silt and sandstones Yearly total 678.9 601.5 158.3 bands. The upper Cotham Beds contain an increasing Monthly average 56.6 50.1 13.2 thickness of limestone beds (Peter Dumble Associates). Long-term average rainfall is 679 mm per year and the long-term average potential evapo-transpiration is 602 A contour map of the elevation of the indicative top of mm per year. The highest monthly rainfall occurs in the Langport Member over Southam Quarry shows that December and January, with generally higher rainfall the Langport Member generally dips from the occurring from August to January and lower rainfall northwest to the southeast (drawing SP4163- occurring between February and July. _CAW_D_100609_B). At Southam Quarry it may form an anticline, dipping steeply to the west and The hydrologically effective rainfall (HER) is 158 mm southwest and more gently to the east and southeast. per year. This is defined as the sum of rainfall less At the Site the elevation of the Langport Member is actual evapotranspiration. The period (mainly winter) approximately 79 m AOD in the west and 65m AOD in between the return to field capacity and the loss of the east. capacity in spring gives the opportunity for rainfall to recharge groundwater and flow to rivers, hence the difference in monthly totals.

A050564 Final 32 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

Surface water features and drainage 86mAOD close to the south west corner of phase 1A of the quarry and it runs along the boundary of phases 1 Surface water features in and around Southam Quarry and 2. The stream flows all year round and it could be are shown in drawing reference spring-fed (S6 in Table 2.21). The stream flows under SP4163_CAW_D_120609_B and details including the course of the former railway through a brick culvert surface geology and altitude above sea level are given which is largely blocked by sediment and partially in [Table 2.21.] The River Itchen flows in a northerly collapsed in places, before discharging to the southern direction approximately 1 km to the west of the Site at corner of Stockton Reservoir. an elevation of 70mAOD and joins the River Leam 5 km downstream at Marton. Approximately 0.5km to There is an intermittent discharge to the eastern corner the north, the Grand Union Canal runs east to west of Stockton Reservoir from a ditch that flows in a north with a branch at Kaye’s Arm running from the disused westerly direction along the north eastern boundary of Southam quarry works into the canal at National Grid Spier’s Farm from the A426 road. A small flow was Reference (NGR) SP 424646. Stockton Reservoir is observed in the western 400m of the ditch on 1st April located approximately 150m from the proposed 2009 but it was dry further to the east. The ditch is extraction boundary between the course of a former connected to a small pond at Stockton Fields Farm via railway line and the Grand Union Canal. The reservoir a pipe. The pond is located approximately 150m to the is used for angling. north of the Site boundary (WB12 in Table 2.21). A small stream known locally as “the feeder stream” originates from a pond located at an elevation of

Table 2.21 Water Features Survey

Figure Name/Map ID NGR (SP) Altitude Distance from edge Surface Geology Reference of proposed quarry mAOD km W1 well 4132 6588 70 1.93 Mercia Mudstone W2 well 4138 6574 70 1.77 Alluvium W3 well 4102 6545 70 1.78 Mercia Mudstone W4 well 4267 6578 114 1.30 White Lias W5 well 4309 6483 82 0.55 Blue Lias W6 well 4328 6395 111 0.05 Superficials W7 well 4352 6406 115 0.23 Superficials W8 well 4386 6405 99 0.59 Lower Lias Clay W9 well 4382 6401 99 0.56 Lower Lias Clay WB1 unnamed pond 4176 6400 85 0.56 Lower Lias Clay WB2 Stockton Resevoir 4250 6448 81 0.05 White Lias / Lower Lias WB3 unnamed pond 4259 6487 75 0.40 White Lias WB4 unnamed pond 4149 6530 70 0.80 Superficials WB5 moat 4390 6352 90 0.80 Blue Lias WB6 disused quarry 4418 6412 - 0.88 Blue Lias WB7 disused quarry 4382 6475 - 0.85 Blue Lias WB8 disused quarry 4347 6447 - 0.40 Blue Lias WB9 disused quarry 4323 6469 - 0.50 Blue Lias WB10 disused quarry 4352 6476 - 0.70 Blue Lias WB11 unnamed pond 4313 6278 90 0.86 Blue Lias WB12 Stockton Fields Farm 4301 6428 94 0.15 Blue Lias S1 Issues 4172 6273 98 1.20 Blue Lias S2 Issues 4077 6406 75 1.52 Superficials S3 Issues 4074 6424 75 1.56 Penarth Group - undivided S4 Issues 4092 6428 75 1.37 Superficials S5 Issues 4179 6387 88 0.53 Blue Lias S6 Issues 4224 6383 86 0.20 Blue Lias

A050564 Final 33 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

Figure Name/Map ID NGR (SP) Altitude Distance from edge Surface Geology Reference of proposed quarry mAOD km S7 Issues 4207 6422 82 0.24 White Lias S8 Issues 4296 6482 80 0.48 Lower Lias Clay S9 Issues 4318 6454 91 0.37 Blue Lias S10 Spring 4360 6424 113 0.28 Superficials S11 Issues 4430 6320 83 1.30 Blue Lias S12 Spring 4469 6438 90 1.48 Lower Lias Clay S13 Issues 4402 6515 91 1.35 Blue Lias S14 Spring 4386 6538 91 1.40 Blue Lias S15 Spring (Holy Well) 4101 6185 75 2.80 White Lias K1 Sink 4174 6411 82 0.44 White Lias K2 Sink 4295 6466 90 0.35 Lower Lias Clay/Blue Lias K3 Sink 4464 6452 90 1.45 Blue Lias Note: A large number of small ponds that can be identified on maps have not been included in table

There are various lagoons in disused quarries around Surface water levels Stockton approximately 1km to the northeast of the Site. Approximately 1.3km to the east of the Site the Surface water levels have been monitored at Stockton River Stowe flows southwards from Stockton to Reservoir using a datalogger (drawing reference Southam where it joins the River Itchen at NGR SP406 SP4163 SMC D 270907A2) and were in the range 80.6 620. There are a number of small ponds around m AOD - 80.9 m AOD between April 2006 and July Southam and the River Stowe. 2009 (Figure 1 - ES Appendix 2) Three surface water bodies are located in the old Surface water flows and water resources quarry to the south of the Site as shown on drawing reference SP4163_SMC_D_270907A2: The River Itchen and River Leam belong to the Leamington Water Resource Management Unit The southern part of the old quarry was allowed to (WRMU) of the Warwickshire Avon Catchment flood after September 2006 since when the water level Abstraction Management Strategy (CAMS). This has ranged between 76.5mAOD and 77.7mAOD. WRMU has the status “over-licensed” with a target status in 2011 of “no water available” (Environment A surface water lagoon is located to the north east of Agency, 2006). the old quarry lake. This has been used in the past for discharging water off site (see Section 2.5.5 quarry The Environment Agency holds data for one gauging water management). station at Southam on the River Itchen and two gauging stations on the River Stowe (Table 2.22). The Surface water also collects in the northern part of the data are in ES Appendix 2. old quarry (east of the surface water lagoon) from where it is channelled via a shallow ditch to the lake in Table 2.22 Details of river gauging stations the south of the quarry. River NGR of gauging station Duration of record Surface waters are intercepted from the existing Stowe SP 4173 6154 10/05/76 – 06/09/89 landfill phases at the site by the use of drainage ditches Stowe SP 4180 6140 16/12/94 – 27/09/96 around the perimeter of the phases to reduce direct run- Itchen SP 40503 62686 July 2000 – May off to waste (Golder Associates, 2005). 2009

There is no active management of groundwater level in Surface water quality the old quarry. A cut-off drain is known to have been constructed behind the west side-slope clay liner of the The reach of the River Itchen closest to Southam Cell 3 landfill to control minor seepages from the Blue Quarry is between Old Ford Bridge and Snowford Lias and to protect the sidewall engineering for Cell 3 Bridge. This reach has been classified as GQA Grade (Golder Associates, 2005 and Enviroarm, 2006). C by the Environment Agency. The biological river quality is classed as grade B (biology is a little short of an unpolluted river). Chemistry is generally grade C, fairly good, with occasional grade B or D. Nutrients along this reach are graded 5 for phosphate (very high)

A050564 Final 34 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

and 4-5 for nitrate (moderate – high). The only in the closed cement works were sampled in August significant failures are for dissolved oxygen under the 2006 for the analysis of List I and List II substances river quality target 2. (Appendix D). Table 2.23 summarises the surface water quality sampling locations, dates and determinands. The old quarry sump (LK01) and the ‘dinosaur’ pond (LK02) Table 2.23 Details of surface water sampling locations Sample code Location No. of samples Date from Date to Yrs LK01 Old quarry sump 31 18/07/2006 02/02/2009 2.5 LK02 Dinosaur pond (former cement works) 22 17/08/2006 02/02/2009 2.5 LK03 Spier's Farm quarry sump 15 27/06/2007 02/02/2009 1.6 POINT A Discharge Point A 21 27/02/2001 02/02/2009 7.9 POINT B Discharge Point B 44 04/06/2001 02/02/2009 7.7 STOC1 Stockton Reservoir 13 28/06/2007 30/04/2008 0.8 SW01 Grand Union Canal Upstream 13 31/05/2007 30/04/2008 0.9 SW02 Grand Union Canal Downstream 13 31/05/2007 30/04/2008 0.9 SW03 R Itchen Upstream 13 31/05/2007 30/04/2008 0.9 SW04 R Itchen Downstream 13 31/05/2007 30/04/2008 0.9 SW06 Canal Arm 12 28/06/2007 30/04/2008 0.8 Tables ‘10 and 11’ (produced in the ES Volume 2) Flooding summarise mean and maximum concentrations of determinands respectively in surface water and According to the Environment Agency’s flood map, compare them with the Environmental Quality which provides a general estimate of the likelihood of Standards (EQS) for freshwater. The EQS values for flooding across England and Wales, the Site is shown some List II substances are related to the hardness of to have less than a 0.1% (1 in 1000) chance of flooding the water (Appendix D). Table 2.24 shows the in any year from rivers. The Agency advises that they alkalinity (hardness) of the surface water samples and hold no historical information regarding flooding where EQS values are dependent on hardness, the affecting the Site (Appendix F). average of 110 mg/l has been used which falls into the 100 – 150 mg/l hardness band (Appendix D – ES V2). 2.5.3 Hydrogeology

Table 2.24 Alkalinity (as CaCO3) for surface water samples Aquifer characteristics from literature Location Location Date Result Unit The Environment Agency has produced a series of LK01 Old quarry 17-Aug-06 115 mg/l maps, covering England and Wales, which identify the sump vulnerability of groundwater to contamination. The LK01 Old quarry 18-Jul-06 93.6 mg/l maps define Major, Minor and Non-Aquifers based on sump geological information and use information on the LK02 Dinosaur 17-Aug-06 33.3 mg/l overlying soils to determine the protection afforded to pond the geology to assess the overall vulnerability. Point B Discharge 18-Jan-05 200 mg/l Average 110 mg/l The Site is covered by Groundwater Vulnerability Map Sheet 30 (Environment Agency, 1994). The Blue Lias The water quality is generally good and within EQS is classified as a minor aquifer. Under the Water guideline values with the exceptions of sulphate, Framework Directive the existing designations of sodium, copper, zinc and lead. Given the local ‘Major’, ‘Minor’ and ‘Non-Aquifers’ will change to geology, it is likely that these elevated concentrations ‘Principle’, ‘Secondary’ and ‘Non-Productive reflect the natural conditions of the area. The highest Aquifers’. Areas will largely transfer over however copper (0.29 mg/l) and lead (0.029 mg/l) there may be some variance with the boundaries. concentrations are from discharge Point B and the According to maps on the Environment Agency canal arm (SW06) respectively. Maximum sodium and website, the Site is not located within a Source sulphate concentrations of 921 mg/l and 2,140 mg/l Protection Zone (SPZ). The closest SPZ is located respectively are from the Spier’s Farm quarry sump approximately 12 km to the northwest of the Site. (LK03). At Southam the Blue Lias typically consists of thin (0.1 to 0.3m thick) but laterally very persistent limestones with intervening mudstones (Jones et al,

A050564 Final 35 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

2000). These thin but well jointed, limestones form a confined between the Lower Lias and Cotham Beds multi-layered minor aquifer (Jones et al, 2000). A (Peter Dumble Associates, 2004). minor aquifer will seldom produce large quantities of Southam Quarry personnel observed a significant water for abstraction, but may be important for both release of groundwater from the Langport Member local supplies and in supplying base flow to rivers. when this was breached following quarrying at the Jones et al, (2000) state that a few small springs flow southern end of Southam Quarry (Peter Dumble from the outcrop of the formation and at the top of the Associates, 2004). Movement of water through the underlying less permeable Penarth Group; yields are Langport Member is likely to be through fractures and low and decrease in summer. The groundwater brecciated layers. vulnerability map shows the majority of the Site is classed as a minor aquifer of intermediate vulnerability Golders Associates (2005) report that permeability (Appendix F produced in ES Volume 2). testing undertaken in 2000 on an undisturbed clay sample from the Lower Lias at the site gave a The underlying Langport Member (White Lias) is permeability value of 2.4 x 10-11 m/s. A test on an classified as a non aquifer. The aquifer properties data undisturbed clay sample of the Cotham Member reported in Jones et al, (2000) for the undifferentiated (Penarth Group) from the site gave a permeability Lower Lias were attributed to the Blue Lias. 52 value of 5.8 x 10-11 m/s. Golders Associates (2005) porosity values range from 1.1 to 27.5% with an also cite permeability in the order of 1x10-3 m/s for the arithmetic mean of 9.4%. There are 18 hydraulic Langport Member (White Lias) reported for fissure conductivity values ranging from the limits of flows based upon yield figures from a shaft at Southam detection to 0.28 m/d, with a geometric mean of 1.5 x (SP 41036189) by Enviroarm (2003). 10-4 m/d. A summary of the calculated transmissivity values, storage coefficients and specific capacity Local hydraulic properties for the site, derived from a values gathered from pump test data for the Lower Lias variety of sources, are summarised in Table 13 is presented in Table 2.25. (Appendix 2 – ES V2). The raw data used to derive these properties is generally not available and it is, Table 2.25 Summary of pump test data for the therefore, difficult to be certain as to the reliability of Lower Lias (Jones et al, 2000) these data. It would appear to be quite likely that many No. of Range Geometric of these references relate to the same data. sites mean Transmissivity (m2/d) 16 2.0 - 426 20.4 During the November 2005 site investigation, Storage coefficient 6 1.5 x 10-4 hydraulic conductivity was analysed within the Lower – 0.15 Lias and Langport Member (Ove Arup & Partners and Specific capacity 23 0.13 - 920 15.3 ESI, 2006). Six hydraulic conductivity tests were (m3/d/m) carried out in the Lower Lias clays. These were carried out in the laboratory, under constant head conditions in Aquifer characteristics from site investigations a triaxial cell. Results are summarised in Table 2.26. It should be noted that the clay horizons of the Lower Locally, the aquifer properties appear to be slightly Lias were preferentially selected to provide an different from the regional characteristics presented by assessment of the vertical hydraulic conductivity. The Jones et al, (2000). There are a number of reports and Lower Lias contains rare hard limestone bands which anecdotal evidence that indicate the Blue Lias acts as a may have a higher permeability due to fracturing. confining layer with lower permeability than is However this material was unsuitable for testing. regionally apparent. Conversely the Langport Member (White Lias) is locally a far more permeable horizon. Despite being a non-aquifer the Langport Member is

the primary aquifer at Holy Well with groundwater

Table 2.26 Summary of laboratory hydraulic conductivity within Lower Lias Borehole Sample depth Hydraulic conductivity Borehole Sample depth Hydraulic conductivity Borehole (m) (m/s) (m) (m/s) RC01 26.85 – 27.00 2.6 x 10 -11 RC01 26.85 – 27.00 2.6 x 10 -11 RC01 RC03 20.60 – 20.76 1.3 x 10 -11 RC03 20.60 – 20.76 1.3 x 10 -11 RC03

Slug tests were carried out within the Langport 07 m/s and 1.1 x 10–06 m/s was determined in Member at CP04 and RC03 to determine its hydraulic boreholes CP04 and RC03 respectively. conductivity at these locations (Ove Arup & Partners and ESI, 2006). A hydraulic conductivity of 4.1 x 10–

A050564 Final 36 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

Slug tests were also carried out in the former boreholes Langport Member groundwater levels were generally GW01 (old) and GW03 (old) at Griffins Farm. between 73.0 mAOD and 80.0 m AOD between July However, due to the absence of borehole logs some 2004 and June 2009 (Figure 4 – ES V2 Appendices). assumptions were made in their analysis. These Groundwater levels in the vicinity of the old quarry at assumptions included: boreholes BH1, BH4, BH6, GWSP8, 12/05, GW01, GW03 and CP04 show consistent levels, particularly • the diameter of the boreholes, and therefore since October 2005, with levels generally between 74 the diameter of the filter pack, was 100 mm mAOD and 77 mAOD. Water levels in borehole 12/05 and the porosity of the filter pack was 0.3 have been recorded at 1 hourly or 6 hourly intervals • the full 1.8 m of the Langport Member was using a datalogger since 4th April 2006 (Figure 5 – ES penetrated and screened. V2 Appendices). Between 29th September 2006 and 12th March 2007 groundwater levels in 12/05 Hydraulic conductivities of 1 x 10–08 m/s and 1.1 x increased from 74.9 mAOD to 77.6 mAOD. This 10-05 m/s were determined in boreholes GW01 (old) general rise in levels is mirrored by the other boreholes and GW03 (old) respectively. and is attributed at least in part to flooding of the old Groundwater levels quarry following the cessation of dewatering in autumn 2006. Quarry sump water levels were recorded in a The EA have advised that no regional groundwater borehole close to the quarry base but the datalogger level data are available within 3 km of the Site has not been accessible since the rise in sump water (Appendix F). Details of boreholes that are currently level. The quarry sump water levels closely matched monitored at Southam Quarry are given in Table 2.27. the water levels in borehole 12/05 between 4th April Monitoring boreholes 7/05, 9/05 and 10/05 were and 19th July 2006. drilled at Spier’s Farm in 2005 as part of a mineral assessment programme. Boreholes 7/05 and 9/05 each At RC03 the groundwater level ranged from 86.1 have dual installations with response zones in the Blue mAOD to 92.0 mAOD. RC02, located beside RC03 Lias (Z1) and the Langport Member (Z2). Borehole and installed within the Blue Lias, recorded a Blue 10/05 has a response zone in the Langport Member. Lias water level of approximately 89.0 mAOD to 95.4 The water levels in borehole 9/05 indicate a possible mAOD which suggests that the groundwater level leak in the bentonite seal between the two response recorded at RC03 is not the Blue Lias water table. A zones. A replacement borehole (1/07) was drilled large water bearing fracture was encountered at the top close to borehole 9/05 in 2007 and the screened section of the Langport Member during drilling from which was placed against the Langport Member with a clay significant rock fragments were washed into the hole seal emplaced to the surface (borehole log in Appendix until it was completed. It is possible that there is a A). Subsequent water level measurements confirm local high piezometric surface at this location. The that the response zone is likely to be in the Langport fracture may be connected to an area, possibly to the Member. Boreholes GW01 – GW04 and GW06 were north, where groundwater (and topographic) levels in drilled in Griffin’s Farm in 1989 and had piezometers the Langport Member are significantly higher. installed in them but these were lost after 2000. They At Spier’s Farm groundwater levels in the Langport are indicated by the suffix “old”. Replacement Member are between 78.7 m AOD and 80.0 m AOD. monitoring boreholes GW01 – GW03 were drilled These levels are 2 – 4m above those recorded in before July 2004. boreholes closer to the old quarry. Between September Hydrographs of historical groundwater levels in the 2006 and January 2007 average groundwater levels Langport Member and Blue Lias between 1989 and increased from 79.1mAOD to 79.5mAOD. This 2000 are shown in Figures 2 and 3 respectively. general rise in levels coincides with flooding of the old Langport groundwater levels were recorded in former quarry following the cessation of dewatering in autumn boreholes GW01 (old), GW04 (old) and GW06A 2006. during this period when groundwater levels varied Surface water levels at Stockton Reservoir ranged between 73 m and 76 m AOD. Some data points as between 80.6 m and 80.9 m AOD between April 2006 high as 83.4 m may be erroneous. Blue Lias water and July 2009 (Figure 1- ES V2 Appendices). levels between 91.3 m and 93.8 mAOD were recorded Groundwater levels in the Langport Member at in boreholes GW02 (old), GW03 (old) and GW6B. boreholes 10/05 and 7/05Z2 were respectively 1.7 m Groundwater levels encountered in the Langport and 1.4m lower than the surface water level at Member were approximately 1 m higher in the period Stockton Reservoir (Figure 6 ES V2 Appendices) 1988 to 1991 compared with the period from 1996 to Borehole 10/05 is located in Spier’s Farm immediately 2000. This may be due to errors in datum points rather adjacent to the reservoir. than changing hydrogeological conditions. No groundwater level data are available between February Blue Lias groundwater levels were generally between 2000 and July 2004. 84 m and 93 mAOD between July 2004 and August

A050564 Final 37 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

2006 (Figure 7 ES V2 Appendices). Groundwater there is a suspected leaky seal in the dual installation at levels in GW02 were usually between 75 and 80 09/05 so these data are, therefore, considered to be mAOD. It is believed that this borehole is incorrectly unreliable. reported in Golder (2005) to be installed in the Blue Groundwater levels in the Blue Lias recorded at 08/05 Lias as the total depth suggests that the base of the are 82 m AOD and are higher than the surface water installation is located just above the Langport Member. level at Stockton Reservoir which varies between 80.6 These data are, therefore, considered to be unreliable m and 80.9 m AOD (Figure 8 ES V2 Appendices). and the adjacent borehole RC02 indicates that the Borehole 8/05, which was located 50m from Stockton groundwater level in the Blue Lias at this location is Reservoir, was destroyed in summer 2007. An between 89 m and 92 m AOD. Groundwater levels in additional borehole to monitor groundwater levels in 7/05Z1 were between 79 m and 80 m AOD, but due to the Langport Member at the approximate location of its location on the north western edge of the current the former borehole 08/05 was requested by the Spier’s Farm development, it is possible that these Environment Agency (meeting between EA and groundwater levels are influenced by current quarrying CEMEX on 3rd April 2008) and it was drilled in operations and are therefore, considered to be lower October 2009. The log for borehole 01/09 is in than normal. Groundwater levels in 9/05Z1 to the Appendix A. northeast of the Spier’s Farm extension area were between 86.73 m AOD and 87.70 m AOD however, Table 2.27 Currently monitored boreholes at Southam Quarry Borehole NGR Co- Ground Level Installation Screen Screen Depth (mbgl) reference ordinates (mAOD) depth installed (mbgl)

7/05Z1 442303, 264031 85.63 5.5 Blue Lias 2 – 5.5 7/05Z2 442303, 264031 85.63 11 White Lias 7 - 10 9/05Z1 442901, 264250 92.84 10 Blue Lias 7 - 10 9/05Z2 442901, 264250 92.84 24.65 White Lias 21.65 – 24.65 10/05 442666, 264445 82.76 8.5 White Lias 5.5 – 7.5 BH1/07 442895, 264243 92.9 24.6 White Lias 21.5 - 24.6 Spier’s Farm BH2/07 443256, 264022 109.183 45.3 White Lias 42.2 - 45.3 BH3/07 442252, 263719 94.627 20 White Lias 16.0 - 20.0 11/05Z1 441779, 262789 100.32 14 Blue Lias 3 - 14 11/05Z2 441779, 262789 100.32 30 White Lias 27 - 30 12/05 442768, 263714 100.35 32.56 White Lias 29.5 – 32.5 BH1 441725, 263360 105.33 35.4 White Lias Exact details unknown BH2 441723, 263352 105.31 20.1 Blue Lias Exact details unknown BH3 441700, 263267 104.5 20 Blue Lias Exact details unknown BH4 441698, 263259 104.5 35.6 White Lias Exact details unknown BH5 441679, 263075 106.05 22.5 Blue Lias Exact details unknown BH6 441680, 263063 105.89 39.5 White Lias Exact details unknown CP01 442239, 263316 99.45 11.6 Blue Lias 1.0 – 11.6 CP02 442328, 263396 98.56 10.5 Blue Lias 1.0 – 10.5

Southam Quarry – old quarry – old Southam Quarry CP03 442355, 263496 98.33 9.6 Blue Lias 1.0 – 9.6 CP04P1 442500, 263527 97.29 12 Blue Lias 1.0 – 12.0 CP04P2 442500, 263527 97.29 28.3 White Lias 26.8 – 28.3 GW01 442169, 263012 111.04 42.1 White Lias Exact details unknown GW02 442334, 263225 107.99 36.1 Blue Lias Exact details unknown GW03 442630, 263435 103.14 39.7 White Lias Exact details unknown RC01 442173, 263000 110.48 27 Blue Lias 1.0 – 27.0 RC02 442348, 263226 107.35 23 Blue Lias 1.0 – 23.0

Griffin’s Farm RC03 442355, 263233 107.13 39 White Lias 36.8 – 37.8 RC04 442615, 263422 102.8 24 Blue Lias 1.0 - 21.0

Groundwater flows Downward vertical groundwater flow is likely to take The groundwater level data show that groundwater place slowly through the clay layers of the Blue Lias levels are higher in the Blue Lias than the underlying and Lower Lias towards the Langport Member. Lateral Langport Member indicating a downward vertical flow may occur within the common limestone bands gradient from the Blue Lias to the Langport Member within the Blue Lias and the rare limestone bands through the undivided Lower Lias clays. within the Lower Lias. This flow will occur through

A050564 Final 38 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

fractures within the limestone at a wide range of Associates (2004) provides more detailed information velocities. about the quarried depths and the following information is taken from this report: Peter Dumble Associates (2004) reported that the main areas of recharge within the Langport Member are ‘In 1991 the White Lias stone was first excavated from from rainwater falling on Langport Member outcrop to the site base at the southern end of the quarry to the west and north and from water running into the provide sub-base for Southam by-pass. This was quarry area where the Langport Member is exposed. encountered at an elevation of approximately 76 m Groundwater discharge is considered to be to the south AOD. Quarry personnel record that when the White and west to surface water. Lias was first breached there was a significant release Drawing SP4163_CAW_D_100609_C shows of groundwater.’ groundwater heads in the Langport Member derived Little information is available about the pumping from water levels in June 2009 (May 2009 levels used regime from the sump in the Southam old quarry void for boreholes GW01 and 7/05Z2). The general to the surface water lagoon, or about the sump water groundwater flow is inferred to be southerly and levels. Geoffrey Walton Associates (1991) present westerly in the vicinity of the old quarry, southerly some information about groundwater levels in the Blue below Phase 1 of Spier’s Farm and south easterly Lias before the Langport Member was breached in below Phase 2 and the Site. The fractured nature of the 1991 and dewatering commenced. Between November Langport member, however, means that these heads 1988 and 1991 the quarry sump water level varied by may reflect three dimensional variations in piezometric at least 2-3 m but was generally in the range of 75 to surface and it is not possible to accurately infer 77 m AOD. Sump levels rose in the winter and spring groundwater flow direction. and were reported to fall in the summer probably by Drawing SP4163_CAW_D_120609_A shows seepage through thin cover into the underlying groundwater levels in the Blue Lias derived from water Langport Member (White Lias). levels in June 2009 (May 2009 level used for borehole Anecdotal information about the pumping regime 7/05Z1). The inferred groundwater flow is outwards allowed Peter Dumble Associates (2004) to estimate away from the old quarry and Spier’s Farm Phase 1 to the groundwater level in the Langport Member to be the west and south east. However, it is likely that approximately 74 mAOD during the period between water flows from the recharge areas and the levels 1996 and 2000 when water levels were controlled to observed are reflections of three dimensional variations the base of the Langport Member (2.2 m thick in the in piezometric surface and it is not possible to quarry). Water levels were reported to rise to 2 – 3 m accurately infer groundwater flow direction. above the top of the Langport Member (78 – 79 Geoffrey Walton Associates (1991) observed that a mAOD) if the pump was left off for long periods (Peter number of seepages from the Blue Lias were visible in Dumble Associates, 2004). Groundwater levels have the quarry face along the Coventry Road (A423) but not returned to these levels since pumping ceased in the flow rates were very slow. It was assumed that the late 2006. direction of flow in the Blue Lias on the western side Groundwater quality of the landfill was to the southwest as in the underlying Langport Member. Groundwater quality data presented in Tables 17 – 20 (ES V2 Appendices) are for determinands detected Since before 2007 a spring has been observed at a level above the limit of detection (LOD) taken from routine of approximately 90mAOD in the Blue Lias in the quarterly monitoring, which has taken place between north east of phase 1 of the Spier’s Farm extension. June 2001 and February 2009, and a one-off Observations suggest that the flow is fairly constant all monitoring round in August 2006 that tested year round although there has been an overall increase groundwater for a full list of determinands including since 2007 (per comm., D Burnham, 2009). Pumping List I and List II substances for boreholes installed in records suggest that the total inflow from the Blue Lias the Langport Member (Appendix E – ES V2 is 120 – 630 m3/d with a mean average of 290 m3/d Appendices). A full list of the determinands analysed (Table 22). and the results of the August 2006 monitoring round are presented in Appendix E. Details of the Historical dewatering groundwater sampling locations are summarised in The old quarry in the south is approximately 70 m deep Table 2.28. and it has been excavated through the Blue Lias, Groundwater quality within the Langport Member is reportedly terminating in the Langport Member (White summarised in Tables 17 and 18 (shown in Appendix 2 Lias) (Golder, 2004a). The geology of the site is within ES Volume 2) which show mean and maximum described in Section 2.3. A report prepared for concentrations respectively. Mean concentrations of Warwickshire County Council by Peter Dumble ammoniacal nitrogen, calcium, total iron, magnesium,

A050564 Final 39 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

manganese, nickel, nitrite, potassium, sodium, and Groundwater quality within the Blue Lias is sulphate exceed UK Drinking Water Standards (DWS) summarised in Tables 19 and 20 (shown in Appendix 2 in a proportion of the boreholes sampled. In addition within ES Volume 2) . Mean concentrations of to the above determinands, maximum concentrations of ammoniacal nitrogen, calcium, chloride, chromium, cadmium, chloride, chromium and nitrate exceed iron, lead, magnesium, manganese, nickel, nitrite, DWS. In the 2006 hydrogeological risk assessment it potassium, sodium and sulphate exceed DWS in a was concluded that these exceedences represent natural proportion of the boreholes sampled. In addition to the conditions (ESI Limited, 2006b). above determinands, maximum concentrations of cadmium and nitrate exceed DWS. In the 2006 Generally the mean concentrations of determinands are hydrogeological risk assessment it was concluded that lower at Spier’s Farm compared to the rest of the these exceedences represent natural conditions (ESI quarry but mean concentrations of calcium and Limited, 2006b). Since the Blue Lias mudstone is sulphate are higher at Spier’s Farm. The majority of pyritic at the base it is likely that oxidation of pyrite List I determinands analysed were below the detection has occurred, adversely impacting groundwater quality limits in groundwater in the Langport Member. Many in the immediate vicinity of the quarry. determinand concentrations at Spier’s Farm exceed DWS but it is considered that these represent naturally poor groundwater conditions (ESI Limited, 2006b). Table 2.28 Details of groundwater sampling locations Sample code Location Aquifer No. of samples Date from Date to Yrs 10/05 Spier's Farm White Lias 32 24/08/2006 02/02/2009 2.4 12/05 Old quarry White Lias 29 17/08/2006 02/02/2009 2.5 7/05Z1 Spier's Farm Blue Lias 1 21/09/2006 21/09/2006 0.0 7/05Z2 Spier's Farm White Lias 9 24/08/2006 07/01/2009 2.4 9/05Z2 Spier's Farm White Lias 31 24/08/2006 02/02/2009 2.4 BH1 Cell 2 landfill White Lias 48 04/06/2001 02/02/2009 7.7 BH2 Cell 2 landfill Blue Lias 21 04/06/2001 02/02/2009 7.7 BH3 Cell 3 landfill Blue Lias 45 04/06/2001 04/02/2009 7.7 BH4 Cell 3 landfill White Lias 49 04/06/2002 04/02/2009 6.7 BH5 Cell 3 landfill Blue Lias 45 04/06/2002 04/02/2009 6.7 BH6 Cell 3 landfill White Lias 44 04/06/2002 04/02/2009 6.7 CP01 Proposed Cell 4 landfill Blue Lias 24 18/04/2006 02/02/2009 2.8 CP02 Proposed Cell 4 landfill Blue Lias 33 18/04/2006 02/02/2009 2.8 CP03 Proposed Cell 4 landfill Blue Lias 32 18/04/2006 02/02/2009 2.8 CP04P2 Proposed Cell 4 landfill White Lias 33 18/07/2006 02/02/2009 2.5 GW01 Griffins Farm White Lias 40 01/05/2004 04/02/2009 4.8 GW02 Griffins Farm Blue Lias 43 01/05/2004 04/02/2009 4.8 GW03 Griffins Farm White Lias 45 01/05/2004 03/02/2009 4.8 GW04 Griffins Farm White Lias 3 05/07/2004 07/04/2005 0.8 GW05 Griffins Farm Blue Lias 1 07/04/2005 07/04/2005 0.0 GW06 Griffins Farm Blue Lias 1 07/04/2005 07/04/2005 0.0 GWSP8 Old quarry sump White Lias 9 01/05/2004 17/08/2006 2.3 RC01 Griffins Farm Blue Lias 5 18/04/2006 04/02/2009 2.8 RC02 Griffins Farm Blue Lias 25 18/04/2006 04/02/2009 2.8 RC03 Griffins Farm White Lias 32 18/04/2006 04/02/2009 2.8 RC04 Griffins Farm Blue Lias 33 18/04/2006 03/02/2009 2.8

within 3 km of the Site (see Appendix F – ES V2 2.5.4 Discharge Consents Appendices) for the full details). Discharge consents within 3km of the Site are listed in Table 2.29 and their locations are shown on drawing 2.5.5 Quarry water management SP4163 CAW D 260509 A. CEMEX UK Cement Drawing reference SP4163_SMC_D_270907A2 is a Limited holds discharge consent numbers schematic plan of the water management system. S/12/25878/T and S/12/25879/T for the discharge of Pumping from the existing Spier’s Farm development site drainage and treated sewage effluent to a tributary is required to dewater the quarry. Water that is of the River Itchen at NGR SP 4198 6438 and to pumped from the existing excavation at Spier’s Farm Kaye’s Arm of the Grand Union Canal at SP 4232 comprises rain water and groundwater inflow from the 6434 (drawing SP4163 SMC D 270907A2). The Blue Lias and Lower Lias strata. Pumping is carried Environment Agency reports 23 discharge consents out using a 100mm diameter suction pump (Selwood

A050564 Final 40 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

H100) rated at 62 l/s (225m3/h) for a delivery head of estimate is considered to be conservative as it assumes 80m. The pump is typically run for up to 25 hours per no losses due to evaporation. The average week or an average of 3.6 hours per day. Therefore, groundwater inflow is estimated by difference as the average theoretical pumping rate is 804 m3/d. The 291m3/d. Rainfall therefore comprises on average actual pumping rate is lower due to frictional head 11% of the inflow (range of 3 – 21%). losses and daily volumes are limited by inflows to the

quarry from rainfall and groundwater and by pumping head losses. Table 2.30 gives volumes of water pumped from the existing Spier’s Farm development based on meter

readings for the period 31st October 2007 – 26th June 2009. There is a gap in the record between 31st March 2008 and 12th January 2009. Monthly rainfall is shown for the period October 2007 – April 2009 (Knightcote gauge). An average inflow of rainfall to the existing excavation of 31m3/d is calculated based on a catchment area for Phase 1 of 18.7 hectares. This

Table 2.29 Discharge consents within 3km of NGR SP 4290 6415 No. on Consent No. Date issued Site name NGR Discharge type Distance from map (previous no.) (date revoked) Address (SP) site extraction boundary (km) 1 S/12/22996/S 29/06/94 Bascote Lodge, Southam 40320 62690 Sewage disposal 2.7 works - other 2 S/12/26557/R 14/10/08 Itchen Bank sewage 40680 62820 Sewage disposal 2.4 (S/12/23215/R) treatment works, Bascote works – water Heath company 3 S/12/26557/R 20/10/05 Itchen Bank sewage 40680 62820 Sewage disposal 2.4 (S/12/23215/R) (31/12/09) treatment works, Bascote works – water Heath company 4 S/12/25831/R 13/03/03 Bascote sewage treatment 40630 63970 Sewage disposal 1.9 (S/12/12776/R) works, Southam works – water company 5 S/12/25044/O 08/10/08 Long Itchington SPS 40630 65000 Sewage disposal 2.0 works – water company 6 S/12/07887/O 19/12/79 Oxford Street / Pendicke 41800 61440 Sewage disposal 2.9 street JCN, Southam works – water company 7 S/12/07595/S Model Village, Long 41100 Sewage disposal 1.4 Itchington 64400 works - other 8 S/12/25022/S The Grange Barn, Marton 41250 Sewage disposal 2.6 Road, Long Itchington 66600 works - other 9 S/12/26209/S An STP serving The 41360 Domestic property 2.6 Grange, Long Itchington 66600 (multiple) 10 S/12/07030B/S 1, 2 & 2A The Airfield, 42670 61255 Sewage disposal 2.9 Welsh Road East, Southam works - other 11 S/12/10948/S The Tarsus Restaurant, 42710 Sewage disposal 2.1 Daventry Road, Southam 61930 works - other 12 S/12/26599/S An STP serving Southam 42827 Garden centres 2.8 Garden Centre, Welsh Road 61276 East 13 S/12/25674/T S/12/25335/T Blue Lias Inn, Stockton 42530 Hotel trade 0.3 64680 14 S/12/25779/S Stockton Fields Farm, 42961 Domestic property 0.2 Stockton Rd, Southam 64280 (single) 15 S/12/25878/T Rugby Cement, Southam 42090 Extraction of stone, 0.5 Works, Long Itchington 64030 gravel etc 16 S/12/25879/T Rugby Cement, Southam 42961 Extraction of stone, 0.2 Works, Long Itchington 64280 gravel etc

A050564 Final 41 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

No. on Consent No. Date issued Site name NGR Discharge type Distance from map (previous no.) (date revoked) Address (SP) site extraction boundary (km) 17 S/12/25781/S 25/06/01 Barn Cottage, Stockton 42960 64280 Domestic property 0.2 (single) 18 S/12/25202/S 23/04/97 The Boat Inn, Birdingbury 43740 65200 Sewage disposal 1.2 works - other 19 S/12/25713/S 05/01/01 Field House farm, 43850 66580 Domestic property 2.4 Broadwell (multiple) 20 WQ/72/2352 02/02/79 Birdingbury Fields Farm, 43100 66500 Domestic property 2.2 Stockton (single) 21 S/12/25046/O 16/10/96 Stockton pumping station, 44400 63001 Sewerage network 1.8 Stockton Road pumping station – water company 22 S/12/25162/S 27/03/97 Station Mill, Stockton 44700 64500 Sewage disposal 1.6 works - other 23 S/12/26241/S 16/02/04 The Boathouse, Stockton 44700 64400 Domestic property 1.6 (single) 1from site extraction boundary

Dewatering water is pumped to the old quarry void. site boundary prior to discharge off site. Pumping of The old quarry void used to be pumped at a steady rate the old quarry ceased in September 2006 and it was for 3-4 hours a day using a pump with a specified allowed to flood. Site drainage from the former maximum capacity of 520 m3/hr (Golders Associates, cement plant area is still discharged from the site on an 2005). The water was pumped via a settlement lagoon, intermittent basis. Dewatering water will only be located between Spier’s Farm and the old quarry sump discharged off site under the scenarios given in the (see drawing reference SP4163 SMC D_270907A2), to surface water management scheme (Table 2.30). an isolated section of the Kaye’s Arm canal within the

Table 2.30 Dewatering and inflow volumes for the existing excavation at Spier’sFarm

Date Meter Volume Days Mean total Knightcote Long term Rain Groundwater inflow reading pumped inflow rainfall average inflow (m3) (m3/d) (mm) (mm) (m3/d) (m3/d) 30/09/2007 31/10/2007 4820 4,820 31 155 54.8 59.9 33 122 30/11/2007 9930 5,110 30 170 56.4 59.4 35 135 31/12/2007 30520 20,590 31 664 51.4 68.6 31 633 31/01/2008 49420 18,900 31 610 78.0 63.4 47 563 29/02/2008 62100 12,680 29 437 21.4 46.6 14 423 31/03/2008 74720 12,620 31 407 81.8 49.5 49 358 12/01/2009 149810 75,090 287 262 606.4 450.2 37 225 23/02/2009 167620 17,810 42 424 50.2 46.6 34 389 02/03/2009 170620 3,000 7 429 09/03/2009 172910 2,290 7 327 16/03/2009 174710 1,800 7 257 23/03/2009 176380 1,670 7 239 01/04/2009 180730 4,350 9 483 25.6 49.5 15 322 06/04/2009 182870 2,140 5 428 05/05/2009 188230 5,360 29 185 34 50.5 21 164 26/05/2009 196380 8,150 21 388 15/06/2009 200690 4,310 20 216 22/06/2009 203330 2,640 7 377 Total 203,330 631 1,060 944 Maximum 664 49 633 Mean 322 31 291 Minimum 155 14 122

A050564 Final 42 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

The discharge rate to the canal and/or to a tributary of mAOD and continues to increase, water will the River Itchen is monitored at a monitoring station be diverted to the settlement lagoon for located next to the isolated section of the canal within temporary storage. the site boundary. The pumps are controlled by a float switch in the canal. Flow records indicate a maximum • During high rainfall conditions, assuming that discharge rate of 1,100m3/d for each pump giving a the water quality in the lagoon does not combined discharge rate of 2,200m3/d. The exceed EQS levels, water will be pumped monitoring station also monitors the suspended solids from the settlement lagoon to discharge points and pH content of water in the isolated section of the A and/or B. canal. If the water in the isolated section of canal is The scheme includes a monitoring programme for within the specifications of the discharge consents groundwater levels, water flows and water quality. (S/12/25879/T and S/12/25878/T) it is pumped to the The EA confirmed in February 2009 that it has no canal and/or to a tributary of the River Itchen objection to the scheme (Appendix I produced within respectively. If the water does not comply with these ES Volume 2). specifications it is pumped back to the settlement lagoon. 2.5.6 Potential receptors A surface water management scheme for Spier’s Farm (i) Surface water bodies quarry was submitted to the Environment Agency (EA) in December 2008 (Appendix G – ES V2). In The locations of water bodies within 3km of NGR SP summary this scheme specifies that: 42900 64150 and the geology are shown in drawing reference SP4163_CAW_D_120609_B, and the details • Dewatering occurs from the current Spier’s are given in Table 2.21. The River Itchen flows in a Farm sump to the old quarry sump. northerly direction approximately 1 km to the west of • Under normal rainfall conditions the water the Site at an elevation of 70mAOD. The geological level in the settlement lagoon is maintained at map shows that it is underlain by strata of the Penarth a minimum level in order to maintain storage Group which comprises low permeability mudstones. capacity should this be required for high It is considered that the River Itchen is not in hydraulic rainfall conditions. continuity with groundwater in the Langport Member underlying the Site and will not therefore be impacted • Water is discharged off site from two existing by dewatering at the Site. consented points A (Kaye’s Arm of the Grand Approximately 0.5km to the north of the Site the Union Canal) and B (tributary of the River Grand Union Canal runs east to west with a branch at Itchen, see drawing Kaye’s Arm running from the disused Southam quarry SP4163_SMC_D_270907A2). The discharge works into the canal at NGR SP 424646. Since the consent for point A covers the discharge of canal is likely to be lined it is not considered to be at treated sewage effluent and site drainage to risk from the dewatering. Stockton Reservoir is the Kaye’s Arm of the Grand Union Canal located approximately 150m from the Site boundary (consent number S/12/25879/T), and the between the course of a former railway line and the discharge consent for point B covers the Grand Union Canal. The geological map shows that discharge of treated sewage effluent and site the reservoir is partly underlain by the Langport drainage to a tributary of the River Itchen Member. Due to it’s proximity to the Site, it’s (consent number S/12/25878/T). potential for hydraulic connection to groundwater and • In the unlikely event that dewatering has a it’s sensitivity (i.e. used for angling) the reservoir has detrimental impact on water levels in Stockton been taken forward to the impact assessment stage of Reservoir, surface water from dewatering the this report. A pond that is located approximately 150m Spier’s Farm excavation should be pumped to to the north of the Site boundary at Stockton Fields the settlement lagoon for discharge to the Farm has also been taken forward to the impact reservoir (in accordance with Condition 6 of assessment stage of this report. the planning permission and Paragraph 9 of Other water bodies are considered not to be at risk due the Section 106 agreement). Assuming that to their distance from the Site and / or their location on the water quality in the lagoon does not the low permeability strata of the Blue Lias or Lower exceed Ecological Quality Standard (EQS) Lias clays. levels (see Table 1 in Appendix G), water will be pumped from the settlement lagoon to the (ii) Water abstractions reservoir. The Environment Agency provided the details of 4 • During high rainfall conditions, if the water licensed abstractions within a 3km radius of the centre level in the old quarry sump reaches 78 of the Site (Appendix F- ES V2). All the abstractions

A050564 Final 43 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

are from surface water sources; their details are given hydraulic continuity with groundwater in the Langport in Table 2.31 and their locations are shown on drawing Member. SP4163_CAW_D_120609_B. The abstractions from Warwickshire County Council reported in April 2009 the canal are not considered to be at risk since the that they did not have details of any private water canal is likely to be lined. The abstractions from the abstractions within 3 km of the Site. River Itchen are unlikely to be at risk from dewatering at the Site since the river is not considered to be in

Table 2.31 Water abstractions within 3km of NGR SP 42900 64150 No. Licence Licence Licence Annual Daily OS grid Distance Source on number holder purpose volume volume reference from map (m3) (m3) Site (km) 1 18/54/12/0078 British Waterways Make-up or top 38,3143 1,422.9 SP040 685 0.22 Kaye’s Arm of up water Grand Union Canal 2 18/54/12/0113 Mr L Williamson, Spray irrigation 13,638 13,638 SP4308 1.04 Tributary of River Laurels Farm - storage 6278 Itchen, Laurels Farm, Stockton 3 18/54/12/0126 AW & G Grimes & Spray irrigation 30,000 500 SP4058 2.0 River Itchen, Son, Whitehall Farm - direct 6502 Whitehall Farm, Long Itchington 4 18/54/12/0138 CEMEX UK Dust 25,550 70 SP4221 0.28 Grand Union Canal, Cement Ltd suppression 6418 Southam Works, Long Itchington ceased in autumn 2006 and it is understood that the (iii) Wells and springs water levels and flows at Holy Well have since Holy Well Scheduled Ancient Monument is located at recovered. Due to the potential for dewatering to National Grid Reference SP 41010 61850 on the impact Holy Well it has been taken forward to the western outskirts of Southam, 1.3km from Southam impact assessment stage. Quarry and 2.8 km to the south west of the Site. It is The remaining wells and springs in Table 2.21 are located on the northern bank of the Stowe Valley, 15m considered not to be at risk from dewatering due to to the north and 2m above the course of the River their distance from the Site and / or their location on Stowe at a ground elevation of between 75 and low permeability strata of the Blue Lias or Lower Lias. 76mAOD. Peter Dumble Associates (2004) were For this reason and because there are no records of commissioned by Warwickshire County Council in licensed or private water abstractions from them, the 2004 to undertake a hydrogeological assessment of remaining wells and springs have not been taken Holy Well, an artesian well, which had experienced forward to the assessment stage. declining water levels and flows from 1991. (iv) Designated areas of conservation Peter Dumble Associates reported that the well is 3m in diameter and constructed of buttressed stonework. Drawing reference SP4163_CAW_D_120609_B shows the locations of Sites of Special Scientific Sections of the stonework have been replaced but Interest (SSSI) within 3km of the Site. Stockton water still seeps through the cracks in the wall. Railway Cutting and Quarry SSSI Unit 1, which Anecdotal observations recorded by Peter Dumble includes water body WB6 (Table 6), is located 0.8km Associates suggest that the well was originally 1.3m to the east of the Site and Unit 2 of the SSSI is located deep but that it was filled in and capped with concrete 1.1km to the north east of the Site. The citation towards the end of the 1970s. The current depth is describes this SSSI as an important site for butterflies 0.83 m below the top of the buttress wall but how this and lime-loving plants, which are scarce and locally relates to ground level is unclear. distributed in Warwickshire. The SSSI, including The source of groundwater to the well is believed to be water body WB6, is considered not to be at risk from the Langport Member (White Lias) limestone. Peter dewatering due to its distance from the Site and its Dumble Associates considered the recharge area for location on low permeability Lias strata. the Langport Member to be the area of outcrop lying along the eastern slopes of the Itchen valley to the 2.5.7 Conceptual model north of Holy Well. Significant points in the conceptual understanding of Peter Dumble Associates suggested that the primary the hydrogeology and water management at the Site cause of declining water levels and flow at Holy Well are listed below: may have been pumping operations at Southam Quarry. Quarrying of the Langport Member required • The existing quarry at Spier’s Farm extracts dewatering which commenced in 1991. Dewatering mudstone with limestone bands of the Blue

A050564 Final 44 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

Lias and mudstone of the Lower Lias. The historical information from documentary and quarry will ultimately be deepened to the top cartographic sources, notably the Warwickshire of the Langport Member limestone. County Sites and Monuments Record; Air Photographs Library; National Monument Record, Swindon; • In order to facilitate dry working of the Bodlean Library, Oxford, and the Sackler Library, mineral the quarry is dewatered. Inflows to Oxford. the quarry are from rainfall (11%) and groundwater (89%) in the limestone strata of All SMR entries are illustrated on figure 2.06 – pre the Blue Lias. With full deepening of the 19th century archaeology, and figure 2.07, industrial quarry there will additionally be groundwater archaeology, with the latter figure also highlighting inflow from the Langport Member limestone. other notable features in the vicinity of the site. A gazetteer of SMR entries is produced as Appendix 3.2. • A water management scheme for the quarry In addition, published reports on archaeological and was approved by the EA in February 2009. historical features in the general vicinity of the site Dewatering water is pumped to the old quarry were consulted to provide information on the and would only be discharged off site after archaeological context of the study area. Those heavy rainfall should the water level in the old references are listed in Appendix 3.1. quarry exceed 78mAOD or should mitigation be required for Stockton Reservoir. The A visit to the study area was made by a representative discharge would have to meet specified water of Oxford Archaeological Associates. This was quality criteria. intended to examine the current land uses and topography, and to identify any visible traces of • The groundwater flow direction in the archaeological features within the study area. No such Langport Member limestone under the Site is features were identified. to the south east. • Groundwater at Southam Quarry tends to be 2.6.2 Known Archaeology of poor quality with concentrations of ammoniacal nitrogen, cadmium, calcium, (i) Material within the application site. chloride, chromium, iron, lead, magnesium, The Warwickshire County Sites & Monuments Record manganese, nickel, nitrate, nitrite, potassium, does not record any sites or finds in the area of the sodium and sulphate exceeding UK drinking proposed extension. water standards. These exceedences are attributed to natural conditions. There are no aerial photographs on record showing any cropmarks (that is, patterns produced by the • Surface water quality in the quarry sump and differential ripening of cereal crops over buried areas surrounding the quarry is generally good features) within the application site. However, Frame and within EQS guideline values with the 4292 of Sortie CPE/UK/1994, taken in April 1947, exceptions of sulphate, sodium, copper, zinc shows a distinct circular soilmark (that is, a pattern and lead. Given the local geology, it is likely produced by the differential colouring/dampness of that these elevated concentrations reflect the bare ground possibly over buried features), and a linear natural conditions of the area. soilmark in the western end of field OS 8800 (NGR SP • The main potential receptors are surface water 428 641). This photograph is reproduced as Appendix bodies, springs, wells, licensed surface water 3.3. It is not clear what these marks represent: on the abstractions and the Stockton Railway Cutting grounds of size, thickness and form, they might be and Quarry SSSI. Only Stockton Reservoir, considered more likely to be the result of underlying the pond at Stockton Fields Farm and Holy geological features (contorted outcrop and/or Well have been taken forward to the impact periglacial modification) than a product of human assessment stage (ref Chapter 9.0 of the ES). activity.

2.6 Cultural Heritage (ii) Material in the vicinity of the application site. There are remarkably few sites and finds of 2.6.1 Introduction archaeological interest in the wider study area. There are no finds whatsoever in the study area of prehistoric A desk based assessment (DBA) of the Archaeological date. and Cultural implications of quarrying at Spiers farm was undertaken by Oxford Archaeological Associates Some 0.5, kilometres from the southern corner of the (OAA) as part of the EIA which accompanied the application site, a complex of crompmark features January 2004 extension application. The assessment (SMR 5796, centred at NGR SP 4278 6290) have been involved consultation of readily available archive and photographed from the air. Both enclosures and linear

A050564 Final 45 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

features have been identified. Judging from a rough to the northeast) is also typical of that given to farms sketch plot, the largest enclosure is about 50 m by 25 newly created at enclosure; the farm itself is a two m, oriented north-south with an entrance on the storey brick building (Listed grade II) of the late southern side. The other enclosures are smaller, 30 m eighteenth century (and so would fit such an by 20 m. Although they are undated, such complexes hypothesis). are usually Late Iron Age or Roman in date. The earliest map to which there is current access (the The SMR entry for a Roman coin hoard ‘adjacent’ to First edition of the Ordnance Survey 25-inch) shows the cropmark site (SMR 940, NGR SP 4300 6300) is the fields in the application site as they appear today. slightly misleading, as this is only an approximate Given that they are aligned along the Stockton to Long location – the original reference (Doubleday & Page Itchington by-road (which can be identified on a map 1904:248) is simply to the Parish of Stockton. Two of 1822 and is probably a road created at enclosure), other Roman coins have been found, together with they can be assumed to be the field boundaries as they Roman pottery, some 500m to the southwest of the were created in the enclosure of 1791. cropmarks (SMR 6973, NGR SP 424 627). There is This enclosed landscape was disrupted by a process another set of cropmarks on the southwestern side of that transformed it utterly and brought large-scale Stockton village (SMR 7253, NGR SP 4375 6338). industry to the area by the middle of the nineteenth The Sites & Monuments Record (SMR 4295, NGR century. 4200 6400) contains information on pottery which The first of these changes was the passage through the might have come from Southam Cement Works, area of the Warwick & Napton Canal in 1800 as part of although this is not certain, as the pottery passed a new and shorter trunk route from London to through two intermediaries over a period of ten years Birmingham. The SMR notes the flight of ten locks before the information reached the SMR. The known as Stockton Locks (SMR 4308, NGR SP 4307 attribution of the pottery is equally uncertain but it 6468, also Listed) that took the canal out of the Itchen seems to belong to the Anglo-Saxon period. The valley; Stockton Reservoir, which fed water to the authenticity of the whole entry was doubted in a re- canal (SMR 4327, NGR SP 4250 6445); and the site of assessment of the evidence by County Museum staff in canal workshops alongside the waterway (SMR 7017, 1989. NGR SP 4240 6473). Later branches were dug to The SMR also records two Anglo-Saxon landscape serve lime and cement works, first the Kaye’s Arm features in the study area. Entry SMR 772 (NGR 4204 south to a lime works on the site of the present 6339) notes the former location of a boundary stone at Southam Cement Works in 1819 (SMR 4307, NGR SP the junction of the parishes of Southam, Long 4252 6485), and another a few years later north to the Itchington and Stockton. The stone itself was lost by High Clays Lime works (SMR 5232, NGR SP 4257 1894 and the site has long since been quarried away. 6504). The bounds of Long Itchington recorded in an early The first local effect of the canal was to stimulate the eleventh century charter note a paved ford at SP 426 cultivation of grain, which could now reach distant 647 (SMR 8669). markets easily; the two early nineteenth century The Sites & Monuments Record contains a large windmills, now demolished, north of Stockton village number of entries in the study area relating to industrial (SMR 943 & 944, NGR SP 4364 6431) were the result archaeology. These are considered below.. of this. The demands of agriculture were again the stimulus, 2.6.3 Historical and cartographic evidence perhaps as early as 1819, for the exploitation of the and industrial archaeology Blue Lias to produce lime as fertiliser; the canal could The first known reference to Stockton is in the bring in coal as fuel and distribute the finished product. thirteenth century (Gover et al 1936:146); the area is Of a number of lime works along the canal in the study assumed to have been included with Long Itchington in area, one, the Blue Lias Lime Works, survived to be Domesday Book (Salzman 1951:226). As far as it is mapped on the First Edition 1:2500 Ordnance Survey possible to judge without early cartographic evidence, map in 1886, and is thus recorded on the SMR (7144, Stockton was a typical Feldon nucleated village, NGR SP 4331 6490; the attached quarry is recorded as surrounded by open fields, which were not enclosed SMR 7145, NGR SP 4355 6494, somewhat truncated until 1791. The application site seems to have formed by the later railway). Another works to the north of the part of one of those open fields. The soilmarks of canal, High Clays Lime Works, was operating in 1834, ploughed-out ridge & furrow are visible on many aerial but had been demolished by 1899 (SMR 1632, NGR photographs taken since the last war, including that SP 4264 6537). reproduced as Appendix 3.3. The name of Stockton By the 1840’s, it was realised that the Blue Lias could Fields Farm (which is just outside the application site be utilised to produce cement, and three undertakings

A050564 Final 46 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2

started at around this time, two in the study area: the Evidence for a medieval ridge and furrow field system Southam Works (the site of the surviving factory was found in the magnetometery survey, and the trial buildings) and the Blue Lias Works south of Stockton trenches across the entire site. Locks (now replaced by other industry). Each works had its quarry, linked to the works by tramway 2.7 Baseline Studies Conclusion (Southam: works SMR 1635, quarry SMR 7155, tramway SMR 7018 – NGR centred SP 4207 6400; The preceding sections of Chapter 2.0 have provided a Blue Lias: works SMR 7019, quarry SMR 7143, detailed baseline description of the site and its tramway SMR 7142 – NGR centred SP 4285 6471). surroundings as they currently exist. The studies have Other quarries in the study area linked to other lime or not identified any specific or substantive constraints to cement works are SMR 3194 (NGR SP 4382 6494), a potential extension of the Spiers Farm Quarry in SMR 7004 (NGR SP 4354 6506) and SMR 7146 terms of landscape designations, ecological features, (NGR SP 4384 6478). hydrological or hydrogeological factors, or the presence of cultural heritage designations or features The final (and very late) arrival in this industrial which might impinge upon a development scheme. landscape was the railway, in the 1890’s. The SMR notes the presence at the site of Long Itchington & The design of the development scheme has thus been Southam station of cattle pens and a goods shed (SMR primarily influenced by: 7015 & 7016, NGR SP 4181 6416). (i) Environmental and amenity issues Local clay and a thriving local economy also gave rise associated with the need for suitable to a brickworks northwest of Stockton (SMR 7147, buffer zones to residential property; NGR SP 4357 6408). Other SMR entries for this (ii) A recognition of perceived amenity period are a smithy in Stockton (SMR 7034, NGR SP concerns raised in response to the 4366 6388), and the grounds of Stockton House (SMR original 2004 Spiers Farm Extension 8597, NGR SP 4340 6400). application, and thus a need to respect and reflect those concerns, where 2.6.4 Field Evaluation: Spiers Farm Quarry possible; Phases 1 and 2 (iii) The need to balance the above factors The underlying conclusion of the DBA was that there with the desire to secure access to were no significant archaeological or finds known additional reserves; and within the area of the Quarry extension. Nevertheless, it was acknowledged that the development would result (iv) Consistent with this, the need to focus in the loss of any currently unknown archaeological attention on the maximum volume of features which may be present, and that it would be reserves which would provide material appropriate for a programme of archaeological from Units A and B which, investigation to be undertaken to fully assess the fortuitously lie at greater distance from archaeological interest. The 2005 planning permission the properties at Stockton Fields Farm for extraction at Spiers Farm (ref S965/04/CM001) and Stockton Road to the north and accordingly included a planning condition (no 2) north-east. requiring the Applicant to carry out a programme of These issues are explored further in the description of archaeological work before extraction proceeded. the development (Part II, Chapter 3.0), and in the The Applicants commissioned the Warwickshire Impact Assessment set out in Part III of the ES. Museum Field Archaeological Project Group to undertaken the archaeological work, which consisted of a magnetic susceptibility survey: detailed magnetometer survey; and the excavation of 59 trial tranches. No substantive finds were encountered. A ‘territorial’ boundary ditch was identified, aligned north-west to south-east across the evaluation area, which was dated by pottery shards to the Iron Age. A small group of undated pits and postholes were identified mainly to the north of the boundary ditch, whilst a single undated pit and an undated probable field boundary gulley were identified to the south.

A050564 Final 47 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2 Figure 2.01 Phase 1 Habitat Plan

A050564 Final 48 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Figure 2.02 Hedgerow and Tree Locations Chapter 2

A050564 Final 49 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2 Figure 2.03 Impact Areas – Great Crested Newt

A050564 Final 50 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Figure 2.04 Bat Survey Results Chapter 2

A050564 Final 51 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2 Figure 2.05 Bird Survey Results

A050564 Final 52 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Figure 2.06 Pre 19th Century Archaeology Chapter 2

A050564 Final 53 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 2 Figure 2.07 Industrial Archaeology

A050564 Final 54 WYG Planning & Design

PART II

THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT

A050564 V4 55 WYG Planning & Design

Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 3

3.0 THE QUARRY DEVELOPMENT and B. The structural geology of the site dictates that SCHEME the principal reserves of Units A and B lie towards the eastern boundary of the site. The proposed boundaries 3.1 Introduction for the revised Phase 3 have thus been defined to focus extraction in the eastern area of the site, but, as noted The recent planning history of proposals for an above, with increased buffer zones to Tollgate House extension to the Spiers Farm site has been summarised and Stockton Fields Farm compared to the original in section 1.3 of the ES. This notes the nature of the Phase 4 scheme. original ‘4 Phase’ January 2004 scheme, which was revised in December 2004 to a ‘3 Phase’ scheme, and 3.2 Phased quarry development scheme then revised again in January 2005 to a ‘2 Phase’ scheme. These revisions reflected concerns raised by 3.2.1 Current operations local residents regarding the relative proximity of quarrying to residential property, and the desire to The extraction of Unit A and Unit B reserves from secure what they perceived to be adequate buffer Phase 1 was completed in May 2009, at which time zones. The concerns were not supported by technical operations progressed into Phase 2. The topsoil and evidence of noise or other amenity impacts in terms of subsoil from Phase 2 has been separately stripped and any non compliance with conventional limits and stored, partly in screen mounds along the eastern and standards. (Indeed the noise study which formed part northern sides of Phase 2, with the remainder placed in of the EIA demonstrated compliance with noise criteria storage mounds to the west of Phase 2 and Phase 1a for and limits for noise emissions from mineral sites use in subsequent restoration works. The faces and recommended in government guidance.) benches of the respective units are being developed into Phase 2, in accordance with the approved scheme However, the Applicants have reflected further on the of working, and with blending of the material from the issues raised, and the various boundaries and limits of units in the specific proportions referred to in section extraction which have been discussed. A 2.4.4 above. In the meantime, restoration re-profiling ‘compromise’ limit of extraction forms the basis of the works are progressing well within Phase 1a. current application, which continues to omit the majority of the original ‘Phase 4’, (with the boundaries 3.2.2 defined further away from the properties at Stockton Phase 3 development Fields Farm and Greaves Cottages on Stockton Road); Prior to the completion of extraction of Unit A from and omits the western area of the original ‘Phase 3’. Phase 2, the topsoil and subsoil from Phase 3 would be stripped and used partly to create a temporary screen The revised ‘Phase 3’ would have a net extraction area mound along the eastern and northern side of the of some 9.6 hectares, compared to some 16 hectares in phase. The mound would extend the mound along the the originally defined phases 3 and 4. eastern boundary of Phases 1b and 2, which would The closest distances to residential property in the remain in place for the duration of the extraction respective schemes are set out in table 3.1. operations. The screen mound along the northern edge of Phase 2 would then be removed, with the soils used Table 3.1: Distances from extraction area to for restoration works within the re-profiled phases 1a residential property and 1b, together with remaining soils stripped from Property Original Approved Proposed ‘Phase 3’. Phase 4 Phase 2 revised Phase 3 Tollgate 90 300 125 Quarrying operations would then follow the same House principles and techniques to those undertaken within Stockton 155 335 165 Phases 1 and 2. Extraction would proceed across the Fields Farm entire working face, at specific defined levels to allow Greaves 250 500 390 the separate excavation of Units A, B and C. This Cottages provides flexibility of access to the units, and ensures The potential effect on these properties in terms of the desired chemical composition by blending in the noise, air quality, and landscape/visual impact are proportions indicated. considered in detail in Chapters 6.0, 10.0 and 11.0 of The Phased quarry development scheme is illustrated the ES. on figures 3.01 – 3.03 (which reproduce plan ref The proposed limits of extraction have also been numbers A050564/03A – 05A from ES Volume 5). influenced by operational factors and resource The material from the working face would continue to requirements, with a desire to secure a straightforward be transported to a mobile screen and crusher, located extension of Phase 2 into contiguous reserves, but in a within an existing building within the confines of the way which maximises the available volume of Units A Southam Cement Works. The processed stockpile is

A050564 V4 57 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 3

then blended ready for loading into road going vehicles phase 3. The importance of the 24% CaO requirement for transportation off site to the Rugby Cement Works. is highlighted, and the blending of the respective units A – C which is required to meet the CaO %age target. 3.3 Quarry design criteria The consequence is that whilst all of the reserves in Units A and B are usable, only some 23% of the The geology of the land to be worked in the proposed reserves in Unit C are usable as part of the blending extension area is identical to that exposed in the process. A distinction has therefore been drawn existing quarry to the south of the site. The properties between total reserves, and usable, or ‘useful’ reserves. of the material are therefore well known and understood. The design criteria are based upon A summary of the calculated ‘useful’ reserves within parameters which have previously been recommended phases 1 and 2 and the proposed phase 3 is set out in by Geoffrey Walton Associates, acting as advisors to table 3.2 below (which reproduces table 2.16 from the Applicants at the time of the 2004 application and section 2.4). ES,, and which have been successfully implemented at Useful Useful Total the existing site. In summary, the key measures and reserves reserves Useful requirements would include: phases proposed reserves 1 and 2 phase 3 (tonnes) • Stand-offs of between 60 and 100 metres from the edge of the proposed quarry area to the Upper A 100,000 260300 360300 application site boundaries along the A426 Lower A 290,000 500500 790500 and along north-eastern margin. This would Upper B 728,400 769500 1497900 allow for the retention of existing landscaping Lower B 1,051,800 984454 2036254 screen planting and the progressive Upper C 277,150 373,022 650,172 construction of screen embankments on the Lower C 290,950 465,230 756,180 inner side of the planting belts. Total 2,738,300 3,353,006 6,091,306 • A stand-off to the western boundary of the extension area to avoid interference with Table 3.2 Total Useful Reserves Phases 1 - 3 badger activities. Of the total reserve within Phase 3, the reserves of Unit • An 8m stand-off from all other ownership or A (760,800 tonnes) and Unit B (1,753,954 tonnes) site boundaries to allow for the placement for would be fully exploited as part of the development. a 3m wide edge protection bund, and a 5m However, for blending purposes, only some 838,252 wide perimeter access track. tonnes of a total reserve of some 3.65 million tonne Unit C reserve would be exploited (23%). The net • Batters of 2 horizontal to 1 vertical for all available ‘useful’ reserve from Phase 3 is thus slopes in overburden material. 3,353,006 tonnes, sufficient for some 5.5 years extraction. • A rock head bench 3m wide at all times. The overall net available ‘useful’ reserve, including the • An overall slope gradient of 1 horizontal to 1 remaining reserves within Phase 1 and 2 of some 2.74 vertical for the slope cut through Units A to C, million tonnes, is 6.09 million tonnes, sufficient for with intermediate benches to suit production some 10.1 years extraction. requirements. The reserve and time periods are important in that the For conceptual design purposes, it has been assumed current planning permission assumed a reserve of 11.3 that operating plant will be similar to that used at million tonnes, and a notional life of 18 years present. The main haul road ramp into the excavation extraction. The planning permission (ref: would therefore continue at a maximum gradient of S965/04CM001) sets a time limit for extraction of 18 1:10, and would be extended down to the deepened years from the date of the planning permission (21 base of the excavation (Unit D), with the haul road April 2006) i.e. to April 2024. The net available widened to 20m. This would provide the sole access ‘useful’ reserve within Phases 1 to 3 would allow into the quarry, from which intermediate ramps would quarrying to take place to circa 2020, which is thus be formed into the respective quarry phases and within the currently approved timescale. benches. The operation would then move to Griffins Farm to the 3.4 Reserve and resource assessment south of the A426, with a transitional period associated with the commencement of extraction at Griffins Farm Section 2.4 of the ES provides a detailed assessment of and the progressive completion of extraction within the reserves remaining within the currently permitted Spiers Farm. There would be potential as part of this phases 1 and 2 (as at January 2010), and the additional transition to exploit the remaining Unit C reserves reserves which would be available within the proposed within ‘phase 3’ for blending with reserves from Units

A050564 Final 58 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 3

A and B within Griffins Farm, pending the exposure of At present there are no hours of working restrictions Unit C reserves at depth within Griffins Farm. This relating to vehicle movements to and from the site. In would be the subject of further blend optimisation order to regulate this, it is proposed to restrict vehicle reviews nearer the date, but, notwithstanding the movements to 06:00 – 18:00 Monday to Friday, and additional reserves which would be released at phase 3 06:00 – 13:00 Saturdays, with no movements on and any transitional arrangements with Griffins Farm, Sundays or Bank Holidays. the potential remains to complete the extraction of The Section 106 Agreement which accompanied the reserves at Spiers Farm within the currently impose April 2006 planning permission for the Phase 1 and 2 deadline of April 2024. Spiers Farm extension formalised a historical informal routing agreement, and requires that: 3.5 Mobile plant and processing Plant within the quarry area is confined to the use of a “(i) Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the mobile excavator (currently a Komatsu PC450LC) Developer and County Council, clay and limestone which extracts material from the working face, and excavated from within the site shall be transported places it into a dump truck (currently a Bell 50 tonne from the site to the Rugby Cement Works only by the dumper). The material is then transported along an following routes: internal haul road to the Cement Works site, where it is (a) HGV’s travelling from the site to the Rugby Cement fed through a crushing and screening plant. A loading Works shall use the A423 to Princethorpe and then shovel is used at the plant site (currently a Komatsu 50% of the said traffic shall use the B4453 to Lawford WA470) to feed material into the plant loading hopper. Heath and 50% shall use the B4455 Fosse Way. 3.6 Hours of operation (b) HGV’s returning from the Rugby Cement Works to the site shall travel on the A426 from Dunchurch to the The current planning permission (S965/04CM001) junction of the A423/A426 and then north on the A423 imposes a limit on hours of working of: to Southam Cement Eorks access. 0700 – 1800 Monday to Friday (ii) No HGV’s goods vehicles shall turn right onto the 0700 – 1300 Saturday B4429 in Duinchurch. No working to take place on Sundays or Bank/Public (iii) From the date on which the Western Relief Road holidays. between Lawford Road and Potsford Dam Road is first open to traffic HGV’s shall not use Lawford Heath No changes to these established hours are proposed as Lane or the B4429 or the B4455………..” part of the current application. This routing agreement would remain relevant to 3.7 Output and traffic generation limestone and clay extracted from the Phase 3 area which, as noted above, would provide for the ‘usable The development would not be associated with any reserves’ to be won within the currently approved 18 increase in output, and thus there would be no increase year timescale of the current planning permission. in traffic generation. Similarly, no changes are proposed to the established routing agreement relating It is understood that the Rugby Western Relief Road is to flows between Southam Quarry and the Rugby scheduled to be opened by the end of October 2010. Cement Works. At that time, all traffic, travelling to and from the Rugby Cement Works would use the A423 and The site gains direct access onto the A423 via a simple Western Relief Road, which will provide ease of priority T-junction, located approximately 1 km north access to the Rugby Works. of Southam, and 0.9 km south of Long Itchington. The site access road is some 7.8m wide at the approach to 3.8 Alternatives the A423, and is constructed from concrete. The access is illuminated by street light columns, with visibility The Town and Country Planning (Environmental splays of some 4.5 x 215m to the left (south) and 4.5 x Impact Assessment) (England and Wales) Regulations 100m to the right (north). 1999, indicate that where alternatives to a proposed development have been considered, then these should The existing development operates at an average be outlined within the ES. This has been interpreted as output of some 600,000 tonnes per annum. The meaning that if actual or hypothetical alternatives have material is transported to Rugby Cement Works in not been studied by the promoters of a development, articulated vehicles with an average carrying capacity then there is no necessity to address such issues within of 26 tonnes. Based upon a 275 day working year, this an ES. generates an average of some 84 vehicles per day (168 movements).

A050564 Final 59 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 3

In this instance, the Applicants have not explored the mineral extraction in the Spiers Farm area prior to a individual merits of alternative limestone and clay sites relocation to Griffins Farm. The logic of this has been which might provide a source of raw material for the reinforced by the Section 106 Agreement Rugby Cement Works, since this is an issue which will accompanying the April 2006 permission, which be addressed by WCC as part of the emerging minerals recognises the potentially more sensitive development plan (ref: Chapter 15.0 of the ES). In that environmental issues associated with extraction at context, it is noted that the scoping opinion issued by Griffins Farm (by requiring the relinquishment of parts WCC (21 September 2009) does not specifically refer of the permission in closest proximity to Southam and to the need for an assessment of alternatives as part of Stockton), and requiring extensive perimeter tree the ES. planting to assist in screening the future extraction operation. The tree planting has been implemented in However, it is apparent from the planning history and accordance with the requirements of the Agreement context that alternatives have been considered in terms but it needs time to mature in order for it to become of: effective. The assumed 18 year life for the 2 Phase (i) alternative approaches to the limits of extraction Spiers Farm development, and the revised circa 10 within the Spiers Farm area; and year life for the Phase 3 development (with the residual reserves in Phase 2) is consistent with that objective. (ii) the opportunity to extract limestone and clay from the permitted area at Griffins Farm, to the east of The relative merits of extraction at Spiers Farm and Spiers Farm, beyond the A426. Griffins Farm were considered in detail during the processing of the previous Spiers Farm application, via The alternative site areas at Spiers Farm have been a ‘Comparative Impact Assessment’ submitted in fully considered and documented via the original ‘4 December 2004. This indicated that there are some Phase’ extraction scheme (January 2004); the ‘3 Phase’ similarities between the sites in terms of existing land revised proposal (December 2004); and the ‘2 Phase’ use, and the nature of impacts such as noise, hydrology scheme (July 2005) which was permitted in April and ecology. 2006. The scheme which is now presented seeks to draw upon the experience gained from these previous However, there are differences in terms of the current submissions in promoting a further alternative, ability to accommodate the respective developments compromise limit of extraction as a revised ‘Phase 3’. within the landscape. In that respect a key conclusion The limit of extraction seeks to reach a balance of the Comparative Impact Assessment was that, at this between the concerns of local residents regarding the time, there are clear landscape and visual benefits in relative proximity of extraction to property (notably in concentrating extraction within the Spiers Farm area. relation to the original ‘Phase 4’), whilst securing That conclusion remains valid and, as noted above, has access to valuable additional resources. The been implicitly accepted by WCC via the requirement environmental effects of extraction to the revised for advance screen planting at Griffins Farm. The Phase 3 boundary are assessed in detail in Part III of underlying conclusions of the comparative impact this ES, where the underlying conclusion is that assessment also remain valid, namely that: extraction could proceed in accordance with the (i) A lateral extension into the Spiers Farm extension conventional criteria relating to noise limits, and, more site would be operationally more efficient, by simply generally, without giving rise to an unacceptable extending the exposed working face into adjoining environmental or amenity disturbance. land. The ‘2 Phase’ development scheme has been deemed (ii) Such a development would continue a long- acceptable to WCC by virtue of the planning established operational area, where the nature and permission which has been granted. A decision will effects of the quarrying activities are known, and now need to be made as to whether, with similar where the development would utilise existing controls and conditions in place, the limit of extraction infrastructure in terms of site roads, offices, access etc. can be extended to the proposed Phase 3 boundaries in a way which does not result in material harm. (iii) In contrast, the Griffins Farm development would represent a “green field” operation, which would The other main alternative is to cease extraction upon relocate the quarry into a new area which has not completion of ‘2 Phase’ and relocate the operation to hitherto experienced mineral extraction. the permitted Griffins Farm area, east of the A426. (iv) The Griffins Farm development would require This is of course feasible, and it is the longer term either a tunnel beneath the A426 to provide access to intention of the Applicant Company to exploit the Southam works, or a new at grade junction onto the reserves in that area. However, the Applicants have A426, with potentially relocated plant and consistently expressed the view that it would be more infrastructure from Southam works to Griffins Farm. environmentally acceptable, operationally convenient, and thus more sustainable at this time, to complete

A050564 Final 60 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 3

This contrasts with the far more straightforward nature of the Spiers Farm development. (v) In those terms it would be more environmentally sustainably to exploit the reserves at Spiers Farm. vi) Finally, and subject to environmental considerations, it would be more logical to work the reserves at Spiers Farm, and complete extraction north of the A426, prior to commencing extraction in the new area at Griffins Farm, south of the A426. These conclusions are considered to remain valid in the brief consideration of ‘alternatives’ undertaken as part of the current ES.

A050564 Final 61 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 3 Figure 3.01 Phase 3: Soil and Overburden Strip

A050564 Final 62 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Figure 3.02 Phase 3: Mineral Extraction Chapter 3

A050564 Final 63 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 3 Figure 3.03 Phase 3: Restoration

A050564 Final 64 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 4

4.0 RESTORATION STRATEGY Other species may be introduced in small percentages at key locations where additional 4.1 Introduction screening is considered necessary, for example Pine. The restoration strategy for the quarry extension would follow the principles which have been established and • Species have been selected from the lists for approved for the existing Southam Quarry site. This the Feldon area within the Warwickshire strategy will include restoration to a water feature in landscape guidelines. the south-eastern part of the extension site as a slight • Extensive belts of scrub and woodland are enlargement of the water feature which forms part of proposed along the boundary of the site, the approved restoration scheme. The northern and supplementing existing advance planting. north western area would be restored to agriculture at Any slopes created at the site margins that are levels which would be graded sympathetically into the at gradients steeper than 1:8 will be planted. topography of the undisturbed agricultural land Other land is suitable for agricultural adjacent to the north-western area of the site. cultivation. Restoration proposals will also provide for the re- establishment of a pattern of hedgerows to reflect • Quarry benches along the northeast and historic field patterns in the area. southeast edge of the site will be planted. The Restoration Strategy is illustrated on figure 4.01, • Some exposed geological faces exposed which reproduces plan ref A050564/06A from the ES around the site would be retained for Volume5. Additional plans are produced within educational and scientific purposes. Volume 5 illustrating restoration detail (A050564/07A) and cross sections (A050564/08) • Some 1.2km of new hedgerows would be planted during the restoration of the site, principally comprising hawthorn, with 4.2 Restoration design principles and blackthorn, field maple and other locally objectives native shrub species. A proportion of oak and In view of the recognised ecological potential of ash trees would provide future standards restored mineral workings4, one of the main objectives within the hedgerows. of the restoration proposals is ecological enhancement and nature conservation. The restoration proposals 4.3 Restoration Details would be advanced progressively in a north-easterly Restoration work would commence on a progressive direction following the extraction phases, so that basis as soon as possible after areas have been worked habitats begin to develop from an early stage. The to their final position, and are no longer required for broad principles of the restoration strategy are access purposes. Many areas would be restored illustrated on Figure L.14 and incorporate the through natural regeneration. Habitat diversity would following elements: result from the variety of conditions created during • The restoration of the mineral extraction area restoration. Ecological links across the site would be to a combination of agriculture, woodland and created by establishing uncultivated grassland nature conservation at a lower level. The headlands around the fields, woodland and hedgerow south-eastern part of the site will be flooded, margins, with damp grassland adjacent to the pond forming a water body along with shallow areas. Low nutrient calcareous grasslands would be ponds and wetland areas for amphibian and created at the un-worked margins on higher ground to invertebrate interest. At a higher level, the the north-east and south-east. The grass seed mixes northern part of the site will be restored to selected for these areas would comprise species suited productive agriculture with three field units, to wetter areas and those more typical of older adding to a larger field created as part of the permanent meadows. approved restoration scheme on land to the south. Habitat creation • The restoration planting would comprise The restoration of the majority of the low lying land native deciduous species found locally within within the quarry floor would primarily aim to increase this lowland clay / limestone ridge context. the value of the site for biodiversity with a natural regeneration approach used to create a mosaic of

4 English Nature, Quarry Products Association and Silica habitats suited to the particular moisture and nutrient and Moulding Sands Association (1999), Biodiversity and levels. Public access into this area would be facilitated Minerals: Extracting the Benefits for Wildlife, Published through the creation of a circular footpath route around by Entec UK Ltd. the restored site, linking to the existing public footpath

A050564 Final 65 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 4

to the north, The Harry Green Way. The area beyond grazing of the land occurs. Stiles would be located the extent of the proposed water body would be within fencelines to allow for maintenance access. ‘soiled’ with soil forming material that has low All plants would be fitted with rabbit guards in nutrient levels to create suitable conditions for high response to the rabbit activity in the vicinity of the site. species diversity. The soil forming material would be These guards would be checked annually and replaced cultivated to alleviate compaction and left to when necessary as part of the maintenance of the regenerate naturally. During cultivation, hummocks planting areas. and small undulations would be created, which would lead to variable moisture levels resulting in a mosaic of habitats. It is anticipated that the wetter areas would Planting proposals develop into rush pasture and that damp grassland Planting would be undertaken along the boundary of would develop on dryer land. the site to supplement existing advance planting. The planting has been designed to supplement existing Pasture vegetation to reflect the landscape character of the area. Advance planting already undertaken by the Areas which are to be restored to productive applicant would help to compensate for the loss of agricultural use, as pasture land, would have restored field boundary hedgerows within the site and also gradients which are gentler than 1 in 8, with a suitable provide habitat linkages. free draining substrate constructed from existing materials on site. Along the northeast boundary of the All planting would be of native species, specified in extension site adjacent agricultural land beyond the accordance with the HTA National Plant Specification: extent of quarry excavation will be regraded. This will 1997. In order to ensure that all planting is compatible allow for the creation of an appropriate landform. with the local gene pool of the area, all woody plant species would be of local provenance as outlined in Where required to create free draining condition for Forest Practice Note No. 85. In order to provide pasture, the restored ground would be ripped to a depth feeding opportunities for birds outside of the breeding of 500mm to alleviate compaction, using a winged season, planting would incorporate berry and seed- multi-tine ripper. The direction of working would take bearing tree and shrub species, for example, Hawthorn, account of the drainage of the area and would be Blackthorn, Common Alder and Elder. across the contours. The majority of the nutrient rich soils available for restoration on site will be used to It is unlikely that soil amelioration will be required create fertile growing conditions for the agricultural given the fertility of the existing agricultural land. land leaving low nutrient soil forming materials for the Tree establishment would involve traditional methods habitat creation areas. of planting using forestry transplants and root trainers. Planting would be undertaken between mid-October The grass seed mix to be used for the agricultural and April and individual plants would be at 2.0m pasture would be the Permanent Pasture mix from centres in single species blocks of 10-40 no. per group. British Seed Houses or a similar mix to establish a long Plants would be notch planted and include the term pasture for livestock. This mix includes varieties following suitable native species, reflecting the species of Perennial ryegrass with Timothy and White clover composition of existing hedgerows and woodland in as shown below: the area: • 20% AberDart HSG Diploid Perennial • Corylus avellana (Hazel) Ryegrass • Crataegus monogyna (Hawthorn) • 20% AberSilo Diploid Perennial Ryegrass • Fraxinus excelsior (Ash) • 20% AberAvon HSG Diploid Perennial Ryegrass • Ilex aquifolium (Holly) • 30% Lasso Diploid Perennial Ryegrass • Prunus spinosa (Blackthorn) • 5% Erecta RvP Timothy • Quercus robur (Oak) • 5% AberPasture White Clover Blend

Fencing 5 In order to ensure that all planting is compatible with the local gene pool of the area, all woody plant species will All planting areas and hedgerows within the be of local provenance as outlined in Forest Practice Note No. 8, entitled 'Using Local Seed Sources for Planting agricultural restoration in the northwest part of the site Native Trees and Shrubs', produced by the Forestry would be protected with stock-proof fencing to Commission (1999). BS1722 Part 2 Table 2 (C8/80/15W) before any

A050564 Final 66 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 4

• Salix cinerea (Grey Willow) In accordance with the Stratford-on-Avon Design Guide, Fraxinus excelsior (Ash) and Quercus robur (Oak) will be dominant species in woodland areas, and Crataegus monogyna (Hawthorn) will dominate hedgerows and scrub. In wet areas natural regeneration will be encouraged but selective small areas of planting may be undertaken to speed up the process of plant establishment. In these locations Alnus glutinosa (Alder), Salix alba (White Willow) and Salix fragilis (Crack Willow) will be introduced.

4.4 Aftercare proposals Coordination, monitoring and management All restoration work will be governed by detailed method statements, which will be issued to site contractors, and closely supervised. These method statements will detail soil handling and storage procedures, and the locations selected for each restoration treatment. Soil stored for long periods would be seeded to prevent erosion, and soils taken from different areas of the site would be stored separately. It is recommended that the restoration is monitored throughout the quarry phases to identify any further management and/or improvements required. The monitoring programme would be carefully designed as the results may yield important information that can be applied in devising cost effective quarry restoration schemes in the future and may provide new information on colonisation/succession at limestone quarries. Management and monitoring Subsequent management of the areas will be important to the development of the ecological potential of the site, and will be required throughout the life of the quarry. This would include a management plan setting out the objectives for the different habitat types, and guidance for the treatment of the vegetation to ensure desirable species are encouraged and undesirable species are prevented from becoming established. The management plan would set out quantitative and qualitative criteria by which the management targets are to be assessed, with details of the methods of management, periodicity etc, and mechanisms by which management will be adjusted to maintain habitats in accordance with targets and objectives. The vegetation of new and existing semi-natural habitats would be monitored through periodic surveys, using methods and in cycles appropriate to the habitat concerned. The habitat condition would be assessed against the targets and objectives set in the management plan, and management activities altered as required.

A050564 Final 67 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 4 Figure 4.01 Restoration Strategy

A050564 Final 68 WYG Planning & Design

PART III

ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS

A050564 Final 70 WYG Planning & Design

Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 5

5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS AND descriptions within Chapter 2.0, against the identified MITIGATION MEASURES effects on that topic, most notably: • Landscape and visual impact assessment 5.1 Introduction baseline section 2.0, environmental effects The undertaking of the ES has been assisted by the Chapter 6.0 EIA produced in support of the original January 2004 • Ecology baseline section 2.2 environmental Spiers Farm Extension application, and by subsequent effects 7.0 discussion and the submission of environmental information in support of the revised and eventually • Soils resources baseline section 2.3 approved July 2005 extension scheme. The experience environmental effects Chapter 8.0 gained from undertaking that EIA, and the comments • Hydrology and hydrogeology baseline section received from interested parties during the processing 2.5 environmental effects Chapter 9.0 of the application has been of considerable assistance in informing the scope and content of the current EIA. • Cultural heritage baseline section 2.6 This background has been supplemented by a formal environmental effects Chapter 13.0. Scoping Opinion, issued by WCC, relating to the issues to be addressed as part of the EIA, assisted by The remaining impact assessment Chapters 10.0-12.0 comments and advice provided by a number of inclusive address a number of non-land use amenity statutory consultees. issues (noise, dust and traffic), which are not discussed in the baseline land use descriptions. A number of The environmental topics which are addressed are wider issues are considered within Part IV of the ES, consistent with those considered as part of the 2004 within the Planning Policy Chapter 15.0, notably need EIA and, in general terms, the studies followed the and socio-economic effects. same general format in terms of baseline assessments, consideration of effects, designed mitigation measures, and assessment of the significance of any residual effects.

However, the studies have been updated to ensure that the current ES is based upon up to date information. This has necessitated further surveys and assessments in appropriate cases, most notably additional ecological surveys have been undertaken; an updated landscape and visual impact assessment has been carried out; additional noise monitoring has been undertaken; and the hydrology/ hydrogeology study has drawn upon data from the on-going monitoring which is being carried out. A new study of dust/air quality has also been undertaken, which again draws upon the results of on-going air quality monitoring. The EIA has therefore been a comprehensive exercise which includes new and updated surveys where appropriate. The results are set out in the ES, with the environmental issues considered in turn in the following Chapters 6.0 -13.0. An overall summary of the environmental effects is provided within Chapter 14.0, which draws upon the main environmental issues and conclusions reached in the technical studies and, where appropriate, highlights the measures proposed to address and mitigate those effects. Several of the topic chapters draw upon the results of the baseline descriptions set out in Chapter 2.0 of the ES, which provides the context for the assessment of environmental effects upon that baseline. A full appreciation of the individual environmental topics can therefore be obtained by considering the baseline

A050564 Final 72 WYG Planning & Design

Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 6

6.0 LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL IMPACT • Figure L.12: Viewpoint photographs ASSESSMENT • Figure L.13: Photographs 6.1 Scope of Assessment The assessment also draws upon the restoration strategy plan (A050564/06/A); the restoration details The description of the landscape and visual baseline, (A050564/07A) and the restoration cross sections against which the effects of the operation and (A050564/8). restoration of the proposed quarry extension on the landscape of the site and its context, have been 6.2 Assessment Methodology discussed in Chapter 2.1. The design of the proposed quarry extension, including the mitigation measures incorporated to minimise adverse effects, is informed 6.2.1 Introduction by the findings of the baseline studies. As part of the Landscape appraisal is undertaken in two stages, the assessment, effects on features identified as important desk study and the field survey. The desk study to the landscape quality, or effects on the landscape includes reference to other studies and landscape character of the site and its setting are assessed. character assessments, including those undertaken at a Effects on views of the site and its setting, or visual national, regional and local level. The subsequent amenity, are also assessed. landscape and visual field survey was undertaken on 1 The objectives of the assessment are to: April 2009. In summary, the landscape appraisal involved: • describe and evaluate the landscape and visual amenity of the site and surrounding area • an inspection of publicly accessible which may be affected by the proposed viewpoints, representing the range of views development; available of the site, including a photographic survey; • identify and assess the significance of any effects on landscape or visual amenity, • a review of landscape designations, planning associated with the design, operation and policies and strategies for the landscape restoration of the proposed quarry extension; published by Warwickshire County and Stratford-on-Avon District Councils; and • set out mitigation measures which would be implemented in order to avoid, reduce or • an evaluation of the landscape context and remedy adverse effects; and setting, and their ability to accommodate the likely changes associated with the proposed • describe any enhancements of the landscape quarry extension. or visual amenity incorporated into the proposals. Landscape and visual impact assessment requires a combination of objective analysis and subjective This chapter is supported by the following drawings, professional judgment. It follows a clearly defined included in ES Volume 3. All photographs were taken methodology based on published guidance comprising during the landscape and visual appraisal undertaken a combination of desk studies and field surveys, with on 1 April 2009. The Figures are: subsequent analysis. It involves analysis and • Figure L.01: Landscape appraisal evaluation of the baseline, including landscape features, landscape character, and views available of • Figure L.02: Landscape character the site and the effects on them likely to arise from the • Figure L.03: Visual appraisal proposed development. The methodology is based on the recommendations and guidance published by the • Figure L.04: Appraisal photographs 1-2 Countryside Commission6, in addition to the • Figure L.05: Appraisal photographs 3-4 Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment, published by The Landscape Institute and • Figure L.06: Appraisal photographs 5-6 the Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment7. In outline, assessment involves: • Figure L.07: Landscape designations • Figure L.08: Site context appraisal

• Figure L.09: Site photographs 6 Countryside Commission, Landscape Assessment Guidance, 1993. • Figure L.10: Site photographs 7 The Landscape Institute and the Institute of Environmental Management & Assessment, Guidelines for Landscape and • Figure L.11: Viewpoint photographs Visual Impact Assessment (2nd Edition), E&FN Spon 2002

A050564 Final 73 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 6

• a viewpoint analysis of the likely effect on Table 6.1 Landscape Sensitivity visual amenity of the public in the Landscape sensitivity surrounding area, including local residents; • consideration of mitigation and enhancement High: A landscape of high importance, for example; measures to avoid, reduce or remedy a landscape with a statutory (international or national) designation reflecting landscape and significant effects on the landscape or on scenic value; views; and a landscape particularly vulnerable to • the identification of potential landscape and disturbance, where the loss of key features would result in a significant change in visual effects of the proposed development, character; or their magnitude and significance. a landscape including a large number of landscape elements sensitive to disturbance. 6.2.2 Landscape appraisal Medium: A landscape of importance, for example; a landscape of national or local importance Landscape receptors include elements of the physical which may have a non-statutory landscape landscape or landscape fabric, for example vegetation, designation reflecting landscape and scenic field boundaries, landform, land use and other value; landscape features. They also include combinations of a landscape forming the setting for a visitor features and patterns, which give rise to particular attraction, public footpath, cycle route or other characteristics or landscape character. public route; a landscape vulnerable to disturbance, where Landscape sensitivity relates to the ability of the the loss of features may result in a significant landscape to accommodate change or development, change in character; or without detrimental effects on its character. There are a landscape including a large number of a number of factors that contribute to this ability: landscape elements sensitive to disturbance. Low: A landscape of low importance, for example; • Value: the importance of the landscape, as a landscape of local importance which has the indicated by, for example, international, capacity to accommodate changes of the scale national or local designations, or the perceived proposed; or value of the landscape to users or consultees; a landscape which is not vulnerable to intrinsic aesthetic characteristics, such as disturbance, where the loss of features would scenic quality or sense of place, including its not result in a significant change in character. role in providing landscape setting to other places, or cultural associations in the arts or in Landscape character guides to the area, popular use of the area for The landscape character baseline has made reference to recreation, etc. published landscape assessments at a national, county • Context: the importance of the landscape and a district level, where undertaken and published. The site is located within National Character Area elements in the landscape character of the area 8 or in their contribution to the landscape setting (NCA) 96 Dunsmore and Feldon, in the sub-area of other areas; the presence and scale of Feldon. At a county level the Warwickshire Landscapes Project9 locates the site within the Lias detractors in the landscape or existing 10 development within the area. Landscapes Village Farmlands landscape type. At a district level which are already influenced by development the site is located within the Feldon character area and may be less sensitive to the proposed changes, in the Lias Uplands character sub-area. These studies while those not subject to built development have informed the landscape character assessment, a or other human activities may be more key element of the landscape baseline. sensitive to the changes associated with the development. • Scale: A large scale, simple landscape is likely to have a greater capacity to absorb a 8 National Character Area located on The Character of England large scale development than a smaller scale, Landscape, Wildlife and Cultural Features Map (2005) accessed complex setting where development may on Natural England website at: seem out of scale or in conflict. http://www.naturalengland.org.uk/ourwork/landscape/englands/ character/areas/default.aspx The Table 6.1 provides examples of High, Medium and 9 Warwickshire Landscapes Project: Avon Landscape Guidelines Low landscape sensitivity, demonstrating how the (1996), produced by Warwickshire County Council in partnership with the Countryside Commission. contributing factors identified above are interpreted: 10 Stratford-on-Avon District Design Guide (2001) published by Stratford-on-Avon District Council

A050564 Final 74 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 6

Landscape and recreational designations perceive long-term changes in a view for an appreciable duration. In contrast, route receptors are Landscape designations provide an indication of already experiencing a constantly changing series of landscape value; they are areas that have been views, potentially making them less aware of any one recognised for the scenic beauty and recreational view or group of views in the sequence. potential of the landscape. National, regional and local level landscape designations are reviewed during the Viewpoint analysis and sensitivity desk-study. The viewpoint analysis considers views from locations Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB) and that represent the main visual receptors identified National Parks are statutory national designations within the visual envelope for the site. A relating to landscape quality. No areas designated to representative selection of views, often selected in this level are located within or near the quarry consultation with the local planning authority, are extension site. taken forward to the impact assessment. For each of Open access land is a statutory national recreational the views selected, the visual receptors are identified designation. It includes land managed by the Forestry along with their ‘sensitivity’ to the changes that will Commission and areas with public access rights under occur as a result of the proposed development. the Countryside and Rights of Way Act, 2000. The ‘Sensitivity’ to change has a number of contributing nearest area is some 9km away to the northwest at factors, which are: Weston Wood. • whether few or many viewers are affected; Other landscape designations reviewed during the desk-study are non-statutory. These are designated by • the location and context of the viewpoint; Local Authorities, for example Special Landscape • the extent of the location over which the Areas (SLA), designated to reflect special landscape changes would be visible; character. • the field of view occupied by the 6.3 Visual Appraisal development; • the activity of the receptor and duration of the Visual receptors view for moving receptors; 11 Visual receptors , as defined in the Guidelines for • the expectation of the receptor in relation to Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment (GLVIA), the view available; are identified within the visual envelope from OS mapping, the computer generated Zone of Theoretical • orientation - of receptors in relation to the Visibility (ZTV) and the visual appraisal. Receptors development, and can be divided into two main groups based upon their • the importance of the view / location - location and activities, which influence the way that potentially indicated by designations, historic they experience the landscape and views: or cultural importance of the location. • Location Receptors are those in particular Consequently, different types of receptors in a single locations within which they are able to location may have different levels of sensitivity. appreciate a relatively constant view or views Alternatively, a single receptor may have different towards the site, including residents, users of levels of sensitivity at a number of locations. The table public open spaces and visitors to outdoor below provides examples of High, Medium and Low visitor attractions. sensitivity, demonstrating how the contributing factors • Route Receptors are those travelling along identified above are interpreted. linear routes, including motorists on public Table 6.2 Visual Sensitivity highways, railway passengers and walkers, cyclists or horse riders on public rights of Visual sensitivity way. High: A view of high importance, for example; The main differences between the two types of near or open views from large numbers of receptors relate to their perception of change in views, residential properties or settlements where or their sensitivity to change. Location receptors can there are primary views of the proposed development site that would be experienced on 11 GLVIA definition of visual receptors: ‘Visual receptors a daily basis; include the public or community at large, residents, visitors, and near or open views from a nationally important other groups of viewers as well as the visual amenity of the people landscape, designated for its scenic value, affected’. where receptors are primarily at the location in

A050564 Final 75 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 6

Visual sensitivity length of approximately 50mm on a 35 mm SLR camera. order to enjoy the view and are engaged in either stationery or slow moving activities Landscape photography includes wide angle or (walking, cycling or horse riding); panoramic views requiring a sequence of photographs near or open views experienced by large to be taken in order to capture the full width of the numbers of viewers; or view. The resulting series of overlapping photographs views in which the proposed development site are digitally spliced together in Adobe Photoshop CS is the defining element in the view. using a cylindrical projection; this provides a panorama approximating to the normal field of view in Medium: A view of importance, for example; a landscape context. Where necessary, the contrast near or open views from residential properties and settlements where there are primary views and brightness of individual photographs is slightly of the proposed development site that would manipulated in order to create a consistent panorama be frequently experienced; without visible joins. The viewpoints are located with near or open views from a valued landscape or their Ordnance Survey grid reference and height above an area designated for its scenic value, where Ordnance Datum. receptors are engaged in outdoor recreation; near or open views experienced by many Zone of Theoretical Visibility (ZTV) viewers who are travelling and who enjoy the view of landscapes that, although not The analysis of visibility includes the preparation of a nationally designated for their scenic value, computer-generated Zone of Theoretical Visibility may be a locally designated landscape, a (ZTV) to identify the general locations and extent of public right of way or sustrans cycle route; or the visual envelope for the quarry extension site views in which the proposed development site (discussed in ES Section 2.1.5). This involves a series is an important element in the view. of inter-visibility calculations using specialist A view of the proposed development, for Low: computer software (Key TerraFIRMA13), equivalent example; distant, filtered or partly obscured views from to studies based on drawn cross-sections. Digital residential properties and settlements where ground models were generated from 10m interval the proposed development site would be Ordnance Survey contour data and topographic survey visible; data. The software traces "rays" from defined points at views from an area used for outdoor the site through the surrounding landform model, recreation, where receptors are likely to be calculating where the defined points would be aware of views available; visible/invisible. The extent of the Zone of Theoretical views experienced by those working outdoors; Visibility was checked on site during the visual views experienced by vehicle travellers who appraisal exercise when representative photographs may enjoy the view but are moving too quickly to appreciate feature in the view in were taken from key locations to illustrate the types of detail; or views available and the factors and elements which distant views from public rights of way and influence visibility. public parks in which the proposed development site is a small but recognisable ZTVs are based on topographic data only; minor element in the view. undulations in the terrain may not be reflected in the 10m interval of the contour data. Similarly, the Photography screening effects of surface features such as hedgerows, woodland and settlements are not taken Photographs have a special role in describing into consideration during the preparation of the ZTV. landscape character and illustrating key views. In Topography has a major influence on the visibility of order for photographs to be representative and to create developments in the landscape, but surface features an image that is as similar as possible to that which is can also restrict the extent of the potential view seen with the human eye, accepted practice is to use a available. The predicted visibility of the proposed lens with a focal length equivalent to 50 mm for a 35 development is, therefore, only an indication of mm Single Lens Reflex (SLR) camera, and a print size visibility and not an accurate representation of actual of 150 mm x 100 mm12. The camera used for the visibility. However, ZTVs can help to identify appraisal photography was a Canon EOS 400D digital potential zones of theoretical visibility, allowing a SLR camera. Photographs were taken with a focal more detail examination of these areas during the length of 30-32mm which is equivalent to a focal visual appraisal.

12 The Landscape Institute, Landscape Institute Advice Note 13 Key TerraFIRMA software (Key Systems) which 01/09, Use of Photography and Photomontage in Landscape and increases the capability of AutoCAD to provide ground modelling, Visual Assessment, February 2009 analysis and inter-visibility functionality.

A050564 Final 76 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 6

Four ZTV were undertaken for the quarry extension Effects on the landscape site, each based on a particular point within the site deterioration in the existing view, with little boundary. The ZTVs were subsequently combined to or no scope for mitigation, or produce two ZTV areas; one showing locations where An improvement in the view, sufficient to the whole of the site may be visible; and the other upgrade overall visual amenity. showing where part of the site may be visible. Substantial: Visual intrusion experienced from settlements or numbers of properties and/or from sensitive public viewpoints where the 6.4 Assessment and Mitigation development would cause deterioration in The effects of the development, whether beneficial or the existing view with limited scope for mitigation (or a lesser intrusion in highly adverse, would vary in nature and degree through the sensitive views); or operational and restoration phases. Mitigation An improvement in the view, sufficient to measures are proposed in the design of the quarry provide some benefits to visual amenity. extension or by management of the quarry operational Moderate: Visual intrusion on settlements or numbers processes. The aims of mitigation measures are: first, of properties and/or from public viewpoints to avoid potential effects; and second, to reduce the where the development would cause a degree of adverse effects which are unavoidable. The limited deterioration in the existing view, effects assessed are those that remain after mitigation but with scope for mitigation; or measures are put in place, defined as ‘residual effects’. A reduction in visual intrusion, or improvement in the view. The degree of the likely landscape and visual effects of Slight: Minor visual intrusion attributable to the the proposed quarry extension was determined by development or a perceptible deterioration relating the ability of the landscape or view to in the existing view, with scope for accommodate the changes arising from the mitigation; or development proposals, and the magnitude of the Localised reduction in visual intrusion, or noticeable improvement in the view. changes to which they would be subjected. The degree Negligible: The change in the view is imperceptible or of effect, whether adverse or beneficial, is graded from difficult to discern. substantial to negligible, an example of which if provided in Table 6.3 below: 6.5 Assessment of Effects Table 6.3 Landscape and Visual Effects Effects on the landscape 6.5.1 The potential sources of impact Significant: Sensitive landscape completely degraded, The details of the proposed quarry phasing and with little or no scope for mitigation; or operation are described in Chapter 3.0 of the ES, and Improvement sufficient in scale to upgrade landscape / visual control measures have where overall landscape character. possible been incorporated into the design of the Substantial: Considerable adverse change to the features, elements, character, or quality of a sensitive working scheme. This section describes the aspects of landscape, with limited scope for mitigation the proposed quarry working scheme that might affect (or lesser change in very sensitive landscape and/or visual amenity. landscape); or The main features of the quarry proposals are: Improvement to the landscape over a wide area sufficient to alter perceptions. • the continued working of the existing quarry Moderate: Discernible change to landscape character, in a north-easterly direction resulting in features, or elements of medium-high temporary removal of field boundary sensitivity, but with scope for mitigation; or Perceptible improvements to landscape hedgerows and permanent lowering of the character. land surface; Slight: Localised or limited adverse change to the • site clearance operations involving hedgerow existing landscape character with clearance, the stripping of soil and its storage considerable scope for mitigation; or for re-use during site restoration; Localised improvement to the existing landscape quality. • the creation of screen bunds along the Negligible or No perceived change to the existing southeast and northeast boundary of extraction None: landscape character and quality, or the using striped soils; change is difficult to discern. Effects on visual amenity • the implementation, in the longer term, of a Significant: Major visual intrusion experienced from variety of restoration treatments, designed to settlements or numbers of properties and/or create a range of conditions and habitats from sensitive public viewpoints, where the which would foster the biodiversity potential development would cause a large scale of the site;

A050564 Final 77 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 6

• the restoration of the site to a wildlife hedgerows planted during the restoration of the site enhanced feature, which recognises and would help to restore the field pattern. In the long exploits the biodiversity potential associated term, once the field boundary hedgerows have with worked-out quarries, and the range of established, the impact would reduce slight adverse/ habitats which can be created; and negligible. • the re establishment of the water table within 6.6.2 Amenity of Local residents, users of the quarry void to create a permanent lake. public rights of way and roads 6.6 Landscape Impact Assessment Recreation and enjoyment of publicly accessible places is inextricably linked to the landscape character of the Section 2.1.4 identified sensitive landscape receptors wider area which is regarded as a landscape receptor of as: medium sensitivity. The potential adverse impacts on • the vegetation pattern including small blocks the amenity of the nearby residents during quarrying of deciduous woodland and hedgerow field operations would be reduced by careful design of the boundaries, regarded as a receptor of medium phasing for the quarry. There would however be a sensitivity; period of increased disturbance during vegetation clearance, soil stripping and the construction of screen • Recreation and enjoyment of publicly bunds along the northeast and southeast boundary of accessible places, regarded as a receptor of the site during the first phase of quarrying. medium sensitivity. The landscape amenity, as experienced by people who use the public The resulting changes would be perceptible to vehicle footpaths, roads and particularly the Harry travellers along Stockton Road and the A426; by Green Way, within the immediate vicinity of residents of properties along Stockton Road and the site and to a lesser extent nearby residents, Tollgate House and by pedestrians along the Harry is considered sensitive. People would be Green Way public footpath. Adverse impact would aware of site clearance, quarrying activities only occur where the quarry would be a perceptible and site restoration. element in the setting of the property. Properties located along Stockton Road and Tollgate House fall 6.6.1 The vegetation pattern of the area into this category. The character of the landscape is derived in part from During vegetation clearance, soil striping and the pattern of deciduous woodland which, along with formation of the screen bunding there would be a slight topography, subdivides the landscape into distinct adverse impact on the amenity of travellers along the areas. The existing vegetation pattern is described in A426. A similar impact would occur on the landscape Section 2.1.3 of this ES. amenity of residents at properties to the north, at Greaves Cottages and Stockton Fields Farm. Given During quarrying existing woodland and copses the close proximity of Tollgate House and the relative around the edge of the site would be retained. This importance of the site in the setting of that property, includes woodland around Stockton Fields Farm and there would be a moderate adverse impact on along the boundary with Stockton Reservoir and the landscape amenity during site clearance. dismantled railway. Along with the advance planting at the northeast and southeast boundary of the site, it During quarrying operations at the site the depth of the contributes to the vegetation pattern of the area. There quarry would increase. Activity and disturbance would be no adverse impact on the existing vegetation would become more contained within the void of the around the edge of the extension site. quarry. Furthermore, the establishment of screen bunding and additional site boundary planting would Within the extension site several sections of field help to integrate the quarry into the landscape, boundary hedgerows would be removed. The field particularly as the existing advance planting continues pattern is consistent with the wider area where to develop. This would reduce the perceived extent of hedgerows are generally well maintained and fields are the quarry which would also progressively reduce the typically small to medium-scale in size. The sections impact on landscape amenity to slight adverse/ of hedgerow and field pattern within the site boundary negligible during quarrying. are assessed as of medium sensitivity and their removal would result in a slight adverse impact on the Following the completion of quarrying at the site much vegetation pattern of the area during quarrying of the restoration scheme will have been implemented. activities. Adverse impacts on residential properties would steadily reduce during the restoration phase towards a Following the completion of quarrying activities at the negligible impact after the complete restoration of the extension site the northwest part of the site would be site. At this stage vegetation would have matured restored to agricultural pasture. The field boundary

A050564 Final 78 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 6

along the boundaries and field pattern would have re- Works. The sensitivity of the view is reduced established. somewhat by the presence of the existing cement works. Users of public footpaths, particularly the Harry Green Way, would benefit from improved landscape amenity View during quarrying following the restoration of the site. Public access would be encouraged along a network of circular During the clearance of the site, soil stripping and routes linking to the Harry Green Way. There would activity associated with the formation of soil also be a link to the informal route along the stockpiles/screen bunds would be visible. The removal dismantled railway where it passes Stockton Reservoir. of the field boundary hedgerows within the extension Diverse habitats created during the restoration of the site would result in a change in views from the A426, site would offer more attractive and varied routes for although they are not prominent features in views from pedestrians. This would result in a moderate beneficial Tollgate House. improvement in the landscape amenity of the Harry Green Way. The screen bund along the northeast boundary of the site would appear in the middle distance beyond the A426 boundary hedge and advance planting. It would 6.7 Visual Impact Assessment obscure the quarry excavation and activities within the The visual appraisal, informed by the Zone of site in this view. After the bund is formed it would be Theoretical Visibility (ZTV) study identified a number grass seeded, helping to reduce its visual impact. of locations from which the proposed extension site is visible. These areas were visited and sensitive views View after restoration were selected. Section 2.1.7 identified six viewpoints Following the completion of quarrying at the site the as representative of the most sensitive views available. soil storage/screen bund along the northeast boundary These views are described below and the effects of the of the site would be removed to allow the soils to be development on then assessed. used to restore the site. It is anticipated that the existing advance planting, implemented by the Appraisal Photograph 1 applicant during the winter of 2000-2001, would View west from the A426 at Tollgate House, continue to grow during quarrying at the site. This will approximately 30m from the proposed extension site at effectively screen the restoration works at the site, and an elevation of 110m AOD (refer to Figure L.04 - specifically the removal of the soil storage / screen Appraisal Photograph 1). bund in the view from Tollgate House.

Existing View Assessment The view is considered of medium sensitivity due to The visual impact on this view would be slight adverse the potential high number of receptors, including to negligible during the field boundary hedgerow residents of Tollgate House, walkers on Harry Green clearance and the formation of the soil storage/screen Way and travellers along the A426. There are a bund. Quarrying within the extension site would be number of views varying in nature due to changes in obscured by this screen bund and advance planting. the density of intervening vegetation. Many sections The visual impact would be negligible during the of the roadside hedgerow are quite gappy offering little quarrying phase of the proposed development. screening. The establishment of screen vegetation Restoration of the site has the potential to result in along the A426 is also intermittent with several areas adverse impact on this view; however these works that have a lack of Alder and other taller species. would be obscured by the existing advance planting. Further mitigation is required for views from the A426. The existing cement works is an intrusive element in The view of the site from Tollgate House is filtered by the existing view, in contrast to the existing quarry the A426 boundary hedgerow which is located in the extraction area, which is largely obscured. A foreground of the view (refer to Figure L.04 - proposed screen bund along the northeast boundary of Appraisal Photograph 1). This limits the extent to the site will obscure quarry operations in this view. which the site is visible and its importance in the view. Following the completion of quarrying, existing The site is visible at a lower level compared to the advance planting will screen views of works associated viewpoint. It appears through a gap in the hedge in the with the restoration of the site. This planting will in centre of the view. Filtered views through the hedge time lead to the loss of an existing distant view, occur along the length of the A426 depending on the specifically in the direction of Cement Works, in the varying density of the hedge. Where the site is visible longer term. The visual impact of the loss of this view in the middle distance it obscures potential views into would be slight adverse given that distant views are the Phase 2 quarry void towards Southam Cement available in other directions.

A050564 Final 79 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 6

The impact assessment relates to the view from ground used to restore the site. It is anticipated that the level where the Harry Green Way crosses the A426. A existing advance planting and further planting would different view would be available from the first floor effectively screen the restoration works at the site, and windows of Tollgate House, a number of which face specifically the disturbance associated with the the direction of the site. The screen bund and advance removal of the soil storage / screen bund in this view planting would be less effective in mitigating the view from the Harry Green Way. from these more elevated locations. Consequently the visual impact would be greater, increasing to moderate Assessment adverse during quarrying. Following the restoration of the site views from first floor windows at Tollgate The visual impact on this view would be slight adverse during the field boundary hedgerow clearance with House would be improved considerably. The habitats created within the quarry void would offer visual short duration Moderate adverse impact during site interest, in contrast to the existing view across clearance and the formation of the soil storage/screen grassland. This would result in a slight to moderate bund. During quarrying at the extension site the visual beneficial impact on these views following the impact would be negligible because quarrying activities would be obscured from view. restoration of the site. Restoration of the site has the potential to result in Appraisal Photograph 2 adverse impact on this view. Disturbance would be caused by the removal of the soil storage/screen bund View southwest from the Harry Green Way Public along the northwest boundary. Proposed planting Footpath, adjacent to the site boundary at an elevation along the northern boundary of the site would be of 85m AOD (refer to Figure L.04 - Appraisal implemented prior to the removal of this bund, Photograph 2). mitigating potential impacts. The visual impact on this view would be slight adverse during the restoration of Existing View the site, reducing to negligible as the restoration The view is considered of medium sensitivity due to the scheme establishes and integrates the site into its potential high number of walkers using the Harry landscape setting. Green Way public footpath. The view is perpendicular to the public right of way across rising land within the Appraisal Photograph 3 proposed extension site. The soil storage bund on the View southeast from Stockton Road near its junction eastern boundary of the existing extension site forms with the A426, just under 200m from the proposed the horizon to part of the view. To the right the extension site at an elevation of 100m AOD (refer to existing cement works forms a prominent industrial Figure L.05 - Appraisal Photograph 3). building on the horizon. The view is available for users of the public footpath but also from cottages located on Stockton Road further to the east and other Existing View individual properties at Stockton and Stockton Fields The view is considered of low sensitivity as it is only Farm. available from directly adjacent to the field gateway. It is therefore a narrow view through the field gateway. View during quarrying The view is available for travellers and walkers along Stockton Road, which are route receptors as defined in During the clearance of the site, soil stripping and the paragraph 2.3.1. The view would only be experience formation of soil stockpiles/screen bunds would be for a very short duration whilst travellers pass the field visible. The removal of the field boundary hedgerows gateway. with mature trees would result in a change in the view. Soil stripping in particular would result in considerable The roadside hedgerow along Stockton Road is located disturbance, although relatively short in duration. The in the foreground of this view with pasture beyond. In screen bund along the northwest boundary of the site the middle distance the field boundary hedgerow along would appear in the middle distance where it would the Harry Green Way public footpath can be seen. cross the field from left to right. It would obscure the Beyond this hedgerow, the site is located in the field quarry excavation and activities within the site in this located near the horizon in the view. The site occupies view. After the bund is formed it would be grass a small proportion of the view. seeded to help to reduce its visual impact. View during quarrying View after restoration During the clearance of the site activities associated Following the completion of quarrying at the site the with soil stripping and the formation of soil soil storage/screen bund along the northwest boundary stockpiles/screen bunds would be visible. Soil of the site would be removed to allow the soils to be stripping in particular would result in considerable

A050564 Final 80 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 6

disturbance, although relatively short in duration. The within the site slopes down to the Harry Green screen bund along the northwest and northeast footpath and towards the viewpoint. boundary of the site would appear in the middle The roadside hedgerow along Stockton Road is located distance beyond the field boundary hedgerow. It in the foreground of this view with pasture and would obscure the quarry excavation and activities cultivated land beyond. In the middle distance the within the site in this view. After the bund is formed it field boundary hedgerow along the Harry Green Way would be grass seeded to help to reduce its visual public footpath can be seen. Beyond this hedgerow, impact. the site is located within a gently sloping field. Landform falls away from the viewpoint before rising View after restoration towards the horizon near the existing area of quarrying. Following the completion of quarrying at the site the The site occupies a small proportion of the view. soil storage/screen bund along the site boundary would be removed to allow the soils to be used to restore the View during quarrying site. It is anticipated that the existing advance planting During the clearance of the site, soil stripping and the along with further planting, would effectively screen formation of soil stockpiles/screen bunds would be the restoration works at the site, and specifically the visible in the central part of the view. Existing removal of the soil storage / screen bund in this view woodland near Stockton Fields Farm screens potential from Stockton Road. views of the site. However, soil stripping in particular would result in considerable disturbance, although Assessment relatively short in duration. The screen bund along the The visual impact on this view would be slight adverse northwest and northeast boundary of the site would during the site clearance. This would be short in appear in the middle distance beyond the field duration until the screen bund is formed and grass boundary hedgerow. It would obscure the near edge of seeded. At other stages of the site clearance there the quarry excavation site but quarrying activities would be a negligible impact resulting from minor within the site would be visible. After the bund is scale changes that are barely perceptible. During formed it would be grass seeded to help to reduce its quarrying at the extension site the visual impact would visual impact. During quarrying the lowering of land be negligible because quarrying activities would be within the extension site would allow views into the obscured from view. quarry void towards the northeast face of the existing Phase 2 quarry. Progressive restoration of these faces Restoration of the site has the potential to result in would be ongoing. adverse impact on this view; however these works would be obscured by the existing advance planting. View after restoration Disturbance would be caused by the removal of the soil storage/screen bund along the northwest boundary. Following the completion of quarrying at the site the The visual impact on this view would be negligible soil storage/screen bund along the site boundary would during and following the restoration of the site. be removed to allow the soils to be used to restore the site. Available views into the quarry void would Appraisal Photograph 4 continue to be available, although only occupying a small proportion of the view. Progressive restoration View southwest from Stockton Road near Greaves would continue to mitigate the visual prominence of Cottages, just over 200m from the proposed extension faces visible within the quarry. It is anticipated that site at an elevation of 85 m AOD (refer to Figure L.05 the existing advance planting along with further - Appraisal Photograph 4). planting, would help to mitigate the visual impact in this view from Stockton Road. Existing View The view is considered of medium sensitivity due to Assessment the potential high number of receptors, including The visual impact on this view would be moderate residents of Greaves Cottages and travellers along the adverse during the site clearance. This would be short A426. The viewpoint is adjacent to properties no. 1 – in duration until quarrying lowers the level of the land 16 Stockton Road. The ground floor level of the out of view. The proposed screen bund along the properties are slightly lower than road level which in northeast boundary of the site would assist in screening combination with the field boundary hedgerow on the views after that point is reached. Progressive opposite side of the road generally prevents views of restoration of faces visible within the existing quarry the site. However first floor windows have an would help to mitigate visual impacts to slight adverse. uninterrupted view across the adjacent fields and a During later stage of quarrying in the lower part of the proportion of the site would be visible. Landform void the visual impact would be slight adverse.

A050564 Final 81 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 6

Restoration of the site has the potential to result in Appraisal Photograph 6 adverse impact on this view; however these works View south from Stockton Road near Long Itchington would be obscured by the existing advance planting. Primary School, just over 600m from the proposed Disturbance would be caused by the removal of the extension site at an elevation of 85 m AOD (refer to soil storage/screen bund along the northwest boundary. Figure L.06 - Appraisal Photograph 6). The visual impact on this view would be slight adverse during restoration of the site. The habitats created Existing View within the quarry void in the long term offer the potential for visual interest, in contrast to the existing The view is considered of medium sensitivity due to the view across farmland. This would result in a slight to potential high number of receptors. It is a view across moderate beneficial impact on this view following the a rolling well wooded landscape. This vegetation restoration of the site. obscures the route of the Grand Union Canal which crosses the view in the middle distance. The site can Appraisal Photograph 5 be seen on land rising towards the horizon in the central part of the view. It is framed to the left by View east from Stonebridge Road near Snowford woodland at Stockton Fields Farm and to the right by Lodge, just over 4km from the proposed extension site existing workings at the quarry. at an elevation of 100 m AOD (refer to Figure L.06 - Appraisal Photograph 5). It is representative of long distance views of the site from the west. View during quarrying During the clearance of the site, soil stripping and the Existing View formation of soil stockpiles/screen bunds would be visible in the central part of the view. Existing The view is considered of medium sensitivity due to the vegetation along the Grand Union Canal and adjacent potential high number of receptors, including local dismantled railway screen the western part of the site. residents, cyclists along National Cycle Route 41 and However, soil stripping in particular would result in other travellers along the minor road. It is a view considerable disturbance, although relatively short in across a rolling, pastoral landscape with frequent duration. During quarrying the lowering of land within woodland. Print Wood is one such area located to the the extension site would allow views into the quarry right of the view. There are a number of landmarks in void towards its northeast face. Progressive restoration the photograph that help to locate the site. Mature of the upper parts of these faces would assist in evergreen trees at Stockton House contrast with mitigating adverse visual impact. deciduous woodland on the horizon in the view. Also, the stack of Southam Cement Works extends above the View after restoration horizon. The site is a small scale feature in the view. Following the completion of quarrying at the site the View during quarrying soil storage/screen bund along the site boundary would be removed to allow the soils to be used to restore the During the clearance of the site, soil stripping and the site. Existing advance planting along with further formation of soil stockpiles/screen bunds would be planting would be located on the horizon of the view. visible at the site. Disturbance of the land at the site Planting located on the quarry benches would would appear comparable to arable cultivation at this progressively help to reduce the apparent scale of the distance from the site. quarry faces. View after restoration Assessment The quarry void and its restoration would not be The visual impact on this view would be moderate perceptible in the view with the naked eye. Subtle adverse during the site clearance. This would be short changes in colour and texture of the site, as it appears in duration until quarrying lowers the level of the land in the view, would occur but these would not be out of view. Progressive restoration of quarry faces perceptible changes. would help to mitigate visual impacts to slight adverse. Restoration of the site has the potential to result in Assessment beneficial impact on this view. The habitats created The visual impact on this view would be negligible within the quarry void and along quarry benches offer during the initial site clearance and soil stripping at the the potential for visual interest in the long term, in site. From that point on all changes would result in no contrast to the existing view across farmland. This perceptible visual impact. would result in a slight beneficial impact on this view following the restoration of the site.

A050564 Final 82 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 6

6.8 Mitigation Measures 6.8.3 Restoration A number of mitigation measures have been The final restoration and after use proposals for the site incorporated into the design of the scheme, which seek represent the principal long-term measure in mitigation to minimise the potential adverse landscape and visual of potential landscape and visual effects. They are impact of the development. These are described below, described in detail in chapter 4.0, and are shown on along with their associated effects. plan ref A050564/06A. In summary, the principal features of the restoration will be, as follows: 6.8.1 Site Planning • The restoration will include a combination of The phasing of the mineral working has been designed agriculture, woodland and nature conservation to form a progressive sequence of working and at a lower level. The south-eastern part of the restoration operations, which would minimise the area site will be flooded, forming a water body of land undergoing mineral working and related along with shallow ponds and wetland areas operations at any one time. The phased replacement of for amphibian and invertebrate interest. At a stored and stripped soils would ensure that the restored higher level, the northern part of the site will agricultural land is reinstated so as to maximise its be restored to productive agriculture with potential quality. three field units, adding to a larger field created as part of the approved restoration Where possible the restoration planting would be scheme on land to the south. implemented on a phase-by-phase basis in the planting season (November through to March) following the • The quarry void would flood to approximately completion of soil placement and cultivation, and the 78m AOD following the cessation of de- installation of any necessary land drainage. watering at the end of mineral extraction. There is significant potential for biodiversity 6.8.2 Screening Measures enhancement within the restoration of the site beyond the extent of the water body. The The site is already partially screened by existing restoration of the majority of the low lying vegetation and existing landforms, particularly to the land within the quarry floor would primarily north-east, south-east and south-west. Existing aim to increase the value of the site for advance screen planting will continue to mature and biodiversity with a natural regeneration will be supplemented by additional planting. approach used to create a mosaic of habitats It is also proposed to create continuous soil screen suited to the particular moisture and nutrient mounds around the most sensitive properties and local levels. viewpoints identified during the landscape and visual • Public access into the habitat creation area appraisal. Their construction would be phased to would be facilitated through the creation of a ensure that they are in place when required to perform circular footpath route around the restored an additional screening function. The creation of site, linking to the existing public footpath to grassed soil storage mounds around the application the north, the Harry Green Way. area would provide cover for the majority of surface soil stripping operations and associated vehicle • The quarry benches and faces would be movements. restored during later phases of quarrying, subject to quarry operational requirements. A Existing peripheral landscape and ecological features variety of treatments would be used to would be retained to maximise screening of the site. enhance the ecological and landscape value. Management techniques would continue to ensure that These would be ‘soiled’ with soil forming existing vegetation forms the most effective screen material that has low nutrient levels to create possible. Existing hedgerows would be allowed to suitable conditions for high species diversity. grow out. Hedgerows that are at present intermittent • Management of the site, including the would be trimmed during the winter months to establishing advance planting, will focus on encourage growth in the following season and gaps its nature conservation interest and amenity would be planted. potential, resulting in substantial beneficial The belts of advance planting would be retained and impacts on the biodiversity of the site. managed along the A426 and the Harry Green Way public footpath. An annual aftercare programme for 6.9 Conclusion these areas would continue to ensure successful establishment. The southern-most roadside belt The proposed quarry extension site is located in already filters views of the proposed application area. Warwickshire within Stratford-on-Avon District, at OS Gris Reference SP 429, 642 (442850, 264150); refer to

A050564 Final 83 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 6

Figure L.01. It is located some 1.6km from the north- adverse during the site clearance and initial phase of eastern fringe of Southam and some 200m from the quarrying, given the scale of the changes and the north-western outskirts of Stockton village. In sensitivity of the views. During the progressive addition, the village of Long Itchington is located just lowering of the level of the extension site it will over 600m north-west of the site. The site lies within a become less prominent in views. Consequently the pastoral, rolling landscape of low hills and broad impact would steadily reduce to slight adverse to gentle valleys, with areas of arable cultivation and negligible. Following restoration of the site the pasture separated by blocks of woodland and copses. existing and proposed planting would develop, reducing the visual impact to negligible. A north-eastern extension to Southam Quarry is proposed. Southam Quarry is situated in open The habitats created within the quarry void in the long countryside between the towns of Southam to the term offer the potential for visual interest, in contrast south, Stockton to the south-east, and Long Itchington to the existing views across farmland. This would to the north-west. The existing quarry and proposed result in a slight to moderate beneficial impact on quarry extension lie wholly within the administrative views which are available into the restored quarry areas of Stratford-upon-Avon District Council and void. Warwickshire County Council.

It is proposed to extend the quarry on its north-eastern side. The proposed extraction site is some 9.62 hectares in extent. It currently comprises open arable agricultural land to the south-west of Stockton Fields Farm, and north-west of the A426. In view of the recognised ecological potential of restored mineral workings, the main objectives of the restoration proposals are ecological enhancement and nature conservation. The vegetation pattern of the site and its context, which includes small blocks of deciduous woodland and hedgerow boundaries, are a sensitive landscape receptor. Clearance of all hedgerows and the loss of field pattern within the extraction boundary would have a short term slight adverse impact on the vegetation pattern of the area. In the long term, once the field boundary hedgerows have been re- established, the impact would reduce slight adverse/ negligible. Landscape character contributes significantly to landscape amenity, as experienced by people who use the public footpaths, roads and particularly the Harry Green Way, within the immediate vicinity of the site and nearby residents. The impact on landscape character and its contribution to landscape amenity vary from slight adverse to negligible depending on the distance between the site and the receptor to landscape change. The restoration of the site offers significant benefits to landscape amenity. Public access would be encouraged along attractive and varied routes through diverse habitats created during the restoration of the site. This would result in a moderate beneficial improvement in the landscape amenity of the Harry Green Way. The visual appraisal, informed by the Zone of Theoretical Visibility (ZTV) study identified a number of locations from which the proposed extension site is visible. Six viewpoints were identified as representative of the most sensitive views available. The visual impact is assessed as moderate to slight

A050564 Final 84 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

7.0 ECOLOGY DP3 Natural and Historic Environment and Landscape 7.1 Introduction: Scope and Approach Development will only be permitted which protects In order to assess the impact of the scheme, the important natural features and positively contributes to biodiversity of the site has been evaluated at habitat the character and quality of its natural and historic and species levels. The approach to assessing the environment through good habitat/landscape design impact has been developed from Methodology based and management. Development proposals will be on the Design Manual for Roads and Bridges, as expected to demonstrate that they:- updated by the Interim Advice Note 81/06 (Dft 2006) • Protect and/or enhance local ecology, criteria in Appendix 3. This method of assessment was including existing site features of nature developed for linear sites but is valid for any habitat conservation value. area. • Secure the long term management and The impacts were assessed in terms of potential maintenance of habitat and landscape features. adverse effects and the magnitude of these effects. The mitigation measures proposed were then detailed. The value of hedgerows in the landscape has been recognised by the Government by the introduction of 7.2 Legislative & Policy Framework regulations to protect ‘important’ specimens from the threat of damage or removal. There will be a The following legislative and policy statement presumption against the removal of hedgerows unless documents have been referred to: the relevant notification procedure has been fully complied with. 7.2.1 Local Plan Southam falls within the Warwick District Council 7.2.2 Structure Plan whose local plan (Warwick District Council Local Plan The study area falls within the remit of Warwick 1996-2011) has several policies of relevance to the County Council, whose structure plan (Warwickshire development of the site in relation to the ecological Structure Plan 1996-2011) has several ecological interest. policies of relevance to the development.

DAP3 Protecting Nature Conservation ER.1 Natural and Cultural Environmental Assets Development will be strongly resisted that would Development will only be permitted where it is destroy or adversely affect locally important protected, consistent with protection of the environmental assets rare, endangered or other wildlife species of of the County and respect for the character and quality conservation importance. of its towns and countryside. Local plans should In assessing the effect of development on the nature therefore include policies and land allocations which conservation of the site in relation to the above, ensure that: proposals will not be permitted unless the applicant • development does not involve loss of, or risk can demonstrate that consideration has been given to of damage to, or adverse impact on: a Special any mitigation and compensatory measures proposed Protection Area, Special Area of Conservation that take account of the importance of the site/species, or Ramsar Site, or the setting of any of these, the extent to which ecological impact is minimised, the or any other landscape, site, building, nature of the measures proposed, and proposed long structure, artefact, feature, habitat, species or term management of features/sites/habitats of area with international statutory protection, or ecological importance. of international importance unless there are Protected, rare, endangered or other wildlife species of imperative reasons for the development which conservation concern will be taken into consideration are of overriding public interest; within any development proposal. European protected • development does not involve loss of, or risk species will be regarded as a material consideration of damage to, or adverse impact on the Area with information to be submitted prior to any of Outstanding National Beauty; a Site of determination. UK protected species, Local Special Scientific Interest, National Nature Biodiversity Action Plans, Red Data Book and RSPB Reserve, Scheduled Ancient Monument, notable species were to be regarded as significant Listed Building, Registered Park, Garden or considerations as part of any application. It should also Battlefield, Conservation Area or the setting be noted that habitat supporting these species will also of any of these or any other landscape, site, need to be considered within an application. building, structure, artefact, feature habitat species or area with national statutory

A050564 Final 85 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

protection, or of national importance unless • Include policies and proposals which enable the development can be demonstrated to be in the West Midlands to achieve its minimum the public interest; share of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (UKBAP) targets as set out in Annex B and • development does not involve significant loss the targets of local partnerships and other of, risk of damage to, or adverse impact on the BAPs; setting or character of any landscape, site, building, structure, artefact, feature, habitat, • Take a common approach to biodiversity and species or area of ecological, geological, nature conservation issues which cross local archaeological, historical, recreational or other planning authority and Regional boundaries, conservation interest of acknowledged especially those relevant to:- regional or local importance unless there are overriding reasons for development; • the strategic river corridors and tributaries of the Severn, Trent, Avon and Wye, river • development meets all appropriate pollution catchments, and control, ground water protection, water conservation and flood control requirements; • issues in current local Environment Agency plans; and • the ‘best and most versatile’ agricultural land (grades 1, 2 and 3a) will be protected from • priorities derived from English Nature’s development; where there is an overriding Natural Areas Framework and associated Area need for such land to be developed, land of Profiles and the West Midlands Biodiversity the lowest grade will, wherever possible, be Audit. used first; • QE8 Forestry and Woodlands • design guidance moves away from • Development plans, other strategies and standardisation towards design that is more programmes should encourage tree cover in sensitive to the locality, and takes account of the Region to be increased, where it is ways in which the environmental impact of appropriate to the character of the area, taking development on energy and water resources account of the Regional Forestry Framework, can be reduced. and in ways that reinforce and support the Spatial Strategy by: 7.2.3 Regional Spatial Strategy • designing new planting and woodland The study area falls within the remit of the West expansion so as to maintain and enhance the Midlands Regional Assembly, whose spatial strategy diversity and local distinctiveness of (West Midlands Spatial Strategy 2008) has several landscape character within the Region, ecological policies of relevance to the development. ensuring that new planting does not adversely impact on the biodiversity of a site QE7 Protecting, Managing and Enhancing the Region’s Biodiversity and Nature Conservation • replacing woodland unavoidably lost to Resources development with equivalent areas of new woodland preferably in the same landscape All the plans and programmes of local authorities and unit; other relevant agencies should: • realising the potential for creating larger Encourage the maintenance and enhancement of the multi-purpose woodlands, woodlands along Region’s wider biodiversity resources, giving priority transport corridors and reducing to: fragmentation of ancient woodlands; • the protection and enhancement of specific • encouraging the development of forestry and species and habitats of international, national woodland industries where they can contribute and subregional importance as identified in to the rural economy particularly where the West Midlands Regional Biodiversity suitable facilities are available, or can be Audit, Local Biodiversity Action Plans provided, for local processing; (LBAPs) and other BAPs; • ensuring that woodland expansion and • those that receive statutory protection; and management, and the development of any • the biodiversity enhancement areas shown on associated facilities, observe sustainable the QE Areas of Enhancement Diagram. development principles and minimise environmental impacts;

A050564 Final 86 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

• promoting urban and community forestry, other sites of particular geological or including the continuing development of the nature conservation importance; National Forest, the Forest of Mercia and the • Supporting the Nature Conservancy Black Country Urban Forest; Council in its scheduling of Sites of • promoting, where appropriate, opportunities Special Scientific Interest and its for short rotation coppice as a raw material notifying owners of damaging practices; and where this can provide a renewable • Supporting the Nature Conservancy energy resource; and Council and the Warwickshire Nature Conservation Trust in establishing and • involving local communities wherever maintaining a register of all sites of possible. geological and ecological interest; Development plans and other strategies should seek to • Paying particular regard to these criteria conserve and protect woodlands, especially ancient and when considering the recreational use of semi-natural woodlands, by: land or water and, • prohibiting the conversion of semi-natural • Encouraging appropriate management of woodland (as defined in the UK Forestry wildlife. Standard Notes) to other land uses unless there are over-riding conservation benefits; Policy E7 • increasing the protection of ancient woodland The conservation of existing trees, woodlands and sites or ancient semi-natural woodland hedgerows will be encouraged for their landscape, through consultation with the Forestry amenity economic and nature conservation value. Tree Commission over any planned application preservation orders should be made where appropriate. within 500m; and 7.2.5 UK Legislation • exercising a general presumption against the conversion of any woodland to other land uses The Conservation (Natural Habitats &c.) Regulations unless there are overriding public benefits. 1994 (as amended), or the ‘Habitat Regulations’, transposes European Directives into English and 7.2.4 Minerals Local Plan Welsh legislation. Under these regulations, wild animals of a European Protected Species (EPS) and The Warwickshire Minerals Local Plan (1995) outlines their breeding sites or resting places are protected several policies to ecology with regards to mineral under Regulation 39. Such wild animals of an EPS exploration and extraction. include great crested newts and all species of bats. It is an offence to deliberately capture, injure or kill any Policy M2 such animal or deliberately take or destroy their eggs. The County Council will support activities for the It is also an offence to damage or destroy a breeding exploration of mineral resources provided they do not place or resting place of such an animal. have an unacceptable environmental impact and the Amendments to the ‘Habitat Regulations’ in 2009 have site is fully restored after use. now raised the threshold for deliberately disturbing a wild animal of an EPS. Under Regulation 39, it is now Policy G7 an offence if a person: To make the best use of resources the development Deliberately disturbs such animals of a European will avoid destroying or adversely affecting sites of Protected Species in a way as to be likely significantly ecological or geological importance. to affect:

Policy E6 (a) The ability of any significant groups of animals of that species to survive, breed, or rear or Sites of particular geological or conservation nurture their young, or importance will be protected and enhanced by: (b) The local distribution of abundance of that A presumption against development which may species. destroy or adversely affect national and local nature reserves and Sites of Special Scientific Interest; The Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (Amended 2008) adds further protection to wildlife in England • Not normally permitting development and Wales under Part 1. It is unlawful to intentionally which may destroy or adversely affect kill, injure or take any wild bird or take, damage or destroy the nest of any wild bird while the nest is in

A050564 Final 87 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

use or being built. If the bird is included on the hedgerow. If the hedgerow was removed without Schedule 1 list, it is additionally an offence to permission, whether important or not, the owner may intentionally disturb its nest during the breeding face an unlimited fine and may have to replace the season. hedge. Certain species of animal, such as the water vole, are offered ‘full protection’ under the Wildlife and 7.2.6 Planning Policy Statement (PPS9) Countryside Act 1981 (Amended 2008) by being Planning Policy Statement (PPS9) Biodiversity and included in Schedule 5 in respect of certain offences Geological Conservation aims ‘to conserve, enhance under Section 9. Such offences include: and restore the diversity of England’s wildlife by 9(1) Intentional killing, injuring or taking of a sustaining and where possible improving the quality Schedule 5 animal; and extent of the natural habitat ….and the populations of naturally occurring species that they support.’ 9(4a) Damage to, destruction of, obstruction of access (ODPM, 2005). to any structure or place used by a Schedule 5 animal for shelter or protection; Under PPS 9, local authorities are required to ensure that species are protected from the adverse affects of 9(4b) Disturbance of a Schedule 5 animal occupying proposed developments through the use of control such a structure or place. measures within the planning system. Widespread species of native reptiles occurring within Where impact would occur to biodiversity interest the England and Wales, such as the adder or common local planning authority must be satisfied that there is lizard, are protected against killing and injuring under no reasonable alternative and that adequate mitigation the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (Amended measures would be in place to result in less or no 2008) only. Animals of an EPS are now only protected harm. under offences 9(4a) and 9(4b) of Section 9, however the main legislative tool covering EPS’s is under the 7.2.7 Planning Policy Statement (PPS1) ‘Habitats Directive’. Policy Planning Statement (PPS) 1: Delivering Badgers are primarily protected by The Protection of Sustainable Development sets out the Government's Badgers Act (1992), under which it is a criminal overarching planning policies on the delivery of offence to wilfully kill, injure, take, possess or cruelly sustainable development through the planning system. ill-treat a badger, or to attempt to do so and to PPS1 includes objectives on the protection and intentionally or recklessly interfere with a sett. Sett enhancement of the countryside and urban areas, the interference includes disturbing badgers whilst they are prudent use of natural resources in development and occupying a sett, as well as damaging or destroying a the Government’s contribution to global sustainability sett or obstructing access to it. by addressing the causes and potential impacts of The Hedgerows Regulations 1997 require landowners climate change. These objectives are facilitated by in England and Wales to serve a Hedgerow Removal local government through a spatial planning approach Notice in writing to their local planning authority to that encourages good planning design and community seek permission to remove (defined as uprooting or involvement. otherwise destroying a hedgerow, including serious damage which leads to the death of the hedgerow) any 7.2.8 Biodiversity Action Plans hedgerow which fulfils the following conditions: The UK Biodiversity Action Plans (BAPs) were • The hedgerow is growing in, or adjacent to, drafted for ‘Priority’ species and habitats in which any common land, protected land, or land specific conservation targets were set and are regularly used for agriculture, forestry or the breeding reviewed. BAP features do not receive any legal or keeping of horses, ponies or donkeys. protection but have biodiversity value within a national context. The UK BAPs also serve as a framework for • The hedgerow has a continuous length of, or local biodiversity conservation efforts. exceeding, 20m or meets another hedgerow at each end or is part of a larger hedgerow. Species and habitats which have SAPs (Species Action Plans) in the Warwickshire, Coventry and Solihull If the local planning authority considers the hedgerow LBAP (Local BAP) of potential relevance to the site to be important, based on a further set of criteria include song thrush (Turdus philomelos), bats (all relating to ecological, historical, archaeological, species) and farmland birds including skylark (Alauda landscape and amenity value, then a hedge retention arvensis). Habitats include field margins of arable notice would be issued. If, according to these criteria, fields and hedgerows. the hedgerow was not considered to be important, permission would be granted for the removal of the

A050564 Final 88 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

7.3 Assessment of Ecological Importance 7.3.2 Local Level Appendix 1.4, Table 1, produced within ES Volume 2 (i) Habitats (Figure 2.01 & 2.02) gives the criteria for assessing the importance of ecological features, and the basis of the nature Arable conservation values of ‘very high, high, medium, low and negligible’. The criteria for determining nature Arable land dominates the study area and was conservation value are reproduced below: intensively managed through the use of frequent herbicide and fertiliser applications. Such farming Table 7.1 Criteria for determining nature methods substantially reduce the distribution and conservation value abundance of plant and invertebrate biomass present. This reduction subsequently impacts upon species Value (sensitivity) Criteria further up the food chain, such as foraging birds and High importance and rarity, mammals. Very High international scale and limited potential for substitution. Intensive arable systems are common and widespread throughout the UK. High importance and rarity, national High scale with limited potential for The arable land within the study area is considered to substitution. be of negligible ecological value. High or medium importance and Medium rarity, regional scale with limited Semi-Improved Grassland Margins potential for substitution. Low or medium importance and The grassland margins supported a sward of common Low (or Lower) rarity, local scale. ruderal plant species, due to extensive spray drift from Very low importance and rarity, pesticide and fertilizer applications from the adjacent Negligible local scale. arable fields. No notable arable weeds were present. Grassland 7.3.1 Bioregional Level margins of this type are a common and widespread The site is not covered by any statutory or non- habitat throughout the UK. statutory legislation. The pattern of farmland was The grassland margins within the study area are typical of this area of Warwickshire with a grid pattern considered to be of negligible ecological value. of well-established hedgerows. The study area lies to the north of the old Southam Hedgerows Quarry works, which is known to have varied floral, Linear features have value as habitats in the landscape faunal and invertebrate communities present. The old as potential wildlife corridors, as well as for breeding, Southam Quarry works are also classified as a foraging and shelter for a variety of faunal species. Regional Important Geological and Geomorphical Site (RIGS) for its geology and landform. The grid system of hedgerows within the study area was well established and supported a variety of native The Spires Farm extraction void separates the study tree species, with a number of mature hedgerow trees area from the main area of ecological interest within present. the old Southam Quarry works, and consists of an extensive area of bare and recently excavated ground. Although the hedgerows were connected to plantation woodland belts to the north of the study area, to the The presence of the Spires Farm extraction void is a south, the potential linear network was considerably considerable barrier to dispersal for many floral and fragmented by the Spires Farm extraction void. faunal species within the old Southam Qaurry works to the study area. The majority of the hedgerows were intensively managed and trimmed regularly with no evidence of The study area is considered to be of negligible laying, creating poor structural growth, an open gappy ecological value at the regional level. base and a dense canopy structure. Analysis under the guidelines set out in the Hedgerow Regulations 1997 indicates that one hedgerow (H2) has a sufficient number of woody species and associated features to be classified as important, albeit at the lower-end of the assessment criteria. Hedgerow H2 is therefore considered to be ‘important’ under Schedule 1 of the Hedgerow Regulations 1997.

A050564 Final 89 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

No other hedgerows on site were found to be breeding. The plantation woodlands form a continuous ‘important’. wooded corridor along the eastern, northern and western boundaries of the study area. Overall, the hedgerows within the study area are considered to be of negligible ecological value. The plantation woodlands are considered to be of low Hedgerow (H2) is considered to be of low ecological ecological value. value, as it is ‘important’ under the Hedgerow Regulations 1997. Open Water The small pond within the study area was dry Hedgerow Trees throughout much of the summer season and supported A number of mature hedgerow trees were present no vegetation. within hedgerows, several of which had holes and The pond is considered to of negligible ecological cavities which have some potential to provide habitat value. for foraging, breeding and sheltering birds and mammals including bats. No other areas of open water were present within the study area. None of the trees within the study area are considered to be of veteran status under the English Nature Veteran Tree Initiative guidelines (EN 1997). (ii) Species No bat roosts were confirmed within the trees during Badgers the bat survey period. Hedgerow trees T1, T2, T4 - T8 and T10 - T12 were however considered to up to At the time of survey there was no evidence of badger moderate potential to provide roosting habitat for bats. using the study area or within a 30m radius of the No trees on site were considered to have high potential boundaries. The current evidence therefore suggests to provide roosting habitat for bats. that the study area is not used by local badger populations. Two pairs of nesting birds were confirmed within two of the trees during the survey period, and T5 did have The woodlands along the northern boundary of the evidence of sporadic use by tawny owl. study area and the intersecting hedgerows have the potential to provide foraging and commuting habitat The hedgerows trees within the study area are for local badger populations. considered to be of low ecological value. Badgers are common and widespread throughout the UK and are considered to be of low ecological value Short Perennial Vegetation (local level). The study area is considered to be of low The small area of short perennial vegetation within the ecological value for local badger populations. study area supported common plant species typical of such a habitat developing on compacted and disturbed Bats(Figure 2.04) ground. No bats were seen emerging from any of the mature The area of short perennial vegetation is considered to trees surveyed during the bat survey period, therefore be of negligible ecological value. indicating that no bat roosts were present.

Tall Ruderal Vegetation Hedgerow trees T1, T2, T4 - T8 and T10 - T12 were determined to be have up to moderate potential to The small area of tall ruderal vegetation within the provide roosting habitat for bats. None were study area supported common plant species typical of considered to have high potential to provide roosting such a habitat developing on uncultivated and damp habitat for bats. ground. A low numbers of individuals of two common bat The area of tall ruderal vegetation is considered to be species, common pipistrelle and noctule, were of negligible ecological value. recorded sporadically during the transect surveys, mainly along the plantation woodlands to the north, as Plantation Broadleaf Woodland well as along hedgerows. The areas of plantation broadleaf woodland to the The hedgerows within the centre of the study area are north of the study area were semi-mature in age and unlikely to provide important commuting routes for supported a variety of common plant species. local bat populations, as they are significantly fragmented by the Spires Farm extraction to the south. The woodland are of local ecological value as they provide habitat for birds, bats and other woodland Common pipistrelle and noctule are both relatively species with opportunities for foraging, roosting and common and widespread throughout the UK and are

A050564 Final 90 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

considered to be of medium ecological value (regional The habitats within the study area are considered to be value), particularly as they were present in low of low ecological value to local bird species. Although numbers. the conservation of bird species recorded within the study area varies, for the purpose of assessment of The woodland plantations and hedgerows within the ecological impact, the recorded bird population is study area are considered to be of low ecological value considered to be of local ecological value (local level) to local bat populations. (see Table 2.3, Baseline Studies – Ecology). Great Crested Newts(Figure 2.03) Reptiles The HSI criteria for the pond in the north western At the time of survey there was no evidence of reptiles corner of the study area classified it as being of poor using the study area. quality for great crested newts (Table 2.5). No other ponds were present within the study area. Within the study area boundary the available habitats are considered to be of sub-optimal quality and of Breeding ponds for great crested newts are known to negligible ecological value to reptiles. occur on the old Southam Quarry works, with the nearest pond located just within 500m of the study area’s southern boundary. Great crested newts, in the 7.3.3 Nature Conservation Value terrestrial stages of their life cycle, are known to use Using the criteria in Appendix 1.4, Table 1, (ES V2) suitable habitat within 500m of individual breeding (and at section 7.3 above), the site was considered to ponds. The hedgerows, woodlands, dry ditches and be of low local value with the presence of a limited field margins within the study area are potentially number of protected species consisting of bats and suitable habitat for great crested newts. birds. However, no evidence of great crested newts was found under the artificial refugia laid within such 7.4 Proposed Excavation: Ecological habitats in the study area. Considerations The Spiers Farm extraction, directly adjacent to the 7.4.1 Introduction southern boundary of the study area, creates a substantial barrier to dispersal for great crested newts The proposed extraction would result in the direct loss across this boundary. From Figure 2.03, it can be seen of arable fields, hedgerows and associated hedgerow that the area of proposed extraction that falls within trees within the extraction area (Figure 2.01). 500m of the breeding ponds is limited in size. The area Restoration proposals retain the majority of the to be affected will be approximately 3.23 hectares of habitats around the perimeter of the site and aim to arable land. Arable fields dominate this area with restore the habitat pattern with increased variety in the associated hedgerows, dry ditches and field margins mosaic. providing potential habitat for great crested newts. The restoration strategy has been described in Chapter It is considered that the habitat within the study area, is 4.0 of the ES, and the proposals represent part of the of negligible value for great crested newts, especially in-built ecological mitigation measures associated with as significant dispersal barriers are present between the the development. site and the closest known breeding pond. 7.4.2 Restoration Design Principles Birds(Figure 2.05) Implementation of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan Whilst UK BAP, Local BAP and BoCC bird species and Local BAP objective of sustainable development were recorded within the study area during the survey can be achieved by minimising the impact and making period, they were present in low numbers. a positive contribution to the natural resource. The majority of species recorded were present within Objectives for sustainable development are the plantation woodlands along the northern boundary. incorporated in the Mineral Policy Guidance Notes. A minimal number of bird species were present along Three levels of biodiversity are recognised: hedgerows and hedgerows trees. • Diversity between and within ecosystems and The expanse of intensively managed arable fields that habitats dominate the study area is likely to be a limiting factor for breeding and foraging birds. • Diversity of species The distribution, abundance and range of birds species • Genetic variation found during the survey period are considered typical At the local level, the objective was to conserve and for a farmed landscape of this type. enhance typical species, habitats and managed

A050564 Final 91 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

ecosystems of an area. For optimum biodiversity • Ponds interest and to enhance the biogeographical characteristics of the area with a diverse mosaic, the • Marginal marsh areas agricultural field pattern would be replaced and the • Scrub size of the habitats in existence on the adjacent land extended. • Open areas for natural re-colonisation The restoration design principles would include habitat • Exposed geological faces creation to develop the extent and interest of the • Species rich grassland adjacent habitats at the old Southam Quarry works; and extend the terrestrial and aquatic habitats available Restoration proposals for the study area were designed for protected species, particularly great crested newts, to merge into and complement the adjacent habitats. breeding birds and reptiles. The restoration proposals for the proposed extension Pre-extraction planting along the north eastern and area would aim to: north western boundaries of the study area would • Establish new planting prior to excavation to strengthen and enhance the existing habitats allowing replace removed hedgerows resident species to utilise the study area during the extraction stage. The habitats include approximately • Complement the Spiers Farm restoration 1.5 hectares of woodland and approximately 1.1 hectares of scrub. This would allow the habitats to • Enhance the habitat mosaic. develop in advance of the removal of the equivalent The aims would be achieved by establishing a mosaic habitat as a result of the proposed works. This will of aquatic, wetland, grassland and wooded areas with a ensure the continuity of the availability of these habitat traditional agricultural pattern of fields and hedgerows. types on the sites during the proposed works. Table 7.1 provides an indicative planting list, which The extraction would be phased and existing site includes species suitable for the local area. features retained until clearance was necessary for work to commence. New hedgerows created would reflect the existing species diversity in the locality and the horizontal Where hedgerows are to be retained, these would structure of hedge, ditch, hedgerow trees and become an important resource as areas for shelter and unmanaged margins. The hedgerows would be created foraging for local species during the extraction phase. to establish a proper function and continuity within the If these hedgerows were allowed to grow naturally landscape. The use of native stock of local provenance with no management during the excavation period this where possible would further enhance the value of the would maximise the value to wildlife. hedgerows and mitigate for the loss of 193m of ‘important’ hedgerow. 7.4.3 Restoration Proposals Existing woodlands on the boundaries of the study area The previously agreed restoration for the Spiers Farm would be extended and strengthened through the extraction area includes the following: planting of native trees and shrub species to complement the habitat mosaic.

Table 7.2. Native Species Planting List

Canopy Layer Common name Scientific name Comments Quercus robur Supports high biomass of invertebrates. Dense cover for Oak birds. Ash Fraxinus excelsior Birds feed on the berries. Wild cherry Prunus avium Nectar source for invertebrates and food source for birds. Understorey Layer Common name Scientific name Comments Suitable for urban planting. Nectar source for Whitebeam Sorbus aria invertebrates. Dense cover for birds and supports high biomass of Field maple Acer campestre invertebrates. Fruits provide food for thrushes (Turdidae) and starlings Rowan Sorbus aucuparia (Sturnus vulgaris). Grows in the local area.

A050564 Final 92 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

Canopy Layer Common name Scientific name Comments Crab apple Malus sylvestris Birds feed on the fruit. Flowers attract invertebrates. Shrub Layer Common name Scientific name Comments Good dense cover and nesting habitat for birds. Good for Hawthorn Crataegus monogyna diversity of associated invertebrates. Good nesting habitat for birds. Berries provide food for Holly Ilex aquifolium thrushes. Nectar source for invertebrates and nesting habitat for Wild privet Ligustrum vulgare birds. Hazel Corylus avellana Nuts are food for a variety of species. Buckthorn Rhamnus catharticus Good food plants for butterflies and other invertebrates. Dogwood Cornus sanguinea Birds feed on the berries. Hedgerow Common name Scientific name Comments ratio Hawthorn Crataegus monogyna Good dense cover and nesting habitat for 45% birds. Good for diversity of associated invertebrates. Hazel Corylus avellana Nuts are food for a variety of species. 10% Wild privet Ligustrum vulgare Nectar source for invertebrates and 15% nesting habitat for birds. Dogwood Cornus sanguinea Birds feed on the berries. 15% Buckthorn Rhamnus catharticus Good food plants for butterflies. 5% Elder Sambucus nigra Shelter for invertebrates. Birds eat 10% berries.

ecological impact is determined. The matrix provided 7.4.4 Management and Aftercare in table 7.4 below uses these two pieces of information to determine the significance of the ecological impact The areas of wetland habitat and open substrate would upon the receptor. be allowed to regenerate naturally with a minimum of interference. In the long term, the habitats would be Ecological impacts are assessed in the absence of the monitored to assess the progress towards targets in the proposed mitigation. BAP for listed habitats and species. Table 7.3 Criteria to determine ecological value The agricultural land would be managed Magnitude Criteria sympathetically towards wildlife with hedgerows maintained in a way to maximise conservation benefit. Major • Loss of resource and/or quality and The retained hedgerow trees and management of the integrity; severe damage to key hedgerow would encourage thicker growth suitable for characteristics, features or elements nesting birds; this would result in hedgerows (Adverse). approximately 4m in height and 4m wide. Once at that • Large scale or major improvement of height, the hedgerows would be trimmed every 2-3 resource quality; extensive restoration or years, cutting later in the winter to maintain winter enhancement; major improvement of berries. As well as providing a strong link across the attribute quality (Beneficial). landscape, the hedgerows would support a biomass of Moderate • Significant impact on the resource, but insects that would be of value to predatory species such not adversely affecting the integrity; as bats and birds. Partial loss of/damage to key characteristics, features or elements 7.5 Potential Ecological Impact (Adverse). • Benefit to, or addition of, key The Table at 7.1 above provides the criteria by which characteristics, features or elements; the ecological value of a receptor is determined and improvement of attribute quality table 7.3 (which is again abstracted from Appendix (Beneficial). 1.4) provides the criteria by which the magnitude of an

A050564 Final 93 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

Magnitude Criteria from the proposed clearance of the arable fields, in the absence of mitigation, are considered to be of major Minor • Some measurable change in attributes adverse magnitude and of slight adverse significance. quality or vulnerability; minor loss of, or alteration to, one (maybe more) key None of the 11 hedgerow trees were classified as being characteristics, features or elements of veteran status and their ecological value was (Adverse). determined to be low. The potential ecological impacts • Minor benefit to, or addition of, one from the proposed clearance of hedgerow trees, in the (maybe more) key characteristics, absence of mitigation, are considered to be of major features or elements; some beneficial adverse magnitude and slight or moderate adverse impact on attribute or a reduced risk of significance. negative impact occurring (Beneficial). Negligible Hedgerows H1 and H3 - H5 were not classified as • Very minor loss or detrimental alteration ‘important’ under the Hedgerows Regulations 1997 to one or more characteristics, features or and determined to be of negligible ecological value. elements (Adverse). The majority of the extent of these hedgerows will be • Very minor benefit to or positive addition lost. of one or more characteristics, features or elements (Beneficial). The potential ecological impacts from the clearance of these hedgerows, in the absence of mitigation, are No change • No loss or alteration of characteristics, features or elements; no observable considered to be of major adverse magnitude and of impact in either direction. slight adverse significance. Approximately 198m of hedgerow H2 will be lost, Table 7.4 Criteria to determine significance of which represents the majority of its extent. The impact hedgerow has been classified as being ‘important’ Neutral Slight Moderate Large or Very under the Hedgerow Regulations 1997, albeit at the or Large Very Large lower end of the classification. The hedgerow was Large determined to be of low ecological value. Very High Neutral Slight Slight or Moderate Large or The potential ecological impacts from the clearance of moderate or Large Very hedgerow H2, in the absence of mitigation, is High Large considered to be of major adverse impact and slight to Neutral Neutral Slight Moderate Mod or moderate adverse significance. or Slight Large Badger Medium At the time of survey no badger activity was recorded Neutral Neutral Neutral or Slight Slight or within the study area or within 30m of the boundary. or Slight Slight Mod Low There is however the potential for badgers to be Neutral Neutral Neutral or Neutral or Slight present within the study area prior to or during the Slight Slight ECOLOGICAL VALUE (SENSITIVITY) VALUE ECOLOGICAL clearance stage. The study area was determined to be of low ecological Negligible No Neg Minor Mod Major value for local populations of badger. As badgers are a change common and widespread species, they were MAGNITUDE OF IMPACT (DEGREE OF CHANGE) determined to be of low ecological value (local level). If badger setts are found to be present during the 7.5.1 Clearance Stage clearance stage, potential ecological impacts to badgers, in the absence of mitigation, would be Habitats(Figure 2.01 &2. 02) damage, destruction or disturbance to setts; the disturbance, killing or injuring of badgers; the There would be no direct loss of the plantation severance of commuting routes and the loss of foraging woodlands along the northern and eastern boundaries grounds. of the study area during the clearance stage. In consideration of the current survey results, the The clearance stage would however result in the direct potential for badger setts to be present prior to or loss of approximately 11.92 ha of arable fields, during the clearance stage is low. approximately 1,030m of hedgerow and 11 hedgerow trees. If badgers setts are found to be present during the clearance stage, potential ecological impacts to The arable fields were determined to be of negligible badgers, in the absence of mitigation, would be ecological value. The potential ecological impacts

A050564 Final 94 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

considered to be of major adverse impact and slight to In consideration of the current survey results, the moderate adverse significance. potential for bat roosts to be present within the hedgerow trees prior to or during the clearance stage is If badger setts are not found to be present during the low. clearance stage, the potential ecological impacts to badgers would be considered to of neutral magnitude If bat roosts are found to be present within the and significance. hedgerow trees during the clearance stage, the potential impacts to bats, in the absence of mitigation, would be Bats (Figure 2.04) considered to be of major adverse magnitude and moderate or large adverse significance. The plantation woodlands and hedgerows within the study area were determined to be of low ecological If bat roosts are not found to be present within the value to local bat populations. The low populations of hedgerow trees during the clearance stage, the potential common pipistrelle and noctule bat species recorded ecological impact to bats would be considered to be of foraging during the survey period were determined to neutral magnitude and significance. be of medium ecological value (regional level). Great Crested Newts(Figure 2.03) There will be no net loss of the plantation woodlands during the clearance stage. This foraging and No suitable ponds for great crested newts were present commuting resource, where the majority of bat activity within the study area. No great crested newts were was recorded, would therefore be retained. found under refugia within suitable habitats in the study area during the survey period. A significant proportion of the existing hedgerow network within the study area would be removed 3.23Ha of land on the southern boundary of the study during the clearance stage. Minor activity from a low area was determined to be inside the 500m impact zone number of common bat species, of medium ecological of great crested newt breeding ponds identified within value, was recorded along these hedgerows during the the South Quarry works. The Spires Farm extraction, survey period. present between the breeding ponds and study area, was determined to create a substantial barrier to Potential ecological impacts to bats from the removal dispersal for great crested newts. of these hedgerows, in the absence of mitigation, would be a permanent loss of a minor area of foraging The study area was determined to be of negligible resource. The hedgerows are not considered to provide ecological value for great crested newts. The suitable commuting corridors for bats as they are likelihood of the proposed works affecting great severely fragmented to the south by the Spires Farm crested newts during the clearance stage is considered extraction. to be negligible. The potential ecological impacts to bats from the The potential ecological impacts to great crested newts clearance of these hedgerows, in the absence of during the clearance stage are therefore considered to mitigation, are considered to be of minor adverse be of negligible adverse magnitude and neutral magnitude and slight adverse significance. significance. No roosting bats were determined to be present within Birds any of the hedgerow trees during the survey period. Whilst UK BAP, Local BAP and BoCC bird species Bats are however transient mammals and will were recorded within the study area during the survey frequently move to different roosting locations during period, they were present in low numbers. their active season. There is therefore the potential for roosting bats to be present within the trees during the The majority of bird species were present within the clearance stage. plantation woodlands to the north of the study area, which are to be retained. Of the trees and hedgerows Eleven trees T1 - T6, T11, T12 and T15 - T17 will be which are not to be retained under the current removed during the clearance stage. T7, T9 & T10 proposals, only one (T5) was identified as providing have the potential to be removed or adversely affected. nesting habitat for at the time of survey. All trees, apart from T3 & T9, were determined to be up to moderate value for roosting bats. The hedgerows and hedgerows trees within the study area do however provide opportunities for other The potential ecological impacts to bats from the nesting and foraging birds and were considered to be of clearance of these trees, in the absence of mitigation, low ecological value. would be the potential disturbance, damage or destruction of bat roosts and the disturbance, injuring The potential ecological impacts to nesting and or killing of bats. foraging birds from the clearance of hedgerows and hedgerow trees, in the absence of mitigation, would be

A050564 Final 95 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

disturbance, damage or destruction of nests and eggs; considered to be of major adverse magnitude and slight disturbance, killing or injuring of birds and the or moderate adverse significance. permanent loss of a minor area of foraging and nesting resource. Reptiles The likelihood of nesting birds being present within No reptiles were present within the study area during hedgerows and hedgerows trees during the clearance the survey period. The study area was determined to stage is considered to be moderate, if works were to be be of negligible value for reptiles. carried out during the breeding season. The potential ecological impacts to reptiles during the Therefore, the potential ecological impacts to nesting clearance stage are therefore considered to be of and foraging birds from the clearance of hedgerows negligible adverse magnitude and neutral significance. and hedgerow trees, in the absence of mitigation, is De-watering from the proposed extraction area will be Habitats discharged into a settlement lagoon in the old quarry In the absence of mitigation, extraction works have the works to the south. potential to impact upon retained trees and hedgerows The River Itchen flows in a northerly direction near the boundaries of the extraction area. Impacts approximately 1km to the west of the study area at an would specifically be from potential damage and elevation of 70mAOD. It was determined that the compaction to tree roots from the extraction works. In River Itchen is not in hydraulic continuity with the absence of mitigation, potential impacts to tree groundwater underlying the study area and will not roots during the extraction stage are considered to be therefore be impacted by dewatering during the of moderate adverse magnitude and slight adverse extraction phase. significance. Approximately 0.5km to the north of the study area the Potential impacts to the availably of ground water is Grand Union Canal runs east to west with a branch at unlikely to impact upon retained trees and hedgerows Kaye’s Arm, running from the old Southam Quarry from the dewatering of the extraction area. works into the canal. Since the canal is likely to be Chapter 11 (Air Quality) of the ES has confirmed that lined it was determined that it would not be at risk the extraction of limestone and clay during the from the dewatering. extraction stage has an inherently low risk of dust Stockton Railway Cutting and Quarry SSSI Unit 1, is emission. The limestone and clay strata at the quarry located 0.8km to the east of the study area and Unit 2 are fractured and inherently moist (13-14%). This very of the SSSI is located 1.1km to the north east. The high moisture content ensures that the potential for SSSI was determined to not be at risk from dewatering dust emissions are considerably reduced when due to its distance from the study area and its location compared to other types of quarrying. There is the on low permeability strata. potential for minor, short term dust emissions from the creation of soil bunds to the north of the extraction Stockton Reservoir is located approximately 150m area. from the study area boundary between the course of a former railway line and the Grand Union Canal. A Potential impacts to retained trees and hedgerows from pond is also located approximately 150m to the north dust extraction, in the absence of mitigation, are of the study area boundary at Stockton Fields Farm. therefore considered to be short term, of negligible Although these receptors are close to the extraction adverse magnitude and neutral or slight adverse area, it was determined that it would be unlikely that significance. they would be affected by the de-watering as Loss of connectivity in the extraction area, with the hydrological connectivity was limited. loss of the hedgerow pattern and the removal of parts Other water bodies were not considered not to be at of the arable fields, would not affect wider risk due to their distance from the study area and / or connectivity as the perimeter woodland habitats would their location on the low permeability strata. remain. Badger Off-site Designated Sites Disturbance to local badger populations from works The Hydrology and Hydrological chapter of the ES during the extraction phase are considered to be of provides details of de-watering and discharge during negligible adverse magnitude and neutral or slight the extraction stage and its potential affect on adverse significance. ecological receptors in the wider landscape (Chapter 2, section 2.5.6).

A050564 Final 96 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

Bats(Figure 2.04) Potential impacts to foraging and nesting birds from disturbance during the extraction stage are considered Potential ecological impacts to foraging bats along to be short term, of negligible adverse magnitude and retained trees and hedgerows during the extraction neutral significance. period would be from disturbance due to noise from extraction activities. The planning permission for the site restricts operational hours from 07:00h to 18:00h 7.5.2 Post Excavation during weekdays. Potential ecological impacts to Restoration proposals would provide a habitat gain in foraging bats are therefore considered to be of neutral the long-term. As restoration would follow the magnitude and significance. completion of each extraction phase, the outlined During the survey period, no bats were determined to impacts to habitats and their consequent effects to be present within trees which are to be retained on the protected species would be short term and therefore boundaries of the extraction area. reduced. Bats are however transient mammals and will Further details of the restoration proposals can be frequently move to different roosting locations during found within sections 7.4 and 7.6 below, and within their active season. There is therefore the potential for Chapter 4, and are illustrated on Figures 2.14 – 2.16. roosting bats to be present within retained trees during the extraction stage. 7.6 Mitigation

In consideration of the current survey results, the 7.6.1 Introduction potential for bat roosts to be present within retained trees during the extraction stage is low. The primary aim of the mitigation strategy was to avoid the short term adverse effect of habitat loss Three retained trees will be directly adjacent to the during the clearance and extraction stages, by creating extraction area - T7 (low bat roosting potential), T9 new habitat mosaics which are suitable to support (low to moderate bat roosting potential) and T10 (no protected species in advance of the removal of the bat roosting potential). existing habitat. Works on-site will be carried out using a hydraulic The mitigation strategy also outlines proposals to excavator, with material to be transported by dump ensure that direct adverse impacts to protected species trucks to an existing crusher situated within the old are minimised during the clearance and extraction Southam Quarry works to the south (off-site). stages, through the use of appropriate timing of works Levels of noise, vibration and general disturbance and care under clearance operations. would be low, infrequent and short term, particularly Mitigation was designed appropriately to meet local as extraction works will not always be carried out and national planning policies. within the vicinity of the retained trees. The Local Plan Policy DAP3 states that consideration Potential ecological impacts to roosting bats within must be given to mitigation and compensatory retained trees during the extraction stage, in the measures that take into account the importance of the absence of mitigation, are considered to be short term, site/species, the extent to which ecological impact is of negligible adverse magnitude and neutral minimised, the nature of the measures proposed, and significance. proposed long term management of features/sites/habitats of ecological value. Birds(Figure 2.05) Policy DP3 also states that consideration must be given Potential ecological impacts to foraging and nesting to the protection and/or enhancement of local ecology, birds along retained trees and hedgerows during the including existing site features of nature conservation extraction period would be from disturbance due to value. The long term management and maintenance of noise from extraction activities. The boundary of the habitat and landscape features must also be secured. extraction area would only come into close proximity with a minor area of the retained habitats. Potential Planning Policy Statement 9 additionally supports the noise, vibration and disturbance during the extraction Local Plans with requirements for local species to be stage have already been discussed. protected and for habitat creation and enhancement. In consideration of the current survey results, the 7.6.2 Clearance Stage likelihood of nesting and foraging birds to be present within retained trees and hedgerows during the Badger extraction stage is moderate, if works are carried out during the breeding season. A full badger survey would be undertaken within the study area prior to the commencement of clearance

A050564 Final 97 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

works. If any badger setts are found to be present clearance stage are considered to be of negligible within areas that may be adversely affected by adverse magnitude and significance. clearance works, or the subsequent extraction stages, then a licence would be sought from Natural England . Birds(Figure 2.05) Any proposed works would not be able to proceed Appropriate mitigation would be required to ensure until a licence from Natural England is received. that there are no adverse impacts to nesting birds from Further mitigation/compensation works will be the removal of hedgerows and hedgerow trees during required in order to maintain the viability of the local the clearance stage. badger population. The optimum timeframe for the clearance works would With respect to the current survey results, the be between October and February, outside of the likelihood of badgers being present prior to or during breeding season for birds. the clearance works was considered to be low. If the clearance works must be undertaken within the Providing all mitigation is adhered to, direct ecological breeding season, March to September, then the works impacts to badgers during the clearance stage are would need to be supervised by a suitably qualified considered to be of negligible adverse magnitude and ecologist. significance. It was determined that the likelihood of nesting birds being present within hedgerows and hedgerows trees Bats(Figure 2.04) during the clearance stage was moderate, if works were Appropriate mitigation would be required to ensure to be carried out during the breeding season. that there are no adverse impacts to roosting bats If nesting birds are found within hedgerows or which may be occupying hedgerow trees at the time of hedgerow trees, then an exclusion area would be clearance works. created around the nest(s), as specified by the suitably Hedgerow trees which are to be removed during the qualified ecologist. Clearance works would not be clearance stage are T1 - T6, T11 - T12 and T15 - T17. able to commence within the exclusion zone until all In all cases, soft felling of these trees would need to be chicks have fully fledged the nest, or until the suitably undertaken under the supervision of a licensed bat qualified ecologist is satisfied that the nest will remain worker, prior to any other clearance works on-site. inactive. The soft felling process would require each tree to be The timing of clearance works between the November climbed and gradually felled by a suitably experienced to February period would minimise the risk of tree surgeon, at the direction of the licensed bat breeding birds or roosting bats being present within worker. The tree surgeon should ensure tree limbs are vegetation to be cleared on site which would delay the removed carefully, particularly near features of bat commencement of extraction works. roosting potential (i.e. cracks, holes, cavities). All Providing all mitigation is adhered to, direct ecological limbs would need to be brought to ground level slowly impacts to nesting birds during the clearance stage are with suitable lifting gear. considered to be of negligible adverse magnitude and The optimum timeframe for the soft felling process significance. would be between November and February, when bats will be hibernating. The hedgerow trees within the 7.6.3 Extraction Stage study area are not considered to be of the required veteran age, or support deep enough cavities to provide Habitats a stable atmosphere for hibernating bats. Retained habitats would be protected by buffer zones If soft felling process must be undertaken between during the exaction stage, defined by Heras fencing, April to September, the most active season for bats, within which no materials or machinery would be then further activity surveys would need to be dumped or stored. undertaken on the trees prior to felling. The British Standard (BS) 5837 ‘Guide for Trees in If roosting bats are found to be present within any of Relation to Construction’ (British Standards Institute, the hedgerow trees, then a licence from Natural 2005) should be followed with regards to extraction England would be required prior to felling. If no bats works within close proximity to retained trees. Works are found then the felling process can proceed, within a Root Protection Area should be avoided to however, works must proceed with the upmost caution. prevent damage to the root structure of each tree. Provided that all mitigation is adhered to, direct Retained hedgerows would benefit from sympathetic ecological impacts to roosting bats during the management to increase the overall biodiversity of this

A050564 Final 98 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

habitat. Management techniques for hedgerows were should allow wind blow of seeds and natural dispersal detailed in section 7.4.4. to occur. As the extraction stage would be completed in phases, The linear connections around the study area would be land would be restored once each extraction phase is retained during the extraction stage and would be competed, to ensure continuity of availability of reconnected post-extraction by a system of new habitats for faunal species. Further details of the hedgelines. These hedgerows would contain similar restoration proposals are outlined in section 7.4 of the mixes to those removed, with specimen hedgerow trees Ecology Chapter 7 and Chapter 4 of the ES. to compensate for the loss of hedgerow H2, which was classified as an ‘important’ hedgerow. Standard trees Bats and Birds would be planted to compensate for those removed during the clearance stage. The installation of buffer zones along the boundaries of the extraction area would ensure the impact to birds Buffer zones retained around the proposed extraction and bats would be a neutral. site will be wide enough to allow colonisation from the retained hedgerows and to act as a source of a wide 7.6.4 Post Extraction range of invertebrates once restoration was complete. The creation of new habitats would enhance the Habitats and Species existing biodiversity of the old Southam Quarry works The restoration proposals show a mix of aquatic and environs and contribute to compliance with the terrestrial habitats that are to be designed to benefit recommendations provided by Natural England; populations of great crested newts, birds, vegetation namely that action towards the conservation of the and invertebrates within the old Southam Quarry great crested newt population on-site was developed. works, with the aim of extending the territorial and The extension of the woodland and scrub patches aquatic ranges, thus encouraging an expansion of would increase the territories available to woodland species populations. edge birds, as well as foraging habitat for local bat The study area and the associated Spiers Farm populations. extraction void would therefore link into the mosaic of Table 7.5 shows the approximate extent of the loss and habitats currently present within the old Southam gain in habitats post-extraction. Quarry works, once all extraction works are completed. Table 7.5. Approximate Loss and Gains in Habitat Restoration would be phased so that as one extraction Habitat Loss Replacement Gain phase was commenced, the previous one would be Agriculture 11.91 ha 9.05 ha -2.86 ha restored to the land use pattern shown in the Phased (loss) Development Plans (figure2.14). The first Grassland 0 5.88 ha 5.88 ha restoration/extraction phase is adjacent to the existing Hedgerow 1193m 1330m 137m habitats within the old Southam Quarry works, so that Hedgerow 11 16 5 the movement of faunal and floral species would be Trees uninterrupted. Woodland 0 3.20 ha 3.20 ha Pre-extraction scrub and woodland planting along the Scrub 0 4.65 ha 4.65 ha boundaries of the study area would be carried out, in Water body 0 22.12 ha 22.12 ha order to replace the hedgerow habitat that is to be lost during the clearance stage. This would enhance the 7.7 Conclusion existing mitigation and strengthen local habitats. Habitats and protected species recorded within the The restoration proposals include a number of water study area were assessed with regard to their features varying in aspect, depth, size and potential for ecological value and the potential impacts to them, permanent water. Adjacent to the water features, areas from the proposed clearance and extraction works on- of scrub or wetland/marsh habitat would be site. encouraged. The deeper area by the back face of the extraction area would mimic the similar lake already The study area does not fall into any statutory or non- existing on the old Southam Quarry works. statutory designation, nor will any such sites within the environs of the study area be adversely affected by the Wherever possible, the ground surface would be left proposed development. rough and allowed to regenerate naturally. The proximity of the diverse flora on the existing old The habitats which are to be removed during the Southam Quarry works and also at Stockton Quarry clearance stage, which included arable fields, hedgerows and associated trees, were in general

A050564 Final 99 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 7

determined to be of negligible to low ecological value. Plantation woodlands along the boundaries of the study

area will be retained during the clearance and extraction stages. A limited number of protected species were present within the study area, consisting of a low number of common species of foraging bats and birds, mostly concentrated along the plantation woodlands. No roosting bats were recorded within the study area. No great crested newts, reptiles or badgers were recorded within the study area. The study area was in general determined to be of low ecological value, with a limited number of protected species present. Restoration of the study area would be achieved by establishing a mosaic of aquatic, wetland, grassland and wooded areas with a traditional agricultural pattern of fields and hedgerows. The habitat mosaic has been designed to support a variety of faunal species, particularly great crested newts, birds, bats and invertebrates. Post-restoration, the study area and the associated Spires Farm extraction void would link into the mosaic of habitats currently present within the old Southam Quarry works to the south. The mitigation strategy for the study area would therefore, in the long term, create an enhanced habitat mosaic, which will extend and strengthen existing habitats within the old Southam Quarry works. The mitigation strategy would be implemented as phased restoration following each of the extraction phases, so that habitats begin to develop from an early stage. The first restoration/extraction phase is adjacent to the existing habitats within the old Southam Quarry works, so that the movement of faunal and floral species would be uninterrupted. Mitigation strategy would also ensure that there are no direct adverse impacts to protected species during the clearance and extraction stages, through the implementation of appropriate timing of works and due care under clearance operations. The mitigation strategy, would therefore, ensure a positive gain to the biodiversity of the study area and its environs, and contribute to conservation efforts for the Local and UK BAP species and habitats. In consideration of the outlined mitigation strategy, ecological impacts to habitats and species during the clearance and extraction stages are in general, considered to be short term and of slight adverse significance. In the long term however, the restoration of the study area will ensure a positive habitat gain. Long term ecological impacts are therefore considered to be major beneficial.

A050564 Final 100 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 8

8.0 SOIL RESOURCES Residual soils would be used for amenity restoration works around the margins of the lake, and on the 8.1 Introduction retained quarry benches. This would assist the successful implementation of the habitat creation The baseline soils resources and ALC study described works and landscaping proposals, and, overall, ensure in section 2.3 of the ES confirms the nature of the the sustainable use of the soil resources. topsoil and subsoil resource, and concludes that the land is of Grade 3b quality. National policy for the protection of agricultural land aims to protect the best and most versatile (BMV) land from irreversible development (ref Planning Policy Statement 7 (PPS7) Sustainable Development in Rural Areas). PPS7 confirms that “the presence of best and most versatile agricultural land (defined as Grades 1, 2 and 3a of the Agricultural Land Classification), should be taken into account alongside other sustainability considerations (eg biodiversity; the quality and character of the landscape; its amenity value or heritage interest; accessibility to infrastructure, workforce and markets; maintaining viable communities; and the protection of natural resources, including soil quality) when determining planning applications. Where significant development of agricultural land is unavoidable, local planning authorities should seek to use areas of poorer quality land (Grades 3b, 4 and 5) in preference to that of higher quality, except where this would be inconsistent with other sustainability considerations. Little weight in agricultural terms should be given to the loss of agricultural land in Grades 3b, 4 and 5……..” (para 28). There is thus no national policy presumption against disturbing land of Grade 3b quality, and it is noted that no objections were made by DEFRA in response to the previous Spiers Farm proposals (and the associated net loss of agricultural land). The Phase 3 development would result in the disturbance of some 11.9ha of agricultural land, including the area required for perimeter screen mounds. The restoration scheme makes provision for the return of some 9ha of the western area of Phase 3 to agricultural use, where the restored area would be integrated into adjoining undisturbed land. The net loss of agricultural land would therefore be only some 3ha. This is not considered to be significant in overall terms, but particularly in the context of the relatively poor agricultural land quality of the site. The soil resources have been quantified, and would be fully utilised on site as part of the restoration works. The intention is to increase the restoration soil profiles in the areas to be restored to agriculture use to provide a topsoil depth of some 0.4m (current average 0.28m), and a subsoil depth of 1.0m (current average 0.92m)

A050564 Final 101 WYG Planning & Design

Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 9

9.0 HYDROLOGY AND the Blue Lias and Lower Lias strata. Based on HYDROGEOLOGY anecdotal accounts of dewatering the old quarry (section 2.5.5) dewatering rates are likely to increase 9.1 Assessment of Potential Impacts with deepening of the excavation to the Langport Member limestone. The potential impacts on the water environment due to the development of the Site are divided into two ESI Limited carried out a risk assessment for the phases: proposed Cell 4 ‘CKD’ landfill under the failure scenario in which hydraulic containment fails (ESI • Extraction Limited, 2006a). This assessment included an estimate of inflows to the Spier’s Farm excavation following • Restoration deepening to the Langport Member. The amount of water that the sump collects was calculated by 9.2 Extraction assuming that the sump is a passive drain in the aquifer The following potential short-term impacts of the with a constant head of 70mAOD. Steady-state flow extraction operation including dewatering have been to the sump can therefore be calculated with the Thiem identified: equation for a confined aquifer (Kruseman and de Ridder, 1990): (i) The drawdown of groundwater levels in the vicinity of the Site leading to a reduction in (h − h ) surface water levels and flows and the Q = 2πT 0 ln r derogation of licensed water abstractions; (r 0 ) (ii) The settlement of buildings and structures Equation 1 in the vicinity of the proposed extension as Where Q = inflow from Langport Member to sump a result of the drawdown. (m3/s); (iii) Basal heave in the Blue Lias and Lower T = transmissivity of the aquifer (m2/s); Lias strata as a result of the hydrostatic pressure in the Langport Member (White h = head at the sump (m); Lias) confined aquifer. h0 = head at the radius of influence (m); (iv) An increase in flood risk resulting from the r = radius of the sump (m); discharge of dewatering water; r0 = radius of influence (m). (v) Water quality issues resulting from the discharge to the surface water system of A sump radius (r) of 5m was assumed. To be dewatering water. conservative, the radius of influence (r0) was assumed to be the distance from the existing sump at Spier’s These potential impacts are considered below. Farm to Cell 3 which is 800m. At the time of the assessment (2006) the average piezometric level in the 9.2.1 Dewatering depth and site Langport Member in the vicinity of the old quarry was approximately 75mAOD. As the head at the radius of Extrapolation of the site investigation results suggests influence is, by definition, zero, this gives a drawdown that the top of the Langport Member will be at the of 5m at the sump (h). A transmissivity (T) of 2 x 10-3 greatest depth of approximately 46m below ground m/s was calculated from the product of the average level (65mAOD) in the east of the Site. It is proposed thickness of the Langport Member (2m) and its to dewater the extension to the top of the Langport hydraulic conductivity (1 x 10-3 m/s; see section Member, although this may be done in stages. A 2.5.1). An inflow of 0.012m3/s (1,070m3/d) was maximum piezometric level of 78mAOD was calculated using the above parameters. estimated for the east of Spier’s Farm based on an extrapolation of the maximum water levels recorded in Since the above assessment was carried out the the monitoring boreholes. Assuming pumping of the average piezometric level in the Langport Member in sump to the base of the Langport Member the the vicinity of the old quarry has increased to piezometric level in the Langport Member will be 77mAOD due to flooding of the quarry sump (section lowered by up to 13m. The required drawdown in the 2.5.2). Using equation 1 the calculation of a steady- west of the Site will be significantly less where the state flow to the sump was based on a constant level at eastward dipping Langport Member is at a higher the old quarry sump of 77mAOD and a constant level level. in the Spier’s Farm sump of 65mAOD giving a head at the Spier’s Farm sump (h) of 12m. The level in the Dewatering water at the existing Spier’s Farm Spier’s Farm sump is based on the greatest depth of the development comprises rain water and inflows from

A050564 Final 103 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 9

top of the Langport Member which is interpreted from Therefore the old quarry sump will continue to prevent borehole logs. For a radius of influence of 800m expansion of the drawdown beyond the quarry equation 1 gives an inflow of approximately 0.030m3/s boundary to the south and this will protect potential (2,600m3/d). This is regarded as a maximum estimate receptors to the south of the quarry including Holy of inflow because the radius of influence to the north is Well. Monitoring borehole 12/05, which is located to likely to be greater which will result in a lower the south of the old quarry sump, has been fitted with a calculated inflow using equation 1. The Langport datalogger which enables the measurement of Member has a limited extent to the west of the Site. groundwater levels every 6 hours. The data will be Groundwater flow from this direction will be used to verify that the drawdown from the Site does constrained by the recharge rate over the area of not extend beyond the southern boundary of the quarry outcrop in the vicinity of the Site. and will not, therefore, impact on the water levels or flows at Holy Well. In order to estimate the total inflow to the maximum development (i.e. the fully worked out existing quarry Of the remaining potential receptors discussed in and the proposed extension with a total area of 41.3 section 2.5.6 only Stockton Reservoir and the pond at hectares) the estimated inflow from the Langport Stockton Fields Farm require further assessment of Member is added to the estimated inflow due to their impacts from dewatering. The Geological Map rainfall and groundwater from the Blue Lias. The shows that Stockton Reservoir is partly underlain by average combined inflow from rainfall and the Langport Member. There is no evidence of groundwater for the existing quarry based on pumping hydraulic connection between the reservoir and records for the period 1st October 2007 to 22nd June groundwater in the Langport Member. Groundwater 2009 was approximately 320m3/d (Table 22 produced levels in the Langport Member recorded in boreholes within ES Appendix 2[iv]). Assuming that the 10/05 and 7/05Z2 (50m and 300m respectively from increase in inflow from rainfall and the Blue Lias is the reservoir) were between 0.8m and 1.9m below directly proportional to the area of the quarry, the water levels in the reservoir during the period April inflow from these sources to the maximum 2006 and January 2009 (Figure 6 ES Appendix 2). A development is estimated to be 712m3/d. This is further indication that the reservoir is sealed is considered to be a conservative assumption since the suggested by the water level in the reservoir which is majority of the groundwater inflow is likely to be from in the range 80.6 – 80.9mAOD compared to the the eastern part of the excavation where the greatest adjacent ground level of 80.0mAOD (from the thickness of Blue Lias will be exposed. Adding this to Ordnance Survey 1 : 25,000 scale map). the estimated maximum inflow from the Langport Notwithstanding the above indications that the Member (2,600m3/d) gives a total inflow of 3,300m3/d reservoir is unlikely to be impacted by the proposed to the final development. These inflow rates are based development, CEMEX has undertaken to monitor the on conservative assumptions and they could be water level in the reservoir and the adjacent significantly less in practice. groundwater and to mitigate any impact arising from dewatering. This undertaking has been included in the 9.2.2 Drawdown effects water management scheme that has been agreed with The radius of influence of 800m used in section 9.2.1 the Environment Agency (Appendix H ES Appendix to estimate inflows from the Langport Member to the 2). quarry sump is based on the distance from the old The pond at Stockton Fields Farm is located quarry sump to the Spier’s Farm quarry sump. This is approximately 150m to the north of the Site boundary because the old quarry sump is assumed to act as a and is underlain by Blue Lias strata. Although the constant head boundary preventing expansion of the pond appears to be fed via a pipe from runoff in a ditch drawdown beyond the quarry boundary to the south. It there is a possibility that it is also in continuity with is proposed to continue to pump dewatering water to groundwater in limestone beds in the Blue Lias strata. the old quarry sump during dewatering of the Site Borehole 9/05, which was drilled 100m to the west of except in the following exceptional circumstances: the pond and 100m from the proposed extraction • The water level in the old quarry sump boundary, proved 2m of clay underlain by 5.7m of exceeds 78mAOD in which case water will be fresh to slightly weathered, fine grained, very strong discharged off site from the existing limestone interbedded with fresh to slightly weathered consented discharge points; mudstone, interpreted to be the Blue Lias (ES Appendix 2A). Due to the distance from the proposed • Dewatering has an impact on the water level extraction area, the upper 2m of clay and the likely low in Stockton Reservoir in which case water will permeability of the underlying limestone beds, it is be pumped to the feeder stream for the considered that there is no or limited hydraulic reservoir. connection between the pond and groundwater at the Site.

A050564 Final 104 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 9

Notwithstanding the above indications that the pond is Where: unlikely to be impacted by the proposed development, downward pressure = Lower Lias clay monitoring will be continued in borehole 9/05 to determine whether dewatering of the Site results in a upward pressure = unit weight of water by head of significant drawdown at the borehole. Assuming that water above the Langport Member limestone. access is forthcoming from the owner / occupier at Stockton Fields Farm, a gauge board or stilling pipe with datalogger will be installed in the pond in order to If: ρw = density of water (1,000 kg/m3) allow the baseline monitoring of the pond water level. A trigger level will be set based on the results of the ρc = density of clay(2,000 kg/m3) baseline monitoring. In the event that the water level g = acceleration due to gravity (9.81 drops below the trigger level, the owner / occupier at m/s Stockton Fields Farm and the Environment Agency would be contacted at the earliest opportunity. An h = piezometric level above assessment of the potential cause of the drop in the Langport Member limestone water level would be undertaken using all available (h1 – h2) groundwater level data, rainfall data and records of b = thickness of Lower Lias clay dewatering at the quarry. Should this assessment (to be calculated) indicate that the dewatering operation is responsible for the drop in water level in the pond at Stockton where: Fields Farm the mitigation measures discussed in h1 = elevation of maximum water section 9.4 would be carried out following consultation level in Langport Member with the owner / occupier at Stockton Fields Farm. limestone

9.2.3 Settlement h2 = elevation of top of Langport Member limestone (varies The drawdown resulting from dewatering of a quarry across Site due to dip of strata) has the potential to cause settlement of the surrounding ground surface. However, there has been a long then: b. ρc.g = ρw.g.h history of dewatering at Southam Quarry with no 19,620.b = 9,810.h N/m2 evidence of this having caused settlement below the adjacent A426 Southam – Rugby or A423 Southam – The maximum water level recorded in the Langport Coventry Roads or below structures in the vicinity of Member limestone in boreholes 7/05 and 10/05 during the quarry. Due to the generally competent nature of the period 2nd February 2006 to 6th January 2009 was the strata underlying the quarry and the surrounding 80.04mAOD (h1). In order to be conservative the areas it is considered unlikely that dewatering will piezometric surface is assumed to be horizontal across result in the settlement of structures in the vicinity of the whole Site. In reality the piezometric surface will the Site. decrease in the direction of groundwater flow, which is interpreted to be generally towards the south east. 9.2.4 Basal Heave Table 9.1 summarises for each of the boreholes drilled at Spier’s Farm the elevation of the top of the Langport A confined aquifer exists within the Langport Member Member limestone and the minimum thickness of clay limestone, which underlies the Lower Lias clay. that needs to be left above the limestone in order to Removal of material above the Langport Member prevent basal heave. The minimum clay thickness limestone will result in a reduction in the downward needed ranges from 0.4m in the north west to 6m in the pressure that counteracts the upward hydrostatic south east and this is shown as an interim base of pressure due to confined groundwater. If the upward working (metres above Ordnance Datum) in drawing pressure exceeds the downward pressure there is a reference SP4163 CAW D 250609 A1. These are theoretical possibility of basal heave of material conservative estimates in that the assessment deals overlying the Langport Member limestone and only with the weight of the overlying formations and uncontrolled, rapid inundation of the works by does not take into account their shear strength. groundwater. The theoretical minimum thickness of However, the volume of rock between the top of the Lower Lias clay that is needed to maintain equilibrium White Lias and the interim base of working is some is calculated as follows: 370,000m3. At equilibrium, downward pressure = upward pressure.

A050564 Final 105 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 9

Table 9.1 Summary of borehole data for basal heave calculation. Predicted Top of Interpolated maximum Maximum Minimum Interim White Lias piezometric level in piezometric level piezometric level thickness of base of Borehole elevation White Lias June 06 in White Lias above White Lias clay needed working reference (mAOD) (mAOD) (mAOD) (m) (m) (mAOD) BH01/05 78.21 79.4 80.0 1.8 0.9 79.1 BH02/05 74.95 78.0 80.0 5.1 2.5 77.5 BH03/05 71.91 77.0 80.0 8.1 4.0 76.0 BH04/05 77.10 79.0 80.0 2.9 1.5 78.6 BH05/05 72.40 77.6 80.0 7.6 3.8 76.2 BH06/05 68.08 76.8 80.0 11.9 6.0 74.0 BH6A/05 69.92 76.5 80.0 10.1 5.0 75.0 BH07/05 79.13 79.3 80.0 0.9 0.4 79.6 BH09/05 71.54 78.0 80.0 8.5 4.2 75.8 BH10/05 76.56 79.3 80.0 3.4 1.7 78.3

In order to excavate below the interim base of working minimise the impact of flooding Southam (Table 9.2) it will be necessary to first reduce the Quarry that a storage area for rainfall runoff is piezometric head in the Langport Member. This could created. Space for flood water may already be be achieved in two ways: present on site within the Spier’s Farm sump. • Install well points in the Langport Member • A 30% increase in rainfall due to the possible around the area to be dewatered and pump the effects of climate change has been considered groundwater to the Spier’s Farm quarry sump in this flood risk assessment, as recommended or directly to the old quarry sump; by PPS25. • Extract the material above the Langport • Providing flood water storage is available for Member in an easterly direction down the dip the runoff from the proposed extension then it of the strata starting from the western is not necessary to change the Southam extraction boundary. Groundwater would be Quarry surface water management scheme (in pumped from a sump in the Langport the FRA Appendix C) for the proposed Member. The sump would be periodically re- extension. located further down-dip. • It is suggested that the proposed quarry The latter option may not be the most efficient in terms extension is likely to decrease flood risk to of water management since it is normal practice to neighbouring areas, as a result of increasing locate the sump in the deepest part of an excavation water storage and attenuating runoff. (i.e. the east). • Any flood water reaching Southam Quarry is unlikely to hinder egress to and from the site, 9.2.5 Flood risk as people on site could provide sufficient A flood risk assessment has been carried out separately notice of flooding to the site. (JBA Consulting, 2009) and is produced as Appendix 2 (v)). The FRA draws the following conclusions: 9.2.6 Water quality • Southam Quarry and the proposed extension Groundwater in the Blue Lias and Langport Member is area is not within the Environment Agency’s generally of poor quality due to natural conditions 0.1% AEP flood extent. Therefore there is a (section 2.5.5). Concentrations of a number of low risk of fluvial flooding. determinands in groundwater samples exceed UK drinking water standards. Should groundwater be • Water discharge rates from Southam Quarry discharged to surface watercourses there is a risk that and Spier’s Farm development do not exceed ecological quality standards (EQS) will be exceeded. the calculated 100 year greenfield runoff rates for the proposed extension and Spier’s Farm. A water management scheme has been put in place that minimises any risk to the environment from poor • Runoff from the proposed extension area for a quality groundwater (Appendix H produced within ES 100 rainfall event will need to be stored on Appendix 2.3). Under normal rainfall conditions site, before pumping off site using either of dewatering water will be discharged to the old quarry. the two discharge consents that Southam Should the water level in the old quarry exceed 78 Quarry holds. It is recommended that to

A050564 Final 106 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 9

mAOD, water will be diverted to the settlement lagoon • A locally reduced water table due to for temporary storage. Water will be pumped from the equilibration with groundwater and open settlement lagoon and discharged off site only if the water evaporation. water quality in the lagoon does not exceed EQS levels. In the unlikely event that dewatering of the Site • An alteration of the groundwater flow pattern has a detrimental impact on water levels in Stockton as a result of the removal of the mineral and Reservoir, water from the settlement lagoon will be the placement of low permeability overburden pumped to the reservoir. Daily monitoring of water material to facilitate the creation of slopes; quality will be carried out to ensure that EQS levels are • Localised flooding from the restoration lake. not exceeded. The presence of open water in the restoration may lead Re-fuelling of mobile plant will take place only outside to an increased rate of evaporation compared with the the mineral extraction area in order to minimise the base case of evapotranspiration from grassland and risk of contamination of the groundwater. crops. Of the potential receptors discussed in section 2.5.8 only Stockton Reservoir and the pond at Stockton 9.3 Restoration Fields Farm were identified as being potentially at risk from dewatering. Since these receptors are considered 9.3.1 Restoration lake water levels to have limited or no hydraulic connection with groundwater (section 9.2.2), they are unlikely to be Following the completion of mineral extraction, part of affected by dewatering. Similarly, these receptors are the Spier’s Farm development will be restored to open unlikely to be affected by any lowering of groundwater water. A restoration water level of 76 – 80mAOD was levels associated with restoration to open water. Any predicted for the Spier’s Farm development in the drawdown caused by open water evaporation will be 2002 hydrogeological assessment (RMC Aggregates, significantly less than the drawdown caused by 2002). The final water level of the restoration lake will dewatering during working of the quarry. In the be a function of groundwater levels, rainfall and runoff unlikely event that the proposed restoration impacts from adjacent areas. Groundwater levels in the water levels in these receptors, measures will be taken Langport Member ranged between 78.75mAOD and to mitigate these impacts. These measures are 80.04mAOD at Spier’s Farm between February 2006 discussed in section 9.4.2. and January 2009 (Figure 4 ES Appendix 2(i)). Groundwater levels in the Blue Lias ranged between It is considered unlikely that the groundwater flow 80.16mAOD and 88.35mAOD at Spier’s Farm pattern will be significantly altered as a result of the between February 2006 and January 2009 (Figure 7 ES restoration since there will be minimal low Appendix 2(i)). permeability material placed below the water level of the lake. Hydraulic continuity between the restoration The lake water level should stabilise to a level lake and groundwater will be maintained. The intermediate between the Langport Member and Blue restoration will incorporate landscaping and drainage Lias groundwater levels. In practice, the Langport such that any runoff is directed towards the proposed Member is likely to exert a greater influence on the lake in the restoration. The potential for flooding in lake level due to the potential for larger inflows from the restoration was considered in the flood risk the Langport Member compared to the Blue Lias assessment (JBA Consulting, 2009). It was concluded inflows. This is consistent with the lake level in the that the restoration proposal will reduce the risk of old quarry which has more closely matched flooding to the Site and to neighbouring areas. groundwater levels in the Langport Member than those in the Blue Lias following the cessation of pumping. 9.4 Under normal rainfall conditions the Spier’s Farm lake Monitoring and mitigation measures level is predicted to be in the range 78 – 80mAOD. This estimate will be refined with further monitoring 9.4.1 Monitoring of groundwater levels and observation of lake levels • Monthly monitoring of water levels in the with progressive restoration of the development. existing monitoring boreholes, the proposed Seasonal fluctuations in the lake level due to monitoring borehole (near the former borehole evaporation and rainfall are likely to be dampened by 8/05) and Stockton Reservoir will be flows of water between the lake and groundwater. continued before and during dewatering of the proposed extension and for a period following 9.3.2 Impacts of the restoration the completion of the restoration (to be agreed The potential long-term impacts of the lake restoration with the regulatory authorities). are identified as: • Water level monitoring of the pond at Stockton Fields Farm will be carried out,

A050564 Final 107 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 9

assuming that access is forthcoming from the of 3,300m3/d. These inflow rates are based on owner / occupier. conservative assumptions and they could be significantly less in practice. • In order to verify and refine the quarry water balance, a weekly record will be maintained Surface water quality in the quarry sump and areas of volumes of water pumped from the quarry. surrounding the quarry is generally good and within EQS guideline values with the exceptions of sulphate, • Water quality monitoring will be carried out sodium, copper, zinc and lead. Given the local according to the agreed surface water geology, it is likely that these elevated concentrations management scheme (Appendix H ES reflect the natural conditions of the area. Appendix 2.3). Groundwater at Southam Quarry tends to be of poor 9.4.2 Mitigation measures quality with concentrations of ammoniacal nitrogen, cadmium, calcium, chloride, chromium, iron, lead, Should the water level monitoring indicate an impact magnesium, manganese, nickel, nitrate, nitrite, on the water bodies identified to be at risk from potassium, sodium and sulphate exceeding UK dewatering (Section 9.2.2) and / or the restoration drinking water standards. These exceedences are (Section 9.3.2) the following mitigation measures will attributed to natural conditions. be carried out with the agreement of the regulatory authorities and the owners of the water bodies: The drawdown to the south as a result of the dewatering will be constrained by the old quarry sump, • Deepening of the pond at Stockton Fields which has been allowed to flood. The drawdown to Farm. the west will be constrained by the proximity of the lower geological contact of the Langport Member. • The emplacement of a clay seal against the sides of the mineral excavation in order to The main hydrogeological concerns that were raised in reduce the flow of groundwater to the response to the 2003 planning application were the excavation from the Blue Lias strata impacts of dewatering on three sensitive water underlying the pond at Stockton Fields Farm. features, namely: • The provision of a water supply to enable the • Stockton reservoir; topping up of water levels in Stockton Reservoir and / or the pond at Stockton Fields • Holy Well; Farm. • A pond at Stockton Fields Farm.

9.5 Summary Following a re-assessment of the above features and in the light of subsequent monitoring data it is concluded It is proposed to extend limestone and clay extraction that they are not at risk from dewatering of the Site. at Southam Quarry to the north east of the current Notwithstanding the above conclusion, measures have extraction area at Spier’s Farm. been proposed to mitigate any impact from dewatering In order to facilitate dry working of the mineral the on Stockton Reservoir or the pond at Stockton Fields quarry extension will be dewatered. Assuming a Farm. Monitoring of borehole 12/05 will be continued maximum piezometric level in the Langport Member at 6 hourly intervals to verify that the drawdown from of 78mAOD and pumping of the excavation to the base the Site does not extend beyond the southern quarry of the Langport Member, the piezometric level will be boundary and will not, therefore, impact on the water lowered by up to 13m. The required drawdown in the levels or flows at Holy Well. west of the Site will be significantly less where the A surface water management scheme for the quarry eastward dipping Langport Member is at a higher was approved by the Environment Agency in February level. 2009 (Appendix H ES Appendix 2(iii)). Dewatering Inflows to the existing quarry at Spier’s Farm are from water is pumped to the old quarry and would only be rainfall (11%) and groundwater (89%) in the limestone discharged off site after heavy rainfall should the water strata of the Blue Lias. With full deepening of the level in the old quarry exceed 78mAOD or should quarry there will be additional groundwater inflow mitigation be required for Stockton Reservoir. The from the Langport Member limestone. discharge would have to meet specified water quality criteria. The maximum groundwater inflow to the fully worked-out Spier’s Farm extension (including the Due to the generally competent nature of the strata application area) was calculated as 2,600m3/d from the underlying the quarry and the surrounding areas it is Langport Member and 712m3/d from the combined considered unlikely that dewatering will result in the Blue Lias and rainfall giving a total maximum inflow settlement of structures in the vicinity of the Site.

A050564 Final 108 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 9

There is a risk that the removal of mineral above the Spier’s Farm quarry sump or directly to the old quarry Langport Member limestone will result in the basal sump; heave of clay confining groundwater in the Langport Extract the material above the Langport Member in an Member and the uncontrolled, rapid inundation of the easterly direction down the dip of the strata starting works by groundwater. Options for managing this risk from the western extraction boundary. This would have been proposed. require the excavation of successive sumps for Following the completion of mineral extraction, the dewatering. Site will be restored to a mixture of agriculture and Re-fuelling of mobile plant will take place only outside open water by allowing the quarry to flood with the mineral extraction area in order to minimise the groundwater and rain water. The predicted water level risk of contamination of the groundwater. of the restoration lake is 78 – 80 mAOD based on groundwater level monitoring data. There will be no significant long-term impacts on groundwater or local surface water bodies as a result of the restoration. The restoration will incorporate landscaping and drainage such that any runoff is directed towards the proposed lake in the restoration. A flood risk assessment has been carried out separately (JBA Consulting, 2009).

9.6 Recommendations Monthly monitoring of water levels in the existing monitoring boreholes and the continuous monitoring of water levels in Stockton Reservoir should be carried out before and during dewatering of the proposed extension and for an agreed period following the completion of restoration. An additional borehole to monitor groundwater levels in the Langport Member at the approximate location of the former borehole 08/05 was requested by the Environment Agency (meeting between EA and CEMEX on 3rd April 2008) and it was drilled in October 2009. The log for borehole 01/09 is in Appendix 2A. Assuming that access is forthcoming from the owner / occupier at Stockton Fields Farm, a gauge board or stilling pipe with datalogger will be installed in the pond in order to allow the regular monitoring of the pond water level. A water level to trigger mitigation measures will be set based on the results of the baseline monitoring. In order to verify and refine the quarry water balance, a weekly record should be maintained of volumes of water pumped from the quarry. Water quality monitoring will be carried out according to the agreed surface water management scheme (Appendix G, ES appendix 2.(iii)). In order to excavate to the top of the Langport Member limestone it will be necessary to first reduce the piezometric head in that limestone. This could be achieved in two ways: Install well points in the Langport Member around the area to be dewatered and pump the groundwater to the

A050564 Final 109 WYG Planning & Design

Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 10

10.0 NOISE The proposed extraction site is in an area affected by road traffic on the A426, local road traffic on Stockton 10.1 Introduction Road and distant aircraft movements. At some locations local activity, birdsong and industrial activity This Chapter of the ES sets out the findings of noise noise were also noted during the attended noise surveys at dwellings closest to the proposed mineral measurements. During the attended sample noise extraction area, namely dwellings to the north and east measurements in April 2009, the extraction activity at of the site, and suggests site noise limits at dwellings the existing Southam Quarry was not audible. The for the proposed workings. It also sets out the visit made in May 2009 to Stockton Fields Farm was calculated noise levels arising from the proposed specifically due to a call from the occupant of the workings and discusses mitigation measures aimed at dwelling stating that the wind was from the direction minimising site noise to the dwellings. of the site and that activity was clearly audible. The noise limits are based on current advice from the A total of thirty-three sample measurements, of fifteen Office of the Deputy Prime Minister set out in minute duration, were made on Thursday 02 April Minerals Policy Statement 2 (MPS2), specifically 2009, Friday 03 April 2009, Tuesday 14 April 2009 Annex 2: Noise, which in March 2005 replaced and Tuesday 05 May 2009 with unattended data over a Minerals Planning Guidance Note 11 (MPG 11) 1993. 24 hour period at one of the measurement locations. The assessment finds that with the proposed mitigation The noise levels presented are the statistical indices measures in place the relevant site noise limits, based LA10,T and LA90,T, together with the Equivalent on recommendations in MPS2, are met and concludes Continuous Noise Level, the LAeq,T. An explanation of that noise from the proposed site operations should be the noise units presented is given in Appendix 4.1. rated as satisfactory. The mitigation measures include the selection of modern equipment and the provision of The average background noise level, LA90,T, for each a perimeter bund between the mineral extraction area dwelling has been averaged arithmetically from the and the nearest dwelling. April 2009 and May 2009 results and forms the basis for setting the site noise limits for each location. It is In view of the fact that all of the relevant noise criteria usual to average the results from noise surveys, since as set out in MPS2: 2005 are met, it is concluded that background noise levels may vary with wind direction noise emissions from the proposed site operations and speed, rather than selecting the results from only would be within environmentally acceptable limits. one day or the absolute minimum values from a number of days. 10.2 Existing Noise Levels The instrumentation, calibration and survey details are Site plans were inspected to determine the relationship shown in Appendix 4.2. The survey dates, weather between the proposed site and the surrounding area, conditions during the survey and the start times of the with particular reference to the nearest dwellings to the attended sample measurements are shown along with north and east of the proposed extraction area. the results in Appendix 4.3. The unattended 24-hour Noise measurements have been carried out by WBM at data is presented in Appendix 4.4. five locations near to dwellings on three weekdays in The arithmetic average of the LA90,T levels and the April 2009. A sound level meter was installed logarithmic average of the LAeq,T levels, rounded to the overnight at Stockton Fields Farm and further daytime nearest decibel, are given in Appendix 4.5 for each samples were obtained at this location in May 2009. location for the sample measurements near to The locations were selected to represent the nearest dwellings. The resultant suggested site noise limit, existing dwellings to the proposed extraction area. along with the average of the existing LA90,T levels, is The measurement locations are described in Appendix set out in Appendix 4.6 for each location considered. 4.10 and shown on a plan following Appendix 4.10. The noise measurement locations selected were in the 10.3 PPG 24, MPS 2 and Noise Limits vicinity of: The primary guidance on the planning aspects of noise • Sycamore Close, Stockton is set out in Planning Policy Guidance Note 24 “Planning and Noise” (PPG 24) issued by the • Tollgate House, A426 Department of the Environment in September 1994. • Stockton Fields Farm PPG 24 outlines the considerations to be taken into account in determining planning applications both for • Greaves Cottages noise-sensitive developments and for those activities • The Blue Lias Public House which will generate noise. PPG 24 introduces the concept of noise exposure categories for residential development, encourages their use and recommends

A050564 Final 111 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 10

appropriate levels for exposure to different sources of field), MPAs should aim to establish a noise limit at noise and advises on the use of conditions to minimise the noise-sensitive property that does not exceed the the impact of noise. background level by more than 10dB(A). It is recognised, however, that this will in many It is stated in PPG 24, Annex 3, paragraph 19 that “In circumstances, be difficult to achieve without imposing addition, general guidance on acceptable noise levels unreasonable burdens on the mineral operator. In within buildings can be found in BS8233: 1987, and such cases, the limit set should be as near that level as guidance on the control of noise from surface mineral practicable during normal working hours (0700-1900) workings can be found in MPG 11.” and should not exceed 55dB(A) LAeq,1h (free field). Following extensive consultation and research, the Evening (1900-2200) limits should not exceed Department of the Environment prepared guidelines on background level by more than 10dB(A) and night-time noise from mineral workings for Mineral Planning limits should not exceed 42dB(A) LAeq,1h (free field) Authorities (MPAs) and Minerals Operators. This at noise-sensitive dwellings. Where tonal noise advice is contained in Minerals Planning Guidance contributes significantly to the total site noise, it may Note 11 (MPG 11), "The Control of Noise at Surface be appropriate to set specific limits for this element. Mineral Workings" dated April 1993. Peak or impulsive noise, which may include some reversing bleepers, may also require separate limits Current advice from the Office of the Deputy Prime that are independent of background noise — e.g. Lmax Minister is set out in Minerals Policy Statement 2 in specific octave or third-octave bands — and should (MPS 2), “Controlling and Mitigating the not be allowed to occur regularly at night.” Environmental Effects of Minerals Extraction in England” specifically Annex 2: Noise, which in March “2.20 All mineral operations will have some 2005 replaced MPG 11. particularly noisy short-term activities that cannot meet the limits set for normal operations. Examples Paragraph 2.4 of MPS 2 Annex 2: Noise starts “Annex include soil-stripping, the construction and removal of 2 states the planning considerations the Government baffle mounds, soil storage mounds and spoil heaps, expects to be applied to noise emissions from surface construction of new permanent landforms and aspects mineral operations.” of site road construction and maintenance. However, Paragraphs 2.18 to 2.21 inclusive of MPS 2 Annex 2: these activities can bring longer-term environmental Noise are reproduced below. benefits. Increased temporary daytime noise limits of up to 70dB(A) LAeq1h (free field) for periods of up to “2.18 Where appropriate, planning conditions should 8 weeks in a year at specified noise-sensitive be used to ensure that mineral operations are carried properties should be considered to facilitate essential out in such a way that noise emissions are minimised site preparation and restoration work and construction at the source and thereby controlled to acceptable of baffle mounds where it is clear that this will bring levels. The layout and plant location, the sequencing longer-term environmental benefits to the site or its of operations and the hours of working can have environs. Where work is likely to take longer than 8 significant effect on the level of noise emissions and weeks, a lower limit over a longer period should be their impact on sensitive receptors. Enclosure of a considered. In some wholly exceptional cases, where noisy plant and the use of acoustic screening and there is no viable alternative, a higher limit for a very baffle mounds can reduce noise emissions as well as limited period may be appropriate in order to attain having other benefits. It may be appropriate to the environmental benefits. Within this framework, the incorporate a buffer zone around the operations. This 70 dB(A) LAeq1h (free field) limit referred to above is of particular significance in controlling the should be regarded as the normal maximum. LAs encroachment of other development towards an should look to operators to make every effort to deliver existing mineral working. Where certain species may temporary works at a lower level of noise impact. be significantly affected by noise (e.g. breeding birds), Operators should seek ways of minimising noisier it may be appropriate to restrict certain mineral activities and the noise emissions from them when activities at sensitive times. Guidance on noise designing the layout and sequencing of temporary reduction is given in Appendix 2B.” operations, and should liaise with local residents prior “2.19 Planning conditions should be used to apply to such operations taking place.” absolute controls on noise emissions with limits “2.21 Conditions on planning permissions should normally being set at particular noise-sensitive identify the noise-sensitive properties at which the properties (the terms used are defined in Appendix noise limits are set, including the relative sensitivity to 2A). This enables the effect of noise to be related most noise, which may result in different limits for different directly to its impact on local people. In some types of property, and establish a scheme of circumstances, however, it might be more appropriate monitoring that identifies how, where and when noise to set the limits at the site boundary or some other is to be measured, who should be responsible and how point. Subject to a maximum of 55dB(A)LAeq,1h (free

A050564 Final 112 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 10

the results will be assessed and used. Alternatively, a dwelling. Although this penalty is not contained in condition should be attached requiring a scheme of government guidance, it has been considered in this compliance noise monitoring to be submitted to and assessment as a sensitivity test for robustness for the approved by the MPA. Where necessary, the MPA reasonable “worst case” site noise levels at dwellings. should seek to use Agreements under Section 106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990, as 10.5 Potential Noise Impacts amended, to ensure access to noise-sensitive sites for monitoring purposes. Conditions should also be used Noise from mineral workings can impact on people to secure effective procedures for dealing with living and working in the vicinity of such sites. The complaints. Planning obligations can help to ensure operations are usually limited to daytime activities and continued effective liaison with the local community do not interfere with sleep processes but can be and others affected by noise emissions.” intrusive or annoying if unmitigated during the day. Noise can also arise as a result of the vehicle 10.4 Noise Sources and Calculation movements both within a site and on the road network Methods affected by the site HGVs. Vehicle movements within a site are conventionally combined with other noises The Applicant’s intention is to excavate and load the arising within the site such that the overall site noise is material using an hydraulic excavator and for the assessed against established criteria. Site vehicle material to be transported by dump trucks to an impacts off the site on the highway are conventionally existing crusher situated near to the chimney stack in assessed separately by reference to the changes in the former cement works and outside the western noise level caused by the passage of the extra vehicles. boundary of the currently permitted quarry site. Prior to mineral extraction in each phase, soils and Mineral site noise does not appear to have any overburden will be removed and stored in a separate significant impact on fauna in the vicinity of working operation by means of a hydraulic excavator, dump sites. Mineral sites are well recognised as breeding trucks and a dozer. sites for species such as badgers and even shy species of birds. The daytime disturbance is localised and the Plant items proposed to be used on the site (including sites tend to be vacated by people in the night hours. the extraction site and processing area) have been utilised in a computer model of site generated noise. A Vibration arising from machinery on mineral sites is typical noise calculation sheet for the site is presented not normally perceptible outside the boundary of the after Noise Calculation Methods in Appendix 4.9. site. Indeed it is rarely perceptible beyond a few metres of working plant. The noise output from the proposed operations depends on the method of working, the rate of Ground borne vibration from site HGVs on highways extraction and the plant chosen to work the site as is sometimes cited as a potential environmental impact much as on the distance to the neighbouring properties but in practice it is only perceptible within a few and the effects of intervening ground. Allowance can metres of a very bad pothole and imperceptible on be made for noise decay with distance from the various roads complying with the design standards. noise sources and for the effects of ground absorption Airborne noise from HGV exhausts can sometimes by or natural screening. perceived as vibration by causing loose windows to The contribution from each significant specific noise rattle and in rare cases for suspended floors to vibrate. source has been evaluated separately and then These effects are perceptible up to about 25 m from the combined together to give the overall noise level. For road. Research by the Transport Research Laboratory the purposes of examining the reasonable “worst case” has found that people’s reaction to vibration arising scenario, the various items have been assumed to from HGV movements is very similar to their reaction operate at the closest practical position in the proposed to HGV noise but is less marked. In other words, extraction area to each dwelling. It has also been people would complain more about the effect of assumed that all of the plant works 100% of the time. vehicle noise than about any associated vibration. In addition to the calculation procedures referred to As such, it is usual to disregard vehicle induced above, all the calculations have been carried out for vibration and concentrate on vehicle noise. Provided adverse wind conditions, with a penalty of 2 dB(A) as any noise increase is acceptable, the corresponding set out in paragraph 24 of the superseded MPG 11 change in vibration would also be acceptable. (1993), although this penalty is not contained Guidance from the Government on highway design specifically within MPS 2 Annex 2: Noise (2005). advises that changes in noise level of less than 1 dB(A) In other words, it is assumed that an unfavourable are not significant. In some circumstances, changes of wind component exists from each noise source in up to 3 dB(A) can also be insignificant when the every phase of the site development, towards each change is gradual.

A050564 Final 113 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 10

It is assumed that the quantity of material to be taken noise level complies with the corresponding site noise from the site is similar to currently permitted levels limit. and that the number of HGV movements is similar to Table 10.2 Calculated Mitigated Site Noise Levels those that are currently permitted for the extraction area. On the basis of no significant change to road Proposed Suggested traffic movements on the public highway, this report Quarry Quarry Location Noise Level Noise Limit does not consider HGV movements to and from the site for example on the A423. dB LAeq, 1 dB LAeq, 1 hour, free field hour, free field The overall potential impacts from this application site 1. Sycamore Close 42 46 that have been considered therefore relate to noise 2. Tollgate House 47 50 from the extraction site, the movement of material by 3. Stockton Fields Farm 45 52 dump trucks and the operation of the crushing plant, 4. Greaves Cottages 43 50 affecting nearby noise sensitive locations, particularly 5. The Blue Lias Pub 44 53 the dwellings listed in an earlier section of this report. With the noise mitigation measures considered, including barriers, the calculated site noise level for 10.6 Noise Mitigation and Resulting Noise extraction operations is less than 55 dB LAeq, 1 hour, Levels free field at the dwellings. In addition, the calculated site noise level for extraction and processing The advice in MPS 2 states: “Subject to a maximum of operations at each dwelling is less than the suggested 55dB(A)LAeq,1h (free field), MPAs should aim to site noise limits summarised above and set out in Table establish a noise limit at the noise-sensitive property 10.1 [Appendix 4.6]. that does not exceed the background level by more than 10dB(A).” For the measurement locations, the Whilst it is appropriate to ensure and show that the average background noise levels are in the range 36 to “worst case” noise levels comply with the relevant site 43 dB LA90, T, free field. For the dwellings considered, the noise limits, it is also important and helpful to suggested site noise limits are in the range 46 to 53 dB appreciate that, for most of the time, lower site LAeq, 1 hour, free field, as indicated in Table 10.1. generated noise levels would be experienced at the dwellings when workings are further away than the Table 10.1 Suggested Site Noise Limits closest approach. Average Suggested Site Location Existing Noise Limit Daytime dB dB LAeq, 1 hour, 10.7 Temporary Operations LA90, T free field The operations of soils and overburden stripping, bund 1. Sycamore Close 36 46 formation and the final restoration processes are often 2. Tollgate House 40 50 noisier than extraction, as noted in MPS 2, as they tend 3. Stockton Fields Farm 42 52 to be closer and unscreened. They are relatively short 4. Greaves Cottages 40 50 duration operations that are capable of completion in a 5. The Blue Lias Pub 43 53 total period of eight weeks in any twelve month period. The mitigation measures include the selection and use The soils and overburden removed from above the of modern equipment and the provision of a perimeter limestone and clay will be used to form bunds around bund between the mineral extraction area and the the proposed extraction areas. Following the nearest dwellings. extraction a phased restoration programme will take The combined effect of noise from limestone and clay place using soils and overburden stored on the site. extraction and the movement of material within and The construction and removal of a noise screening from the extraction site has been calculated in dB mound is a brief operation taking typically a matter of LAeq,T terms at each dwelling with barrier attenuation two or three weeks to complete. For each dwelling the taken into account for the proposed perimeter bund. highest noise level that is calculated for the bund The proposed bund between the extraction area and the formation would be reached only on the few days of dwellings, particularly Tollgate House, has been taken closest approach. After construction of the noise bund, to be 5 metres in height. the rest of the stripping and extraction operations The reasonable "worst case" LAeq,T noise level, the would be more screened acoustically. highest site noise level calculated for each dwelling Temporary operations are exempted from the nominal with barriers in place, is presented in Table 10.2 noise criterion in MPS 2 but should conform with a [Appendix 4.7] and can be assessed against the noise limit of 70 dB L , and should not corresponding site noise limits. It can be seen that for Aeq 1 hour, free field exceed a total of eight weeks duration at any noise all of the dwellings considered, the calculated site sensitive properties in any twelve month period. MPS 2 offers some flexibility in the balance between noise

A050564 Final 114 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 10

levels and duration but the applicant is willing and able advice set out in MPS 2 with respect to both overall to conform with the recommended limits as specified. noise levels and duration of operations. For any individual dwelling, the duration of highest noise will The highest L noise levels expected from the Aeq,T be typically only one or two days. As can be seen closest temporary operation, such as soils and from Table 10.3 [Appendix 4.8], the highest noise overburden removal or bund construction, with one set levels are in all cases well below the limit of equipment as set out in the calculation sheet, are recommended in MPS 2. shown in Table 10.3 [Appendix 4.8]. In view of the fact that all of the relevant site noise Table 10.3 Calculated Temporary Operation Noise limits as set out in MPS 2 are met, it is considered that Levels the site can be worked while keeping noise emissions Location Proposed Suggested to environmentally acceptable levels. Quarry Temporary Noise Level Operation dB LAeq, 1 Noise Limit 10.9 Suggested Noise Conditions hour, free dB LAeq, 1 hour, field free field In preparing a noise report covering a planning 1. Sycamore Close 48 70 application or carrying out work for an environmental 2. Tollgate House 59 70 appraisal on noise, it is usual to suggest conditions 3. Stockton Fields Farm 54 70 which would ensure that the operations comply with 4. Greaves Cottages 47 70 the site noise limits at all times. The Applicant has 5. The Blue Lias Pub 46 70 accepted the site noise limits set out in this report and is willing to accept appropriate conditions enforcing The calculation procedures use the approved methods those site noise limits for the proposed extraction set out in BS5228-Part 1: 2009, as summarised in operations. The following wording has been discussed [Appendix 4.9]. frequently with Mineral Planning Authorities and has For all of the dwellings considered the proposals been proposed at planning appeals as an appropriate basis for conditions. comply with a 70 dB LAeq, 1 hour, free field limit for temporary works in line with the guidance contained in Except for temporary operations, the free-field MPS 2. Equivalent Continuous Noise Level, LAeq,1 hour, at the noise sensitive premises nearest the extraction site, due 10.8 Residual Noise Impacts to operations in the site, shall not exceed the relevant criterion limit specified in Schedule 1 at each The calculated overall “worst case” site noise levels at each dwelling, with proposed barrier attenuation nominated dwelling. Measurements taken to verify considered where appropriate, are below the maximum compliance shall have regard to the effects of extraneous noise and shall be corrected for any such site noise limit of 55 dB LAeq, 1 hour, free field. They also comply with the site noise limits, recommended by effects. MPS 2 and based on average background noise levels, Schedule 1 which are in the range 46 to 53 dB LAeq, 1 hour, free field at the dwellings. No. Location Site Noise Limit dB LAeq, 1 hour, free field If it is borne in mind that the reported LAeq,T levels 1 Sycamore Close 46 for site noise are based on pessimistic assumptions 2 Tollgate House 50 about source location and consider the noisiest point of 3 Stockton Fields Farm 52 the operation for each dwelling it is apparent that they 4 Greaves Cottages 50 represent a reasonable “worst case” scenario. 5 The Blue Lias Pub 53 At a distance, noise from machinery used at mineral For temporary operations such as site preparation, top workings does not usually contain a distinguishable soil stripping, bund formation and removal and final note nor does it tend to be impulsive. The use of restoration, the free-field noise level due to work at the reversing bleepers on site plant is a separate matter. nearest point to the each dwelling shall not exceed Where reversing sirens or bleepers are used on mobile 70 dB LAeq, 1 hour, free field expressed in the same manner site plant and give rise to noise problems, the use of as for condition 1 above. Temporary operations shall quieter or silent types of alarm or warning devices that not exceed a total of eight weeks in any twelve month are more environmentally acceptable should be period for work close to any individual noise sensitive explored. properties. The residual noise impact remaining arises from the The operating company shall monitor noise levels at temporary operations of bund construction and six monthly intervals at up to five locations, when site removal and initial site preparation and final equipment is operating normally. The duration of the restoration. All of these operations conform to the sample measurements shall be 15 minutes unless the

A050564 Final 115 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 10

site noise level is at or above the relevant site noise limit agreed for the location, in which event a full 1 hour sample shall be taken. The surveys shall exclude so far as possible extraneous noises such as passing traffic. The measurements shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of BS4142: 1997 and the LA90, T, and LAeq, T noise levels shall be reported, together with the weather conditions and the sources of audible noise. On request, the operator shall without undue delay furnish the Minerals Planning Authority with the particulars of the noise measurements. The monitoring locations and frequency of sampling may be varied by agreement with the Mineral Planning Authority and it is envisaged that less sampling will be necessary if the results show consistently that site noise levels are below the appropriate site noise limits.

10.10 Conclusions WBM was instructed by CEMEX UK Limited to study the noise implications of a proposal to extract limestone and clay from an extension to the existing Southam Quarry, Warwickshire. The Applicant’s intention is to excavate and load the material using an hydraulic excavator and for the material to be transported by dump trucks to an existing crusher situated near to the chimney stack in the former cement works and outside the western boundary of the currently permitted quarry site. This Chapter of the ES sets out the findings of noise surveys at dwellings closest to the proposed mineral extraction area and suggests site noise limits at dwellings for the proposed workings. It also sets out the calculated noise levels arising from the proposed workings and discusses mitigation measures aimed at minimising site noise to the dwellings. This assessment finds that with the proposed mitigation measures in place the relevant site noise limits, based on recommendations in MPS 2, are met and concludes that noise from the proposed site operations should be rated as satisfactory. The mitigation measures include the selection and use of modern equipment and the provision of a perimeter bund between the mineral extraction area and the nearest dwelling, Tollgate House. In view of the fact that all of the relevant noise criteria as set out in MPS 2: 2005 are met, it is concluded that noise emissions from the proposed site operations would be within environmentally acceptable limits.

A050564 Final 116 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 11

11.0 AIR QUALITY during mineral processing typically range in diameter from 30 to 300 µm. The largest particles, because of 11.1 Introduction their weight, generally travel only short distances and deposit near to the emission source. The smaller The principal air emissions from quarrying activities particle sizes however can travel further, especially are fugitive particulate matter (dust) and emissions during dry windy periods. The higher the wind speed from vehicles and mobile plant. The European Union the further a particle can be dispersed and the greater (EU) air quality policy provides the framework for all the size of particles that can be kept aloft. UK air quality policy. European-wide air quality limit values are consolidated in the Air Quality Standards Table 11.2 Comparison of particle size (England) Regulations 2007. Particle Sizes Description In addition to the UK Air Quality Standards the 0-10 µm (dust) Only a small proportion of dust national air quality strategy also sets air quality generated from quarries will be in this fraction, referred to as PM10. Dust of standards and objectives for specified pollutants and this size can enter the human outlines measures to be taken by Local Authorities and respiration system and has the others through a system of Local Air Quality potential to result in health impacts. Management (LAQM) to work in pursuit of the The highest emission of PM10 achievement of the national objectives. The current Air particles are from non-quarry sources Quality Strategy was published in July 200714, with such as diesel vehicles. objectives which are relevant to local air quality 10-75µm (dust) Individual particles in this size range management identified in the Air Quality Regulations are too small to be seen by the unaided 2000 and 2002. These standards are both for suspended human eye, and only become visible dust only. There are no air quality standards for when contrasted against light or when 15 compared next to a dust free surface. fugitive dusts above 10 µm in diameter or for The main impact of this fraction deposited (nuisance) dusts. These national air quality relates to dust nuisance deposition on objectives, identified in Table 11.1, can be used as windows, cars, external paintwork and assessment criteria for determining the significance of washing. any potential changes in local air quality. 75-200µm (grit) This visible fraction of particles produce the concern that the deposit Table 11.1 UK Particulate Air Quality Criteria will scratch surfaces and cause Averaging Limit Year for damage, often described as feeling Pollutant Period Value/Objective Compliance ‘gritty’. Particles of this size will Fine Daily 50 µg/m3, not to 31st Dec easily deposit within 100m of a particulates mean be exceeded 2004 source. (PM10) more than 35 200-1000µm (grit) These large particles do not generally Measurement times a year travel very far and are likely to have technique: (90th percentile) originated within a radius of less than Gravimetric Annual 40 µg/m3 31st Dec 30 m. The most common sources are mean 2004 vehicle movements on unpaved roads. Grit problems can also be associated Fine Annual 25 µg/m3 2015 with strong winds and wind erosion particulates mean from surfaces or stock piles. (PM2.5) Measurement PM10 and PM2.5 usually remain suspended in the technique: atmosphere for very long periods of time and are of Gravimetric concern with regard to human health as they are capable of being inhaled into the lungs. They are less 11.2 Local Dust Environment likely to cause dust nuisance or disturbance. Little Dust is one of the most complex pollutants to assess evidence exists to show that quarrying is a significant because of the infinite variation of sources, particle source of PM10 emissions as the majority of fugitive shapes, sizes, density and their resultant aerodynamic dust from quarries are likely to be greater than 30µm in size and will deposit within 100m of the source16. The qualities. These qualities also determine the likelihood 17 for a particle to be suspended by wind, transported and National Atmospheric Emissions Inventory for PM10 potentially deposited. Fugitive dust particles generated emissions shows that the majority of emissions are from sources other than quarrying.

14 The Air Quality Strategy for England, Scotland, Wales and 16 Mineral Planning Statement 2: Controlling and Mitigating the Northern Ireland 2007 Environmental Effects of Minerals Extraction in England. Annex 1: 15 Fugitive dusts are not emitted from point sources such as industrial Dust chimney stacks. 17 http://www.naei.org.uk/

A050564 Final 117 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 11

Estimates of the background concentration of PM10 in • Industrial sources such as the Rugby Cement the area can be derived from the National Air Quality Works. Archive18. This provides the estimated concentrations for each 1km square in the UK. The annual mean As the existing dust environment is influenced by so PM10 concentration for the Southam area is 15-20 many natural and anthropogenic sources it is often µgm-3. very difficult to source-attribute any variations in the monitored background levels. Dust events are often Figure 11.01 UK Background Concentration of caused by the deposition of dusts which have been PM10 (µgm-3)7 transported over great distances. According to the Meteorological Office, desert sands from the Sahara are frequently seen in the United Kingdom in the spring, though they can occur at other times as well. These dusts tend to be washed out of the air by rainfall and can be seen on cars, window sills and other flat surfaces. Biomass burning in Western Russia and Eastern Europe can also contribute to elevated local PM10 concentrations. Although air quality across Warwickshire largely meets the relevant air quality objectives, there are a few areas where the air quality objective for nitrogen dioxide is not being met. In these locations Air Quality Management Areas (AQMA) have either been declared or will soon be declared by the relevant District/Borough Council. In each of these AQMAs, road transport has been identified as the most significant contributor to elevated air pollution levels. There are currently no exceedances of the PM10 objective in Warwickshire. Stratford upon Avon DC has declared an AQMA at a location in Studley due to exceedances of the NO2 objective. It is extremely unlikely that quarrying activities would have any effect on local air quality in Studley as Southam Quarry is located approximately 35km to the east of Studley. The last Updating and 19 Dust is ubiquitous in the environment being dispersed Screening Assessment undertaken by Stratford by wind from a wide range of both natural and District Council in 2006 concluded that PM10 anthropogenic sources. The existing dust environment objectives are likely to be met at all locations and that around Southam is therefore likely to contain dusts no further detailed assessment would be required. from a wide range of sources including: In undertaking its screening assessment, Stratford upon Avon have followed the latest DEFRA technical • regional and trans-boundary dispersal of dust 20 from the erosion of bare rock, sand, soil and guidance. Technical Guidance LAQM.TG(09) pollen; specifically warns of the difficulties associated with quantifying dust emissions from quarrying and mineral • dust emissions from agricultural activities, extraction. The guidance recommends that the especially ploughing and soil handling; following approach is taken: • road traffic, especially from the A426 and • If there are no relevant locations for public A423; exposure within 1000 metres of the dust emissions source then there should be no need • Ufton landfill site; to undertake further assessment; • residential and commercial boilers; • commercial and transport activities including

Coventry Airport; 19 Air Quality Updating and Screening Assessment for Stratford-on- Avon District Council April 2006 20 DEFRA Technical Guidance (2009) ‘Local Air Quality Management’ (LAQM) TG(09) 18 http://www.airquality.co.uk/

A050564 Final 118 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 11

• If the PM10 background is less than 28 µgm- general particulate matter environment and is excellent 3, as they are at Southam, then there is no for portable surveys. The monitoring location is shown need for further assessment if there are in Figure 11.02. relevant locations for public exposure within A report monitoring data for 2008 and 2009, produced 400 to 1000 metres; by Gair Conuslting, is produced as Appendix 5.1. In • If the PM10 background is less than 26 µgm-3, summary, the report provides a comparison of as they are at Southam, then there is no need measured concentrations with air quality standards and for further assessment if there are relevant objectives for PM10 and PM2.5. In addition, a locations for public exposure within 200 to directional analysis of the monitoring data is provided 400 metres; to determine the contribution of the Southam Quarry to particle concentrations. • Where properties lie closer than 200 metres to the source, local authorities are advised to In 2008, annual mean concentrations of PM10 and -3 investigate whether any dust nuisance PM2.5 were 16.7 and 5.9 µgm , respectively. These are -3 complaints have been reported, as this may well below the air quality objectives of 40 µgm -3 give a guide to potential problems. The (PM10) and 25 µgm (PM2.5). There were four absence of complaints is not alone a basis for measured potential exceedences of the 24 hour limit of saying that the objectives will not be which 35 are allowed. An analysis of the four exceeded, and authorities are advised to take potential exceedences indicates that the quarry was not account of local background levels and their the only source of elevated particles at the monitoring own professional judgement based on visual site and that elevated concentrations can and do arise inspection of the operations. from background sources.

This DEFRA guidance gives an indication that In 2009, annual mean concentrations of PM10 and -3 quarrying activities, which in the most part will have a PM2.5 were 14.8 and 5.6 µgm , respectively. These are higher dust risk than that likely to be found at well below the air quality objectives for PM10 and Southam, are unlikely to contribute to background PM2.5. There was one measured potential exceedence PM10. For the one property, Tollgate House, which of the 24 hour limit of which 35 were allowed. lies within 200m of the extraction, the risk of an However, wind direction data indicates that the quarry increase in background PM10 is only likely to occur was not the source of elevated concentrations. for a very short period of time during working in the In addition to PM10 monitoring, Cemex undertook a north-eastern corner of phase 3. During this period limited dust deposition survey in 2006/7. Although careful control of activities should ensure the absence there are no air quality standards for dust deposition in of complaints and prevent any contribution to the UK, other countries often refer to a guideline of background PM10. Cemex have indicated that they are 200-250 mg/m2/day to indicate when nuisance may not aware of any dust nuisance complaints arising from occur. current activities at the Southam Quarry since operations re-commenced in 2007. Although this guideline is poorly defined and very difficult to monitor accurately22 Cemex collected In addition to the Stratford upon Avon District Council samples at six locations south of the existing quarry assessment of all local sources of dust there have been during 2006 and 2007 using Frisbee Gauges23. numerous generic assessments of the potential local dust contribution from mineral operations in the UK21, all of which have shown quarrying to be insignificant contributors to local PM10 concentrations.

Cemex has undertaken routine PM10 monitored at one location to the north of the proposed extension area for the last two years. The monitoring has been undertaken using an Osiris airborne particulate monitor (Turnkey 22 Vallack.H.W (1995) A field evaluation of Frisbee-type dust Instruments) which employs a light scattering deposit gauges, Atmospheric Environment, Vol 29, Issue 12 technique that gives a continuous and simultaneous 23 Dust from the collecting bowl and foam disc was washed out after indication of the TSP (Total Suspended Particulates), a one month period into the collecting vessel using 1 litre of deionised water, before replacement with a clean collection container PM10, PM2.5, and PM1.0 mass fractions. A Turnkey containing 200ml of 2methoxyethanol solution and wrapped in black Instruments weather station including wind direction, plastic to prevent algal build-up. The volume of the collected liquid speed and temperature sensors has also been used. This was measured to allow the determination of rainfall during each measurement device provides a good indication of the period. The liquid was filtered to remove the solid and the weight gain determined gravimetrically. An aliquot of the filtrate was evaporated to determine the dissolved solids content by gravimetric 21 AQEG (2005) Particulate Matter in the UK. Defra, London. determination.

A050564 Final 119 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 11

Figure 11.02 PM10 Monitoring Location Figure 11.03 Frisbee Dust Deposition Gauge Monitoring Location

The results of the Frisbee gauge monitoring show that dust deposition rates are generally low throughout the monitoring period and well below the nuisance guideline of 200-250 mg/m2/day. Table 11.3 Results of Dust Deposition Monitoring 2006/07 (mg/ m2/day) Table 11.3 Dust Deposition Monitoring 2006/7

1 2 3 4 5 6 Average Jan 06 ------Feb 06 18 11.1 25.3 18 17 3.1 15 Mar 06 51 3.3 19 23 85 13 32 Apr 06 22 13.8 12.1 31 8.5 17 May 06 56 70 66 29 29 30 47 Jun 06 148 79 31 73 38 172 90 Jul 06 74 36 74 27 480 138 Aug 06 21 63 46 54 26 251 77 Sep 06 250 160 95 140 110 300 176 Oct 06 130 62 47 20 120 68 75 Nov 06 45 30 16 12 25 64 32 Dec 06 9 41 27 20 25 170 49 Jan 07 69 19 31 41 25 120 51 Feb 07 30 20 27 29 60 52 36 Mar 07 7 3 8 5 4 5 Apr 07 46 32 51 35 27 33 37 May 07 19 33 20 49 32 115 45 Jun 07 89 135 63 110 84 151 105 Jul 07 135 70 15 61 102 413 133 Aug 07 96 43 37 74 92 18 60 Sep 07 51 27 52 36 39 41 Oct 07 58 14 44 43 63 33 43 Nov 07 150 140 20 52 11 32 68 Dec 07 150 19 23 11 21 23 41 Average 80 58 34 46 48 95

A050564 Final 120 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 11

11.3 Local Traffic Pollution Figure 11.04 Wind Rose for Church Lawford – Jan The site is accessed through the existing site entrance ’99-Dec’07 NGR 4456E 2736N – Altitude: 107m on the east side of the A423. On the western side of the AMSL A423 is a residential access road serving approximately 40 properties at the Model Village. The site entrance has been constructed to accommodate HGV traffic associated with the former cement works and continues to be used for mineral extraction and other activities. HGV movements between the Southam Quarry site and Rugby Cement works are subject to a formal vehicle routing agreement (a Section 106 Agreement) between CEMEX and the local planning authority, Warwickshire County Council. Delivery traffic will be routed along the A423 upon leaving Southam and Both Southam and Stockton will be unaffected by when travelling from Rugby. This will take traffic prevailing winds. Southam, situated to the south-west through the villages of Long Itchington, Marton and of the site has a very low likelihood that winds will Princethorpe which line the road. occur from the direction of the quarry. Similarly, It is proposed that the application site would be Stockton, to the east of the site, can also be classed as operated as an extension of the existing Southam having a low likelihood of winds from the direction of Quarry with production/output continuing at current the quarry. levels. Therefore, the proposal would not result in an To assist in characterising the likelihood and increase in vehicle movements from the site associated sensitivity of dust sensitive receivers in relation to with the transport of limestone and clay to the Rugby prevailing meteorological wind conditions Table 11.4 Cement Works. Vehicles would continue to access the identifies the risk of impact as high for receivers who site via the existing site access onto the A423, receive over 20% wind frequency and are located less Southam Road. than 100m from the dust source. In comparison, receptors that are over 250m from the dust source can 11.4 Local Meteorological Environment be considered to have a negligible sensitivity. The risk periods for dust generation always directly Table 11.4 Meteorology Risk Ratings relate to meteorology. Analysis of precipitation, Distance from dust source to sensitive receiver potential evapotranspiration, winds and atmospheric Wind 176- stability can give an indication of periods when Frequency <100m 101-175m >250m mineral deposits and haul roads will dry quickly and 250m Medium- dust control measures such as water bowsing will be <5% Medium Low Negligible Low required. The greatest risk of dust generation is likely to occur when potential evapotranspiration exceeds 5-12.5% Medium Medium Low Negligible Medium- Medium- rainfall and drying conditions are more prevalent. Dust 12.5-20% Low Negligible generation is not restricted to these periods, however, High High and can also occur during dry freezing conditions >20% High High Medium Negligible when dust control by wetness is not effective. Rainfall data for the area has been obtained from the Wind rose data has been obtained from Church Stratford upon Avon weather station, 25km south west Lawford Weather Station, approximately 13 km north of the site. Periods of rainfall combined with reduced of the site. The wind rose illustrates that the prevailing temperatures and hours of sunshine ensure that winds in the area are south-westerly with potential evapotranspiration is exceeded and therefore approximately 40% of winds occurring in the drying conditions are unlikely to occur. During these southerly, south-south-westerly, and west-south- periods materials are often handled damp and the westerly wind sectors. Easterly and northerly winds are generic meteorological risk of potential dust emissions notably very light with a very low frequency of strong from the site is therefore low. to gale force winds.

A050564 Final 121 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 11

Table 11.5 Average Monthly weather data for Stratford Upon Avon Weather Station 1971-200

Days of Air Days of Rainfall Max Temp Min Temp Sunshine Rainfall Month Frost >=1mm (deg C) (deg C) (hours) (mm) (days) (days) Jan 6.9 0.7 12.3 48.7 55.6 11.7 Feb 7.5 0.5 12.3 61.3 40.6 9.4 Mar 10.2 2 8.7 95.2 45.6 10.8 Apr 12.8 3.2 6 132 46.5 9.4 May 16.5 5.8 1.5 177 48.8 9.3 Jun 19.4 8.8 0.1 167.1 55.3 9 Jul 22.2 10.9 0 189.4 44 7.6 Aug 21.7 10.7 0 177.9 61.1 8.3 Sep 18.5 8.7 0.4 129.6 55 9.1 Oct 14.3 6 2.4 98 56.2 10.2 Nov 9.9 2.8 7.9 60.6 52 10.1 Dec 7.7 1.5 10.7 42.5 61.4 10.8 Year 14 5.2 62.2 1379.2 622.3 115.7

The rainfall data illustrates that the area receives an average rainfall when compared to other the rest of the UK. The area typically experiences rainfall on 115 days of the year (30 percent of the time).

Figure 11.05 UK Average Rainfall 1971-2000 (Met Office mapped averages www.metoffice.gov.uk

A050564 Final 122 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 11

Site, in a north-westerly (Long Itchington Centre), 11.5 Dust Sensitive Receivers westerly (Model Village), easterly (Stockton Centre), Potential increases in ambient dust levels will have and southerly (Southam) direction. Given the increased varying degrees of potential impact dependant on the distance of these receptors from the Site and the lower type and sensitivity of the receiver. Increased dust wind frequencies and speeds in their direction, the levels on agricultural land, for example, are likely to sensitivity of these receptors to potential impacts is have a much lower impact than similar levels of dust expected to be low. falling on a paint spraying or electronic facility, where All of the footpaths and bridleways in the vicinity of very small amounts of dust can affect activities. the Facility are outside the perimeter of the Site. The Although this principle does not always apply it is closest public footpath is located approximately 60 m possible to categorise dust sensitive receivers and at its nearest point to the northeast of the application highlight their risk in relation to potential dust sources. area, between Stockton Reservoir and the A426. There Table 11.6 Dust Sensitive Activities is also a National Cycle Way approximately 500 m to the north of the Site. High sensitivity Medium Low sensitivity sensitivity There are two Sites of Special Scientific Interest Hospitals Schools Agricultural land (SSSI) located within a 3 km radius around the Site. Electronic industry Residential excluding market The closest is the Stockton Railway Cutting & Quarry, Painting activities areas gardening approximately 1 km to the northeast-east of the Site Food processing Shops Heavy industry whose main habitat is calcareous grassland. The SSSI Offices Parks and open of the Long Itchington & Ufton Woods is spaces approximately 2.8 km to the west of the Site whose There are no known high sensitive land-use activities main habitat is broadleaved, mixed and yew woodland. within 1km of the extension area, and the majority of There are no designated Nature Conservation Sites or land is predominantly agricultural land with occasional Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) located isolated residential properties. The closest sensitive within a 200m distance from the proposed extension. receivers to the extension area are located to the north Given the distance of these receptors from the Site the and north-east. Table 11.7 lists the relevant distances sensitivity of these receptors to potential impacts is and bearing from the centre of the operational area and expected to be low. the resultant likely wind frequencies, at the nearest The micrometeorology of the extension area will be potentially dust sensitive receivers. The location of the affected to a great extent by the presence of existing nearest dust sensitive receivers are shown on Figure vegetation. This existing vegetation comprising mature 11.06 woodland will form a very effective wind barrier The likelihood of dust nuisance events occurring at which will suppress dust emissions by reducing wind locations over 100m from the extension area is low as velocities over bare ground or stockpiles and hence the majority of fugitive dust from quarries are likely to reduce the level of wind erosion. Tree lines can also be greater than 30µm in size and will deposit easily act as an efficient dust filter and can be a useful dust within 100m of the source24. Tollgate House, east- control safeguard. The efficiency of trees and shrubs north-east and across the A426 road from the site is the as filters will depend upon species and whether they closest residential property to the application area. are evergreen or deciduous. The existing tree lines to Whilst this property is situated approximately 100m the south-west and south-east of the proposed site from the north-eastern corner of phase 3 the potential already form an effective screen which will increase in for dust related impacts is minimised as the activities efficiency as the vegetation continues to mature. will only occur for a short period of time. The distance Studies by the United States Environmental Protection from Tollgate House to the site mobile processing Agency25 suggest that a wind break of 50 percent plant is over 1km. porosity, of length five times the source width, of The closest residential potentially dust sensitive height equal to the emission height and positioned at a receivers downwind of the prevailing wind direction distance twice the height of the source, would reduce are three properties located at Stockton Fields Farm, dust emissions by up to 60 percent. It is anticipated over 200m from the phase 3. The western part of that the advanced planting at Southam would be at Stockton lies approximately 750m from phase 3, along least as effective as this example in reducing potential with several isolated properties. All remaining dust emissions. identified residential receptors lie over 1 km from the

24 Mineral Planning Statement 2: Controlling and Mitigating the Environmental Effects of Minerals Extraction in England. Annex 1: 25 Relative effectiveness of chemical additives and wind screens for Dust fugitive dust control. (2006) Drehmel D , Daniel B, Carnes D

A050564 Final 123 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 11

Receptor NGR Bearing Approx distance Approx distance Percentage of from site from centre of at closest point time wind site (m) (m) frequency Stockton Fields Farm SP430643 NNE 545 240 15 The Old Police House SP434641 NNE 760 270 15 Greaves Cottages SP428645 NNE 720 450 15 SSSI-Stockton Railway cutting & quarry SP440640 ENE 1400 1000 11 Tollgate House SP433640 ENE 610 100 11 Stockton – Tuckwell Close SP434638 E 750 300 8 Griffin's Farm SP424630 S 880 500 3 SSSI-Long Itchington & Ufton Woods SP395630 WSW 3200 2800 5 Stockton School SP436637 WSW 970 550 5 The Grey House SP417635 WSW 1000 650 5 Café in former petrol station SP417644 WNW 1100 630 5 Station cottages SP417641 WNW 1000 580 5 The Blue Lias pub SP426646 NNW 770 470 5 Lock Shop SP423647 NNW 900 490 5 Long Itchington Primary School SP420649 NNW 1200 770 5 Two Boats pub SP417646 NNW 1200 720 5

Table 11.7 Dust Sensitive Receivers

Figure 11.06 Location of the nearest dust sensitive moisture content of the material excavated will ensure receivers the risk of dust emission is very low. In addition, Process Guidance Note PG3/8 (04)26 states that ‘the handling of clay at quarries is not normally likely to result in the release into air of particulate matter’. Despite the absence of a site environmental permit, extensive best practice guidance, contained in the Secretary of State Process Guidance Note 3/8 (04) Quarry Processes has been followed at the site. Cemex have indicated that they are not aware of any dust nuisance complaints arising from activities at the Southam Quarry since operations re-commenced in 2007. The extraction of limestone and clay will be undertaken using the same techniques as the current operation. A mechanical excavator will extract 11.6 Assessment materials which will be transferred by dump truck to a mobile screening and crushing plant located within a 11.6.1 Site Design building at the former cement works before being loaded into dump trucks for transport to a storage In addition to wide ranging planning conditions to building. From here the material is loaded into control dust from quarries most quarry processes are articulated road trucks for onward transportation to the also required to hold an Environmental Permit under Rugby Cement Works. The trucks would utilise the the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) existing site entrance, and there would be no change to Regulations 2007 (EPR) except where the operation of the activity is unlikely to result in the release into the air of particulate matter. Southam Quarry is not 26 Secretary of State Process Guidance Note 3/8 (04) Quarry required to hold an Environmental Permit as the Processes, 2004

A050564 Final 124 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 11

the recent average rates of output, and no change to the Tab1e 11.8 Potential sources of dust associated with established pattern of vehicle movements. the extension area

Several dust control design considerations have been Point Sources Loading and unloading A hydraulic loading shovel included into the proposed Southam Quarry extension. will load dump trucks. The The use of the existing mobile processing plant, for high moisture content of the example, will keep potential dust sources away from mineral will ensure that any dust sensitive receivers to the north of the site. In potential emission will be minimal. addition, the location of soil storage bunds along the Mobile Processing The processing plant has the northern boundary of the extension and the retention of plant potential to generate emissions existing woodland screening and advanced planting to however this will be well the south-east and south-west will have benefits with controlled with containment regard to dust control as well as attenuating the impact and suppression. of the proposals in relation to visual impact and noise. Line sources Haul road movements Only limited haul road Although the creation of screening bunds will create a movements will occur in the temporary dust source, it is likely that once in place extension area, however dump they will assist in reducing wind speeds and therefore truck movements have a high can reduce the risk of dust emissions. potential to give rise to dust emissions. Haul roads will be Site design considerations which will reduce the dust conditioned with water to emission potential of the extension area include: reduce potential emissions.

• maintaining the existing mature vegetation Area sources Soil handling When soils are stripped in the screening south of Stockton Field Farm to extension area they will not be reduce wind speeds; handled wet as damage can occur to the soil structure. Soil • retaining the mobile processing plant within stripping and soil mound the former cement works building, sheltered creation will be managed from winds. carefully to ensure the risk of dust emissions is minimised. 11.6.2 Sources of Dust The various types of dust source at Southam require The sources of dust generation at Southam can most very different approaches to control. Generally there easily be classed by the size of the emission area. The are four ways of reducing dust, although distinction mobile crusher, for example, can be classed as a point between them is not always clear: source as dust has the potential to be generated in one • foreseeing problems and avoiding them; location only. Emissions from haul roads in comparison can be classed as line sources as emissions • preventing its escape into the atmosphere; can occur along the entire haul route. • recapturing it once it is in the air; At Southam, the movement of soil and overburden, and • reducing its spread once it is airborne. the creation of bunds are likely to present a dust nuisance risk as this activity occurs outside the quarry The following factors will influence the rates of void and machinery movements can lift dust into the emissions from potential extraction and processing air. Disturbed soils can also become exposed to strong activities at Southam: winds, especially when vehicles and machinery are travelling at speed. Dust emissions from haul roads can • the particle size and moisture content of the increase rapidly in proportion to vehicle speed and mineral; traffic volume but despite this risk, research has shown • the volume of material being handled; that the majority of 50 µm particles, typically produced from haul road, deposit rapidly within 8m. For 20 µm • the local meteorology and the exposure of the particles a similar decline occurred at 30m27. site to wind erosion. Dust has the potential to have an impact on the environment in relation to both nuisance and health, but these are quite separate issues, and the methods used to measure them are different. Dust nuisance is typically associated with the build up of potentially unsightly deposits on property, making their

27 Particle re-suspension from an asphalt road caused by car and appearance objectionable. Health impacts relate to the truck traffic Atmospheric Environment 7 p291-309 potential for adverse effects on the health of individuals.

A050564 Final 125 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 11

The limestone and clay strata at the quarry are Draft Southam Quarry Dust Control Plan fractured and inherently moist (13-14%). This very high moisture content ensures that the potential for General dust emissions are considerably reduced when compared to other types of quarrying. The high degree • A high standard of housekeeping shall be of fracturing also ensures that blasting is not required maintained at all times. which also reduces the potential for dust generation • Staff at all levels shall receive the necessary and dispersal. formal training and instruction in relation to Emissions from the mobile crusher have the highest the control of the process and emissions to air. potential to generate PM10 on the site, but the crusher's enclosure, and its remoteness from sensitive receptors, Soil movement will make it an insignificant contributor to received • Soil removal will be restricted to low risk levels at any location off-site. In addition to the mobile meteorological periods. crusher unit, haul roads have a high potential to generate dust emissions. Haul roads will however be • Vehicle speeds will be restricted. dampened in dry conditions, and haulage speeds • The duration of the activity will be minimal. controlled. Haul roads would also run generally to the west of either the application or permitted areas, away • Disturbed surfaces will be re-seeded as soon from the nearest sensitive receivers. Processed material as is practicable. from the crusher would be transported on crushed stone haul routes to storage sheds at the adjacent (non- Mobile Crusher/Screen operational) cement works. Despatch from the site, to Rugby Cement Works, would be via the fully surfaced • All mobile crushers shall be fitted with site access road, on trucks loaded within the enclosure efficient dust suppression equipment. of the sheds. • All conveyors shall be covered or fitted with wind boards to prevent wind whipping 11.6.3 Dust Management • Drop heights from all conveyors shall be kept At Southam, as at all Cemex sites, the Site Manager to a minimum. will be responsible for ensuring effective dust control and this relies on good site operational controls such Stockpiles and Storage as: • All raw materials and product stockpiles shall • identifying and monitoring the intensity of be held under conditions, which do not give potential dust generating activities; rise to excessive dust emissions. • monitoring weather conditions during dust • Stockpiles will be located in areas protected sensitive periods; from prevailing winds. • responding to potential and actual dust • The storage areas are located away from problems; sensitive areas. • planning contingency measures; Vehicle movements • ceasing operations when major impacts cannot be avoided. • Vehicle speeds will be restricted. A Dust Management Plan will be incorporated into the • Unsurfaced roads will we damped down when site procedures and would be continually revised as required using a water bowser. necessary to ensure that it remains appropriate to the • Loading and unloading will occur in areas activities occurring at the Site and that any change in protected from wind. conditions relating to dust management are dealt with as part of those revisions. In particular, the monitoring • Drop heights will be minimised. procedures and compliance actions will be updated as • All vehicle loads will be sheeted and loads required by the procedures specified within it. inspected to ensure no potential spillages.

• A water bowser and sprays will be available to moisten material if required. The Site Manager will have responsibility for ensuring that the risk of any potential dust nuisance arising from

A050564 Final 126 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 11

quarrying activities are minimised. The likelihood of therefore be classed as negligible as outlined in the failure of any dust prevention management techniques table below. is likely to be low. Table 11.9 Classification of potential risks from extraction and processing activities 11.6.4 Dust Monitoring Potential Risk Description Whilst there are no environmental permit requirements of Impact to undertake dust monitoring, Cemex has followed It is very likely that the proposed guidance which states that dust monitoring should be Substantial extension will cause exceedances of risk based and may be quantitative, semi-quantitative, Local Air Quality Objectives or subjective (e.g. visual). The objective of the dust There is a known potential for monitoring is to determine whether dust has been emissions to cause exceedances of Moderate transported off-site in such quantity or concentration Local Air Quality Objectives but that a nuisance may occur and further actions are exceedances are not certain. required to be taken. Routine monitoring is being Emissions may increase as a result of the proposed Facility but with a very undertaken to the north of the proposed extension area Slight (ref Appendix 5.1), and it is anticipated that such low risk of exceedance of Local Air Quality Objectives monitoring will continue for the duration of the There is likely to be no discernible extension development. Negligible change in local air quality as a result of Should any problems arise (either identifiable from the the proposal. monitoring or via visual inspections) then action will By comparing this risk rating with the meteorological be undertaken in accordance with the details in the and proximity sensitivity information detailed in table Dust Management Plan. 11.4 and table 11.7 an overall risk rating can be The results of all dust monitoring observations, along derived. The potential risk of dust related impacts on with remedial actions implemented and details of who the closest dust sensitive receivers has been assessed carried out the monitoring will be recorded. All and is presented in Table 11.10. Risk ratings have been personnel employed on-Site will be aware of and will derived from assessment of the following: undertake visual monitoring for dust throughout the • the potential risk of dust emissions associated working day. Daily monitoring in the form of a visual with the proposed activities; assessment will be undertaken at the Site. • the distance from potential dust emission Any problem observed, i.e. raised clouds of dust, will sources to dust sensitive receivers; be reported to the Site Manager (or the next level of management if they are unavailable), who will be • the frequency of winds from potential dust responsible for investigating the cause and emission sources to dust sensitive receivers. implementing any necessary remedial action. All As the potential impact classification for the site is personnel who will undertake particulate observations ‘negligible’ and only two locations have a low/medium will have received appropriate training, guidance and meteorological risk rating the highest classification of instruction in how to carry out the task. risk is low. For the majority of potentially dust sensitive receivers the likelihood of potential impacts is 11.6.5 Potential Impacts classified as negligible. The extraction of limestone and clay at Southam has an The low meteorological risks as a result of the low inherently low risk of dust emission which has been frequency of strong winds, and the distance to dust recognised in the environmental permitting regime. sensitive receivers will ensure that the potential for Southam Quarry is not required to have an dust emissions from the site remains low. The villages environmental permit as ‘the handling of clay at of Stockton and Long Itchington and the town of quarries is not normally likely to result in the release Southam all have a negligible risk of potential dust into air of particulate matter’. The proposed extension impacts as a result of the negligible impact from at Southam will utilise the same processes and prevailing winds and the distance dust sensitive facilities as currently exists and Cemex have indicated receivers. that they are not aware of any dust nuisance complaints arising from activities at the Southam Quarry since operations re-commenced in 2007. As the potential risk of emissions is minimised the likelihood of any emissions leading to an impact on local air quality is also minimised. The classification of potential risks of a dust related impact from the site can

A050564 Final 127 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 11

Table 11.10 Summary of receptor potential dust Activities which will occur in the north-eastern corner disturbance risk of phase 3 will include limited surface working such as the creation of screening bunds. The potential for dust Potential Potential Meteorological Risk of related impacts will be minimised during these periods Receptor Impact Risk2 dust by careful use of dust control techniques and close Risk1 disturbance observation of meteorological conditions. In addition, Stockton advanced tree planting will create an additional Negligible Low Low Fields Farm safeguard, reducing the potential for wind whipping. The Old Police Negligible Negligible Negligible 11.7 Conclusion House Greaves The existing operations at Southam Quarry are subject Negligible Negligible Negligible Cottages to a high standard of site management that incorporates SSSI- a large number of highly effective dust control Stockton measures. The proposed extension at Southam will Railway Negligible Negligible Negligible utilise the same processes and facilities as currently cutting & exists including retaining the well screened processing quarry area, providing screening bunds and shelter belts, and Tollgate Negligible Medium Low locating haul roads to the west of the site away from House Stockton – potentially dust sensitive receivers. The site is Tuckwell Negligible Negligible Negligible currently independently certified to the internationally Close recognised ISO14001:2004 which requires continual Griffin's improvement and provides additional safeguards and a Negligible Negligible Negligible Farm rigorous demonstration of compliance with all legal SSSI-Long requirements. Itchington Negligible Negligible Negligible & Ufton The quarrying activities at Southam have an inherently Woods low risk of dust emission which has been recognised in Stockton the environmental permitting regime. Southam Quarry Negligible Negligible Negligible School is not required to have an environmental permit as ‘the The Grey handling of clay at quarries is not normally likely to Negligible Negligible Negligible House result in the release into air of particulate matter’. The Café in high moisture content ensures that the potential for former Negligible Negligible Negligible dust emissions are considerably reduced when petrol compared to other types of quarrying. Cemex have station indicated that they are not aware of any dust nuisance Station Negligible Negligible Negligible complaints arising from activities at the Southam cottages Quarry since operations re-commenced in 2007. The Blue Negligible Negligible Negligible Lias pub For the majority of potentially dust sensitive receivers Lock Shop Negligible Negligible Negligible the likelihood of potential impacts is negligible. For Long Tollgate House and the Stockton Fields Farm Itchington development the likelihood is classified slightly higher Negligible Negligible Negligible Primary at low. The closest dust sensitive receiver, Tollgate School House, is situated approximately 100m from the north- Two Boats Negligible Negligible Negligible eastern corner of phase 3. Whilst this is the closest pub distance from proposed activities the potential for dust 1 See Table 11.9 2 See Table 11.4 and 11.7 related impacts is minimised as the activities will only occur for a short period of time and most dust sources Tollgate House is the closest residential property to the will be located significantly greater distances away. application area which at its closest point is approximately 100m from the north-eastern corner of The extension to Southam Quarry has a negligible/low phase 3. Although government guidance indicates that potential to cause dust related disturbance as: the majority of fugitive dust from quarries will deposit easily within 100m of the source, for the majority of • the handling of clay at quarries is not normally the design life of the site all potentially significant likely to result in the release into air of sources of dust will be significantly greater distances particulate matter; away. The distance from Tollgate House to the site • the site design will ensure there is a negligible mobile processing plant is over 1km. risk of potential dust emissions;

A050564 Final 128 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 11

• the prevailing winds and rainfall in the area ensure a low risk of potential impact on the nearest dust sensitive receivers; • the distance to dust sensitive receivers is far in excess of that identified in assessment guidance criteria; • the industry best practice design includes extensive dust control measures.

A050564 Final 129 WYG Planning & Design

Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 12

12.0 TRAFFIC open to traffic HGV’s shall not use Lawford Heath Lane or the B4429 or the B4455………..” 12.1 Introduction This routing agreement would remain relevant to The development would not be associated with any limestone and clay extracted from the Phase 3 area increase in output, and thus there would be no increase which, as noted above, would provide for the ‘usable in traffic generation. Similarly, no changes are reserves’ to be won within the currently approved 18 proposed to the established routing agreement relating year timescale of the current planning permission. to flows between Southam Quarry and the Rugby It is understood that the Rugby Western Relief Road s Cement Works. scheduled to be opened by the end of October 2010. The site gains direct access onto the A423 via a simple At that time, all traffic, travelling to and from the priority T-junction, located approximately 1 km north Rugby Cement Works would use the A423 and of Southam, and 0.9 km south of Long Itchington. The Western Relief Road, which will provide ease of site access road is some 7.8m wide at the approach to access to the Rugby Works. the A423, and is constructed from concrete. The access is illuminated by street light columns, with visibility splays of some 4.5 x 215m to the left (south) and 4.5 x 100m to the right (north). The development operates at an average output of some 600,000 tonnes per annum. The material is transported to Rugby Cement Works in articulated vehicles with an average carrying capacity of 26 tonnes. Based upon a 275 day working year, this generates an average of some 84 vehicles per day (168 movements). At present there are no hours of working restrictions relating to vehicle movements to and from the site. In order to regulate this, it is proposed to restrict vehicle movements to 06:00 – 18:00 Monday to Friday, and 06:00 – 13:00 Saturdays, with no movements on Sundays or Bank Holidays. The Section 106 Agreement which accompanied the April 2006 planning permission for the Phase 1 and 2 Spiers Farm extension formalised a historical informal routing agreement, and requires that:

“(i) Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Developer and County Council, clay and limestone excavated from within the site shall be transported from the site to the Rugby Cement Works only by the following routes: (a) HGV’s travelling from the site to the Rugby Cement Works shall use the A423 to Princethorpe and then 50% of the said traffic shall use the B4453 to Lawford Heath and 50% shall use the B4455 Fosse Way. (b) HGV’s returning from the Rugby Cement Works to the site shall travel on the A426 from Dunchurch to the junction of the A423/A426 and then north on the A423 to Southam Cement Eorks access. (ii) No HGV’s goods vehicles shall turn right onto the B4429 in Duinchurch. (iii) From the date on which the Western Relief Road between Lawford Road and Potsford Dam Road is first

A050564 Final 131 WYG Planning & Design

Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 13

13.0 CULTURAL HERITAGE Age), together with a number of undated pits and post holes. A description of the results of the desk based analysis In these circumstances, it is suggested that any further of the archaeological and industrial archaeological archaeological field investigation of ‘Phase 3’ could interest of the application site and its environs has been appropriately be confined to a ‘watching brief’ during set out in section 2.7 of the ES. This notes that there soil stripping operations. This could be made a are no known features of archaeological interest within requirement of a planning condition in the event of the confines of the application site. permission being granted for the Phase 3 development. This general lack of archaeological interest is well No scheduled ancient monuments are located in or documented. Volume 100 of the Birmingham & near the application site, nor could their settings be Warwickshire Archaeological Society’s Transactions affected by the proposed development. contained a series of articles summarising the state of knowledge of archaeology in the county, period by There are no listed buildings located in the application period. Of the prehistoric period, it was remarked that site. Stockton Fields Farm is 100 m from the northern “sites and finds of prehistoric date are not common in boundary of the Proposed Development Area; it is an the Feldon” (Hingley 1996:2) (Feldon is the region of eighteenth century farmhouse and attached Warwickshire to the south and east of the Amm outbuildings range, built in brick of two storeys, listed Valley). Likewise “the character of Roman settlement grade II. The farmhouse and the application site are in the Feldon is still largely unknown” (Booth not presently intervisible, because of the recent 1996:54). The presence of the Anglo-Saxons is plantation, flanked to north and south by thick hedges. assumed, not so much from known sites but from the This screening will be enhanced by screen bunding and hypothesis that present-day nucleated villages are ninth additional planting along the northern boundary. The or tenth century agglomerations of existing setting of the listed building should not therefore be communities. affected. In this context it is not surprising therefore that, not only are there no certain archaeological sites in the application site, but there are virtually none for some distance around. The absence of archaeology in the Feldon is often blamed on the predominately pastoral agriculture not giving rise to the accidental discovery of sites. However, in Stockton, there has been extensive quarrying in the area and this might have been thought to have disturbed some sites, but none have been reported (with the exception of the dubious Anglo-Saxon pottery from Southam Works). Of the little archaeology there is near the application site, the Roman and assumed Roman finds to the southeast, (SMR 940, 6796 and 6973, para 4.5) actually lie on the southeast-facing slopes of the valley of the River Stowe, not on the steeper northwest-facing slopes of the next tributary, characteristic of the application site. The cropmarks of SMR 6796 bear no resemblance to the soilmarks in the application site, the former are rectangular or sub-rectangular, the latter circular in form. They therefore provide no information on the possible archaeology of the application site. It may be concluded that there is a low probability of important archaeology within the application site. The general lack of archaeological interest in the area has been confirmed by a detailed archaeological field evaluation within the Spiers Farm Phase 1b and Phase 2 area. As summarised in Section 2.6 of the ES, no substantive finds were encountered, and the features were confined to a territorial boundary ditch (Iron

A050564 Final 133 WYG Planning & Design

Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 14

14.0 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL of the mineral working to form a progressive sequence EFFECTS AND MITIGATION of working and restoration operations, which would MEASURES minimise the area of land undergoing mineral working and related operations at any one time. The site is 14.1 Introduction already partially screened by existing vegetation and existing landforms, particularly to the north-east, The preceding chapters 6.0 – 13.0 have provided a south-east and south-west. Existing advance screen detailed and objective assessment of the potential planting will continue to mature and will be environmental effects of the development under a supplemented by additional planting. It is also series of topic headings. Where appropriate, the proposed to create continuous soil screen mounds studies have recommended mitigation measures which around the most sensitive properties and local should be implemented to reduce the environmental viewpoints identified during the landscape and visual and amenity effects which have been identified. All appraisal. such measures represent conventional and well The final restoration and after use proposals for the site established mitigation measures which are common at represent the principal long-term measure in mitigation most quarries, and all are consistent with national of potential landscape and visual effects. The guidance and standards relevant to the respective restoration will include a combination of agriculture, topics. woodland and nature conservation at a lower level. This section draws the various issues together as a The south-eastern part of the site will be flooded, summary of the key issues, conclusions and forming a water body along with shallow ponds and recommendations. wetland areas for amphibian and invertebrate interest. At a higher level, the northern part of the site will be 14.2 Landscape and Visual Effects restored to productive agriculture with three field units, adding to a larger field created as part of the approved Southam Quarry is situated in open countryside restoration scheme on land to the south. Public access between the towns of Southam to the south, Stockton into the habitat creation area would be facilitated to the south-east, and Long Itchington to the north- through the creation of a circular footpath route around west. the restored site, linking to the existing public footpath The proposed application site is some 16.8 hectares ] to the north, the Harry Green Way. in extent (including the access corridor and processing Landscape character contributes significantly to area), with extraction extending to some 9.62 hectares landscape amenity, as experienced by people who use in total. It currently comprises open arable agricultural the public footpaths, roads and particularly the Harry land to the south-west of Stockton Fields Farm, and Green Way, within the immediate vicinity of the site north-west of the A426. and nearby residents. The impact on landscape The effects of the development, whether beneficial or character and its contribution to landscape amenity adverse, would vary in nature and degree through the vary from slight adverse to negligible depending on the operational and restoration phases. Mitigation distance between the site and the receptor to landscape measures are proposed in the design of the quarry change. The restoration of the site offers significant extension or by management of the quarry operational benefits to landscape amenity. Public access would be processes. The aims of mitigation measures are: first, encouraged along attractive and varied routes through to avoid potential effects; and second, to reduce the diverse habitats created during the restoration of the degree of adverse effects which are unavoidable. The site. This would result in a moderate beneficial effects assessed are those that remain after mitigation improvement in the landscape amenity of the Harry measures are put in place, defined as ‘residual effects’. Green Way. The degree of the likely landscape and visual effects of The visual appraisal, informed by the Zone of the proposed quarry extension was determined by Theoretical Visibility (ZTV) study identified a number relating the ability of the landscape or view to of locations from which the proposed extension site is accommodate the changes arising from the visible. Six viewpoints were identified as development proposals, and the magnitude of the representative of the most sensitive views available. changes to which they would be subjected. The degree The visual impact is assessed as moderate to slight of effect, whether adverse or beneficial, is graded from adverse during the site clearance and initial phase of substantial to negligible. quarrying, given the scale of the changes and the sensitivity of the views. During the progressive A number of mitigation measures have been lowering of the level of the extension site it will incorporated into the design of the scheme, which seek become less prominent in views. Consequently the to minimise the potential adverse landscape and visual impact would steadily reduce to slight adverse to impact of the development. These include the phasing negligible. Following restoration of the site the

A050564 Final 135 Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 14

existing and proposed planting would develop, The proposed mitigation would, in the long term, reducing the visual impact to negligible. provide an increased variety of habitats that extend and strengthen similar existing habitats in the area. This The habitats created within the quarry void in the long would ensure that the short term adverse impact was term offer the potential for visual interest, in contrast turned to a positive gain in the long term. to the existing views across farmland. This would result in a slight to moderate beneficial impact on views which are available into the restored quarry 14.4 Ground and Surface Water void. The main hydrogeological concerns that were raised in response to the 2003 planning application were the 14.3 Ecology impacts of dewatering on three sensitive water features, namely: The proposed extraction would result in the direct loss of approximately 11.92 hectares of arable fields, • Stockton reservoir; (including margins to the extraction area) approximately 1030m of hedgerow and 11 hedgerow • Holy Well; trees within the extraction area. None of the 11 • A pond at Stockton Fields Farm. hedgerow trees were classified as veteran status and the loss of these trees is considered to be of negligible Following a re-assessment of the above features and in ecological impact. the light of subsequent monitoring data it is concluded that they are not at risk from dewatering of the Site. The loss of some of the linear habitats, namely the Notwithstanding the above conclusion, measures have hedgerows, within the proposed excavation area would been proposed to mitigate any impact from dewatering have a minor impact on the foraging behaviour of bats on Stockton Reservoir or the pond at Stockton Fields seen utilizing the site during the survey period. The Farm. Monitoring of borehole 12/05 will be continued minor impact from the loss of the lengths of hedgerow at 6 hourly intervals to verify that the drawdown from and associated trees would be compensated for through the Site does not extend beyond the southern quarry the long-term restoration. boundary and will not, therefore, impact on the water Within the 11.92 hectares of arable fields, 3.23 levels or flows at Holy Well. hectares falls into the 500 metre impact zone for great A surface water management scheme for the quarry crested newts. Due to the proposed excavation being was approved by the Environment Agency in February on the extreme edge of the 500 metre zone and the 2009 (Appendix H). Dewatering water is pumped to habitats within this zone considered to be of low value the old quarry and would only be discharged off site to great crested newts, it is considered that a EPS after heavy rainfall should the water level in the old (European Protected Species) license would not be quarry exceed 78mAOD or should mitigation be required for the proposed excavation. The proposed required for Stockton Reservoir. The discharge would excavation would have a negligible impact. have to meet specified water quality criteria. The impact of the proposed excavations on Red List Due to the generally competent nature of the strata and UK/Local BAP bird species is assessed as minor. underlying the quarry and the surrounding areas it is The level of bird activity in the area was low, but best considered unlikely that dewatering will result in the practice recommends that if any hedgerow or tree settlement of structures in the vicinity of the Site. removal were to take place during the bird breeding season (March – September, inclusive) an assessment Following the completion of mineral extraction, the of the breeding bird status should be undertaken before Site will be restored to a mixture of agriculture and removal. open water by allowing the quarry to flood with groundwater and rain water. The predicted water level At the time of survey no reptile activity was recorded of the restoration lake is 78 – 80 mAOD based on within the proposed excavation area and it was groundwater level monitoring data. considered that the impact of the proposed excavation was negligible. There would be no significant long-term impacts on groundwater or local surface water bodies as a result of The mitigation strategy has focused on protecting the restoration. The restoration will incorporate peripheral features from damage, and introducing landscaping and drainage such that any runoff is features of biodiversity value as part of the restoration directed towards the proposed lake in the restoration. proposals. The restoration proposals show a mix of aquatic and terrestrial habitats that were designed to 14.5 Noise benefit the great crested newts, birds, vegetation and invertebrates with the aim of extending the territorial Existing noise levels were measured at five noise and aquatic ranges, thus encouraging an expansion of sensitive locations around the proposed site. the populations. Measurements were made in terms of LAeq, LA90, LA10

A050564 Final 136 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 14

and LAmax, thus enabling the existing noise climate to arising from activities at the Southam Quarry since be characterised. operations re-commenced in 2007. A series of noise predictions have been made, which As the potential risk of emissions is minimised the have been assessed against the noise criteria in MPS2. likelihood of any emissions leading to an impact on local air quality is also minimised. The classification of The predictions refer to worst case scenarios, when potential risks of a dust related impact from the site operations are undertaken at their closest distances to can therefore be classed as negligible sensitive properties and therefore have the greatest influence on the noise levels at these locations. 14.7 Traffic The mitigation measures include the selection and use of modern equipment and the provision of a perimeter The development would not be associated with any bund between the mineral extraction area and the increase in output, and thus there would be no increase nearest dwellings. in traffic generation. The existing quarry is subject to an established routing agreement relating to flows The combined effect of noise from limestone and clay between Southam Quarry and the Rugby Cement extraction and the movement of material within and Works. Following the full completion of the Rugby from the extraction site has been calculated in dB Western Relief Road by the end of October 2010, all LAeq,T terms at each dwelling with barrier attenuation traffic, travelling to and from the Rugby Cement taken into account for the proposed perimeter bund. Works would use the A423 and Western Relief Road, The proposed bund between the extraction area and the which will provide ease of access to the Rugby Works. dwellings, particularly Tollgate House, has been taken to be 5 metres in height. 14.8 Cultural Heritage The reasonable "worst case" LAeq,T noise level, the There are no known features of archaeological interest highest site noise level calculated for each dwelling within the confines of the application site. The general with barriers in place can be assessed against the lack of archaeological interest in the area has been corresponding site noise limits. For all of the confirmed by a detailed archaeological field evaluation dwellings considered, the calculated site noise level within the Spiers Farm Phase 1b and Phase 2 area. In complies with the corresponding site noise limit. these circumstances, it is suggested that any further In view of the fact that all of the relevant site noise archaeological field investigation of ‘Phase 3’ could limits as set out in MPS 2 are met, it is considered that appropriately be confined to a ‘watching brief’ during the site can be worked while keeping noise emissions soil stripping operations. This could be made a to environmentally acceptable levels. requirement of a planning condition in the event of permission being granted for the Phase 3 development. 14.6 Dust All activities within Southam Quarry are regulated by an established dust control and monitoring regime. The existing operations at Southam Quarry are subject to a high standard of site management that incorporates a large number of highly effective dust control measures. The proposed extension at Southam will utilise the same processes and facilities as currently exists including retaining the well screened processing area, providing screening bunds and shelter belts, and locating haul roads to the west of the site away from potentially dust sensitive receivers. The extraction of limestone and clay at Southam has an inherently low risk of dust emission which has been recognised in the environmental permitting regime. Southam Quarry is not required to have an environmental permit as ‘the handling of clay at quarries is not normally likely to result in the release into air of particulate matter’. The proposed extension at Southam will utilise the same processes and facilities as currently exists and Cemex have indicated that they are not aware of any dust nuisance complaints

A050564 Final 137 WYG Planning & Design

PART IV

PLANNING POLICY AND CONCLUSIONS

Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 15

15.0 PLANNING POLICY is currently undergoing a three phase revision, of CONSIDERATIONS which, Phase 1 (exclusively relating to the Black Country) is now complete and has been incorporated 15.1 Introduction into a re-issued RSS (January 2008). Phase 2 (update of housing figures, retail centres, employment land, When undertaking EIAs and preparing an ES, it is transportation and waste) and Phase 3 (concerns conventional practice to carry out a review of relevant minerals, the environment, rural services, culture, sport planning policy. This is not an express requirement of and tourism) are currently undergoing production. the Town and County Planning (Environmental Impact Phase 2 progressed to EiP in April 2009 following Assessment) (England and Wales) Regulations 1999 which, the West Midlands Regional Assembly Schedule 4 (as amended), but it is helpful in allowing (WMRA) had hoped to publish further changes to the principle of the development and its details to be Phase 2 in the Spring 2010, following the Secretary of assessed against a checklist of planning policy State’s proposed changes. However, following the objectives and requirements. This in turn assists in change of national Government in May 2010, and the identifying and isolating the key environmental issues stated intention to abolish RSSs, the future of the associated with a particular development, and in WMRSS is uncertain, as at the date of finalising this arriving at judgement of the overall merits of the ES (July 2010). Nevertheless, informal consultation on development balanced against its environmental Phase 3 ‘Options’ was completed in August 2009, effects, and wider issues of the need for the from which the WMRA are in the process of development. developing ‘Policy Statements’ which will provide a Planning applications which are accompanied by an framework for relevant Local/County policies and EIA must be considered in the context of ‘Regulation 3 ‘Policy Recommendations’ which it was intended of the EIA Regulations, which prohibits the grant of would feed directly into the preparation of a new planning permission without considering the Regional Strategy, (albeit with the future of such a new environmental information set out in an ES (and any RSS now unclear). supporting details). More generally, the application These emerging revisions to the WMRSS form a must be determined in accordance with the content of material consideration in the determination of planning the development plan, unless material considerations applications, albeit that they do not formally constitute indicate otherwise (reference section 38(6) of the part of the development plan. Their content relating to Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004). minerals planning is particularly important as they In practice, the two requirements are complimentary in provide up-to-date guidance relating to future that policies in the development plan will aggregate supply requirements in the region. However, conventionally seek to safeguard environmental the RSS contains no policies which specifically relate interests, and will seek to resist developments which to the extraction of raw materials for use in the are likely to give rise to significant adverse manufacture of cement. environmental and amenity effects. This work has also been supported by the Section 38(6) of the Act introduces a presumption in commissioning of a number of background papers to favour of granting planning permissions for proposals inform the Regional Spatial Strategy Revision process, which are in accordance with policies in the including the Minerals Background Paper (June 2009). development plan. This has been further interpreted in This background paper identifies the use of shale and the Courts, which have established the principle that it limestone for the use of the production of cement at is not necessary for a proposal to accord with each and Rugby (RSS Background Paper, pp7). every policy in the development plan, since there will In addition to the RSS, the Development Plan of be instances where policies pull in different directions. relevance for the Southam application site comprises: The key requirement is therefore for a proposal to accord with the ‘overall thrust’ of the development 1. The Warwickshire Structure Plan 1996 – plan, taken as a whole, and not in accordance with 2011 (Saved Policies) each policy of the plan (reference R (Cummins) v. 2. The 1995 Warwickshire Minerals Local Camden LBC). Plan (Saved Policies) Following the introduction of the Planning and 3. The 2006 Stratford on Avon Local Plan Compulsory Purchase Act 2004, the ‘Development Review, (Saved Policies) Plan’ now includes regional planning policy. In the case of Warwickshire, this comprises the Regional The Warwickshire Structure Plan (1996 – 2011) has, Spatial Strategy for the West Midlands (WMRSS) via the requirements of the Planning and Compulsory (Formerly RPG11), which became the Regional Spatial Purchase Act, been largely superseded by the Strategy (RSS) for the region in June 2004. The RSS WMRSS. The remaining saved policy provisions of the Structure Plan are not relevant in the context of the

A050564 Final 141 WYG Planning & Design

Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 15

proposed development (but have been considered for reflected in policy in the adopted and emerging plans completeness). and, in particular, the need to: The Warwickshire Minerals Local Plan was adopted in (i) Exploit mineral reserves via sustainable mineral February 1995 and a number of policies have been planning principles (ref: RSS Policies M1, M3; ‘saved’, following a direction issued by the Secretary MLP Policies M6, M7, M8; and Local Plan of State, pending replacement by a Minerals Policy PR.5); Development Framework. The MLP seeks to identify (ii) Secure adequate supplies of raw material (ref: those areas of the County where there would be the RSS Policies M1, M2; and MLP Policies M1, least planning objections to possible mineral working M4); (but with preferred areas and areas of search confined to sand and gravel). The MLP also contains a number (iii) Generally protect important areas of landscape, of policies that relate to the effect of minerals ecological and cultural heritage importance (ref: development on the wider environment, nature RSS Policy QE1, QE5, QE6; and MLP Policies conservation interests and cultural heritage. Its M5, M6; and Local Plan Policies PR.1, EF.6); principal focus however is on the supply of aggregates (iv) Safeguard the environment from the adverse (sand, gravel and hard rock) and coal, and no specific affects of mineral development (ref: RSS Policy policy provision is made for the extraction of raw QE9; MLP Policies M6, M7; and Local Plan material for use in the manufacture of cement. Policy PR.8, EF.7); The current Warwickshire MLP is in the process of (v) Ensure satisfactory restoration of mineral sites being revised, and, in due course, will be replaced by (ref: RSS policies QE2, QE6, QE7; and MLP the Warwickshire Minerals Development Framework Policies M9, M10). (MDF). The MDF has progressed via previous consultations on ‘Issues and Options’ (August 2006), This Chapter of the ES is therefore structured to firstly towards a Core Strategy ‘Preferred Options’ give consideration to the need for the development, consultation which is due to commence in May/June and secondly to review the development in the context 2010. Warwickshire are currently considering whether of policies for environmental and amenity protection. to incorporate strategic minerals allocation sites into Conclusions are then drawn regarding the overall this forthcoming ‘Preferred Option’ following a balance of need against environmental effects. ‘Revised Spatial Options’ consultation which took place during April 2009. All other minerals sites will 15.2 The Need for the Development be incorporated into a Minerals Site Allocation DPD, the preparation of which will follow on from the 15.2.1 National Planning Policy forthcoming ‘Core Strategy Preferred Options’ consultation. Primary overarching national minerals policy is provided by Minerals Planning Policy Statement 1 The Stratford on Avon Local Plan Review (LPR) was (MPS1) issued by the Department for Communities adopted in July 2006, and whilst the Plan does not and Local Government in 2006. It notes that: contain policies directly relevant to mineral extraction, it does include a number of more general “Minerals are essential to the nation’s prosperity and environmental and amenity protection policies which quality of life, not least in helping to create and complement similar policies set out in the WMRSS develop sustainable communities. It is essential that and MLP. The current LPR is undergoing a revision in there is an adequate and steady supply of material to the light of the requirements of the Planning and provide the infrastructure, buildings and goods that Compulsory Purchase Act, and a Local Development society, industry and the economy needs, but that this Framework (LDF) is currently being produced by provision is made in accordance with the principles of Stratford on Avon District Council. This LDF has sustainable development” (para 1). progressed through initial draft consultation (October In that context, MPS1 sets out a series of ‘national 2008) and a further informal consultation was th objectives’ for minerals planning (para 9), followed by completed on 8 April 2010, prior to formal ‘national policies’ for minerals planning, including submission consultation anticipated for the Autumn of policies for the protection of heritage and countryside 2010. (para 14), supply (para 15), environmental protection In terms of Section 38(6) of the Act, the ‘overall (para 17), efficient use (para 18) and restoration (para thrust’ of the Development Plan in relation to mineral 19). The policies are supplemented and further policy and aggregate provision are considered to be the explained in an accompanying MPS1 Practice Guide, objectives to meet the needs for minerals in a way which note that many minerals are economically which minimises environmental effect. This is important and some, such as cement materials are

A050564 Final 142 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 15

required in England in substantial quantities (para industry's primary materials (chalk and limestone) and 164). also secondary materials (clay and shale), and there should be a landbank calculated for each (MPG10, Finally, as part of an overall supply strategy, the para 57). Practice Guide notes that “it may sometimes be preferable, as a means of minimising environmental In maintaining these landbanks, MPG10 states that disturbance, to adopt a policy of preference for MPA’s should normally aim to maintain cement plant allowing extensions to existing workings rather than with a stock of permitted reserves of at least 15 years. allowing mineral working at green field sites. This can Where significant new investment (such as a new kiln) secure the utilisation of minerals that might otherwise is agreed with the mineral planning authority, the plant be sterilised ……” (para 40). should be provided with a stock of permitted reserves to provide for at least 25 years (where this is relevant In addition to the general principles set out in MPS1 to the new kiln and substantial other investment made specific national policy is provided by MPG10 at the new Rugby Cement Works). ‘Provision of Raw Material for the Cement Industry’. Although published in 1991, it remains relevant in MPG10 takes the view that it is in the national interest providing core national guidance relating to the to maintain and increase cement production, and provision of raw material for the cement industry. The sufficient reserves of minerals should be permitted for document notes that “the cement industry is of major this. The feasibility of bringing forward planning importance to the national economy as it supplies an proposals for new raw material reserves should be essential product to the construction and civil examined in the context of ‘best balance’ of economic, engineering industries. It is therefore necessary to environmental and social cost (para 63). have an adequate and continuous supply of raw The key themes to emerge from national guidance are material to maintain production” (MPG10, para 2). therefore: Mineral Planning Authorities are therefore “urged to make provision of adequate supplies of raw material • The need for adequate and steady supplies; for the cement industry as it endeavours to meet future domestic demand” (MPG10 para 3). • The need for continuity of supply of material of the desired quality; In terms of the supply of raw material, MPG10 highlights the characteristics which would make • The role of landbanks in assisting these exploitable resources suitable for cement manufacture, objectives; noting that“the raw materials must not only meet fairly • The general benefits of extensions to existing stringent quality requirements, but they must be sites; capable of being exploited economically and be available in sufficient quantity to justify the high • The requirement to balance ‘need’ with other capital investment required for a modern cement environmental factors in considering works’ (ref: para 19). Among the factors to be individual applicants. considered in this regard is the geological structure of the deposit, the thickness of overburden, disposition 15.2.2 West Midland Regional Spatial Strategy relative to the water-table, cavitation, mineralisation (WMRSS) etc. Consequently it is only economically feasible to manufacture cement in a limited number of location”’ As previously noted, at a regional level the (MPG10, para 19). development plan for the site comprises the WMRSS (January 2008), but with uncertainty over the future of In relation to facilitating supply, MPG10 does not the RSS. Nevertheless, the document covers a wide provide any production targets for GB cement range of subjects including housing, economic materials but notes that it is essential for the economic development, the built, historic and natural well-being of the country that the cement industry is environment, renewable energy, minerals, waste and provided with an adequate and regular supply of raw transport. Chapter 8, Part 3 of the WMRSS provides materials (MPG10, para 30). In relation to the working the main policies relevant to minerals based upon the of minerals, it also states that policies of the release of content of MPS1. The RSS sub-divides regional land for mineral working proposals should balance the aggregate requirements to individual counties. need for the development with, environmental, social, However, there are no specific requirements in relation agricultural and other relevant considerations (MPG to the production of raw materials for use in the 10, para 31). production of cement. In order to facilitate and safeguard supplies MPG10 The document notes that; ‘The West Midlands contains requires Mineral Planning Authorities to maintain nationally important minerals including those which landbanks of permitted reserves of raw materials for are important in the production of cement’ (WMRSS, cement plants. The landbanks should include the para 8.57). In relation to mineral supplies and in line

A050564 Final 143 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 15

with national guidance, the aim of regional minerals 15.2.4 Warwickshire Minerals Development policy seeks to encourage the prudent use of available Framework (MDF) mineral resources and to maintain an appropriate on- going mineral supply (para 8.58). The emerging Warwickshire Minerals Development Framework by way of the ‘Minerals Core Strategy: Policy M1 of the RSS notes that appropriate provision Revised Spatial Options April 2009’ describes should be made in the West Midlands for the supply of Southam as being of; “strategic importance” in terms nationally and regionally significant minerals. In of maintaining supplies to the Rugby Cement Works making this provision, account will be taken of the (para 1.25) and the Rugby Works itself as being of following: “national importance due to its location, proximity to • ‘the need to secure the best balance of good transport infrastructure and large cement output” community, social, environmental and (ref para 3.65). In terms of need, the underlying economic interests, consistent with the conclusion to be drawn from the emerging MDF is that principles of sustainable development; the site of ‘strategic importance’ at Southam continues to be an integral part of the forward mineral planning • the need to maintain landbanks of permitted strategy of the MPA for providing an essential supply reserves of non-energy minerals; of raw material to the Rugby Cement works. • the contribution that alternative sources of material or imports from outside the Region 15.3 Environmental Considerations should make; 15.3.1 Introduction • other national and Regional policies; and In considering the environmental effects of mineral • the provision made for aggregates in policy extraction it is important to emphasise the context that, M2.’ by virtue of the nature of such developments, all mineral extraction schemes will give rise to some 15.2.3 Warwickshire Minerals Local Plan degree of environmental impact. This is acknowledged in MPS1 which confirms that one of the The MLP embraces the supply principles set out in objectives for mineral planning is to secure working PPS1 relating to supply guidelines. practices which prevent or reduce as far as possible The document notes that “minerals also contribute to impact from the environment arising from extraction our balance payments through exports and imports, processing or transportation of minerals (ref para 9). that they are therefore an important national resource Complementary advice encourages mineral operators and their use makes an essential contribution to the to adopt sound working practices to prevent where nation’s economic prosperity” (para 1.2). The MLP feasible, or if not to minimise environmental impacts notes that many industries are wholly dependent on to acceptable levels during the preparation, working these minerals as a direct source of raw material and and restoration stages (para 17). The MLP sets similar that these in turn, generate secondary industries, thus aims, drawn from the previous MPG1. adding to overall levels of economic The planning policy requirement is therefore not to activity/employment (para 1.2). In addition, minerals demonstrate that all impacts have been eliminated, but are required in the construction of new homes, schools, to ensure that the design of the development scheme, hospitals, factories and roads, the MLP notes that and the mitigation measures which are available, are minerals are therefore a fundamental necessity to our capable of adequately minimising environmental modern way of life (paragraph 1.2) effects. The MPA must therefore have regard to the In relation to raw material landbank requirements for overall balance of impacts (positive and negative) the cement industry, the MLP states that these will be together with the need for the development, in judged against the requirements of the Companies assessing individual planning applications. currently operating within the County (paragraph 6.8). The ES has included a comprehensive analysis of the The proposals are formulated in this context of the potential environmental effects of the development, requirement for maintaining suitable reserve landbanks and the underlying conclusion reached is that the and supplies to the cement industry. development could proceed without giving rise to In terms of need, the underlying conclusion to be material adverse environmental or amenity effects. drawn from the above is that Southam Quarry provides That conclusion therefore forms the basis of the the only source of limestone and clay raw material to following brief analysis of the key minerals and the Rugby Cement works, and it thus contributes an environmental policies set out in the RSS and MLP. It extremely important component of the objective to is not intended to undertake an exhaustive review of all ensure raw material supply to the cement industry. environmental policies in the respective chapters of the Development Plan since (a) this is not the approach

A050564 Final 144 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 15

required via Section 36a of the Act (which, as noted in (iv) not only can the effects on the environment and the introduction to this section, requires attention to be landscape be successfully mitigated during the directed to the ‘overall thrust’ of planning policy, development scheme, but the restoration strategy rather than to each and every policy) and (b) such an has the potential to enhance the landscape, exercise would in part duplicate the analysis and biodiversity and geodiversity potential of the site conclusions of the ES relating to the respective and locality. environmental topics. The following overview of Policies QE1 and QE5 seek to afford appropriate planning policy is therefore undertaken in that context. protection to designated sites and more generally to minimise impacts in environmental and amenity 15.3.2 West Midland Regional Spatial Strategy interests. These issues are expanded upon in the MLP (WMRSS) and are discussed within the respective chapters of Part The Minerals Chapter of the WMRSS (Chapter 8, part III of this ES. 3), contains four policies relating to mineral extraction The WMRSS encourages the delivery of minerals and and a further nine policies which relate to the mineral related products by sustainable transport but protection of specific environments (which, where notes that such transportation proposals must be relevant have been considered within Part III of this realistic and capable of being delivered (para 8.62). In ES). relation to this, the RSS requires that prior to drafting Policy M1, confirms that appropriate provision should plans for mineral working, it will be essential to assess be made in the West Midlands for the supply of the likely generation of traffic and its impact upon the ‘nationally and regionally significant minerals’. The local highway network (para 8.62). This issue has been Policy further confirms that in making this provision, addressed at Southam via the established vehicle account will be taken of the need to secure the best routing agreement, and the commitment to periodically balance of community, social, environmental and review the potential for alternative transportation via a economic interests, consistent with the principles of rail link (Ref Section 106 Agreement First Schedule, sustainable development the need to maintain Clauses 1 and 5): landbanks, and other national policies. The supporting text also notes the potential for mineral developments 15.3.3 Warwickshire Minerals Local Plan to contribute to local and Regional biodiversity targets (MLP) (paragraph 8.63). In addition, the text notes that “the (a) Sustainability and Environmental Designations working and restoration of mineral sites will need to be carried out to the highest possible environmental The MLP sets out a strategy for sustainable minerals and operational standards if sustainable development development, and confirms the need to “secure a objectives are to be met”.(ref RSS para 8.62). proper standard of development” (para 5). It also identifies locational considerations which may affect The context referred to by WMRSS Policy M1 minerals proposals, including; areas of woodland, includes a need to afford appropriate consideration of conservation, geological, geomorphological, and the environmental protection policies of the RSS ecological value; and sites and landscapes of historical (Policies QE1 - QE10). This includes the protection to and archaeological importance (ref Policy M6). Policy designated areas of international, national, regional and M6 also outlines a number of other considerations local significance (Policy QE1 & QE5), ensuring the including (a) transport, (b) agricultural land quality and suitable restoration of sites (Policy QE2 & QE6) and high quality restoration to an appropriate use, (c) the protecting, managing and enhancing the region’s quality and quantity of surface and underground water, biodiversity and nature conservation resources. This (d) subsidence and (e) living conditions for people. ES concludes that The policy also recognises a number of further policy (i) there is a substantial and acknowledged case of considerations which are necessarily considered in the need for the development; determination of mineral proposals, this includes; (a) green belt, (b) the Cotswolds Area of Outstanding (ii) the existing Southam Quarry is an important Natural Beauty, (c) areas of restraint and (d) special element of the local economy via direct and landscape areas. indirect employment, and the provision of raw material to the Rugby Cement Works; The MLP notes that physical restraints may be permanent development, and features which have (iii) the MPA acknowledge the “strategic statutory protection or those which are of such county importance” of maintaining supplies to the significant that they merit protection, with respect to Rugby Cement Works within their emerging which the MLP notes a strong presumption against MDF ‘Minerals Core Strategy: Revised Spatial mineral extraction which would adversely affect such Options April 2009’ areas (ref para 6.19). In considering these matters the

A050564 Final 145 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 15

MLP (para 6.16) notes that each proposal will be It has been noted that the MLP focuses on sand and determined on its merits and that it will be for gravel and rock, (used for aggregate purposes) and Applicants to demonstrate in their application and coal, and does not make specific provision for raw (where appropriate), in accompanying environmental material (limestone and clay) for use in the cement statements, how the environment will be protected and industry. The ‘areas of search’ and ‘preferred areas’ any potential impacts overcome. identified in the Plan are confined to sand and gravel, with deposits of clay and limestone expressly excluded Similar advice is included within MPS1 (paragraph 9), from the process “as a result of difficulties in which includes an objective to protect national quantifying demand for the minerals” (ref para 4.2). designated areas of landscape value and nature conservation importance from minerals development, In these circumstances, the Applicants consider that a other than in ‘exceptional circumstances’. permission for the proposed development at the These issues have been addressed elsewhere in this application site would not constitute a ‘departure’ from chapter and ES but as an overview of the key issues it the development plan since the MLP does not make is contended that: provision for limestone and clay, and thus there would be no ‘departure’ from such provision. 1. The extension to Southam Quarry is a

necessary and important component of the One final issue relates to ‘buffer zones’, which have supply strategy of the MLP in terms of the been referred to in pre application discussions. A series overall reserves, and continuity of supply at a of criteria were used in the MLP for the identification quarry which supplies raw material to the of the sand and gravel preferred areas, including Rugby Cement Works. Additional resources ‘buffer zones’ where extraction would not normally be are essential in maintaining a suitable expected to take place within 200m of a settlement landbank of raw materials. There is therefore (and where, for the purposes of the Plan, a settlement an overriding need for the mineral in the was regarded as “a cohesive group of 10 or more terms of the continued contribution which the dwellings”). Whilst not directly relevant to clay and quarry could make to supplies, and thus limestone, it is thus noteworthy that the ‘buffer zone’ county, regional and national material criteria would be met in the case of the proposed requirements. Spiers Farm extension, where no extraction would take 2. The consequence of the conclusion of (1) place within 200m of a ‘settlement’. above is that it is in the public interest for this (b) Restoration development to proceed, not only in terms of supply, but the ability of the development to The importance attached to the reclamation of worked proceed with minimal overall environmental out mineral site is evident from the specific MLP effects. chapter devoted to this topic (ref MLP Chapter 7). The introduction confirms that the MPA will require 3. The quarry is a long established component of reclamation proposals at the application stage of the local economy in terms of employment mineral developments. This advice is reflected in the and cement supplies. current submission, and in particular Chapter 4.0 of the 4. The conclusion of the MPA, via the emerging ES. LDF Core Strategy (April 2009; ‘Revised The above commitment is reinforced by wider Spatial Options’), recognises the strategic elements of the restoration strategy which seeks to importance of Southam Quarry and also seeks secure enhancements to the local biodiversity of the to ensure future production at Rugby Cement site via the range of restoration treatments and landuse works (Policy Principle 11). habitats which are proposed. 5. The landscape and visual impact assessment Policy M9 of the MLP provides guidance on issues to has highlighted the mitigation measures be taken into account as part of the design of which are an integral part of the project reclamation schemes, with respect to which it states design in terms of limits of quarrying, that: “Restoration of workings to a high standard and direction of working, progressive restoration, a beneficial after use will be required in accordance and final restoration enhancement, all of with the development plan, satisfactory arrangements which can be enforced by planning conditions for aftercare will also be sought”. The restoration (in accordance with MLP Policy M7). principles of the proposed development have sought to 6. The site can be restored to an attractive achieve such an approach, and the following measures landscape, with significant landscape, have thus been incorporated into the proposal: biodiversity and geo-diversity enhancements.

A050564 Final 146 WYG Planning & Design Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 15

1. The phased development scheme has been designed to facilitate progressive restoration

of non-operational areas.

2. On-site soils would be utilised to assist progressive restoration. 3. The restoration profiles around the margin of the quarry have been designed to avoid uniformity of treatment, and to provide a context for the integration of the site into its landscape context. 4. Measures have been incorporated into the scheme to protect adjoining features of acknowledged importance. 5. Environmental enhancements have been a guiding principle of the restoration scheme, in terms of landscape and land-use diversity, biodiversity enhancement, and geo-diversity opportunities. (c) Development Control Criteria MLP Policy M6 identifies a series of environmental and amenity issues including traffic, landscape and visual impact, water quality, impact on amenity etc which need to be considered at the application stage. Each of these issues have been analysed in detail as part of this ES, and a summary of conclusions is provided in Chapter 14.0 of the ES. In cross referencing national policy guidance, it is particularly noteworthy that the proposed development would be fully compliant with the noise criteria set out in MPS2, Annex 2. Moreover, there is clear evidence, via PM10 monitoring, that the existing development is proceeding fully in accordance with national air quality standards. Policy M7 builds on the considerations identified in policy M6 in relation to which it aims; ‘to ensure that any adverse environmental effects and the implications for residents quality of life are mitigated at all mineral workings’. From the above considerations and detailed environmental assessment, the underlying conclusion is that the proposed development could proceed in accordance with relevant environmental standards, and that adequate and conventional mitigation measures are available to satisfactorily minimise the overall environmental and amenity effects of the development. It follows therefore, that the Applicants contend that they have demonstrated that any potentially adverse environmental and or pollution effects are capable of satisfactory control and, in accordance with the advice in MP51 the effects “could be minimised to acceptable levels”.

A050564 Final 147 WYG Planning & Design

Southam Quarry Extension Chapter 16

16.0 CONCLUSIONS extracted within the currently permitted time frame to April 2024. The ES provides a detailed objective analysis of the The planning permission is supplemented by a Section potential environmental effects which would be 106 Agreement which includes important requirements associated with the development; the measures relating to vehicle routing, restoration and aftercare of available to mitigate those effects; and the likely previously worked areas, an undertaking not to landfill effectiveness of the mitigation measures. The ES also the void space with municipal waste, and the describes the details of the proposed development and management and monitoring of water levels to mitigate restoration strategy, and the Planning Policy any impact upon ground water levels and flows to Framework within which the proposal will be adjacent water courses. Again, these requirements considered. could be readily continued as part of the Phase 3 The proposal has been formulated in the context of development. Importantly, the Section 106 Agreement previous schemes for mineral extraction at Spiers Farm also anticipates that extraction at Griffins Farm will be (January 2004 and December 2004), which proposed delayed into the medium term (ref the 18 year planning an initial maximum extraction area within the physical permission) by requiring advanced peripheral planting constraints of the site (January 2004, Phase 3 and 4); a to Griffins Farm (which would be allowed to mature reduced scheme which deleted Phase 4 (December prior to commencement of such operations). The 2004); and then a further reduced scheme which assumed delay in commencement at Griffins Farm will deleted the majority of Phase 3 (July 2005). The only materialise with the release of additional reserves revisions were made partly in response to comments at Spiers Farm i.e. the Phase 3 development. made by local interested parties, (rather than as a result Notwithstanding the planning history of the previous of acknowledged and demonstrable adverse application, the principal issue for the determining environmental effects), and partly in recognition of the Authority is therefore to assess, on its individual Applicants urgent need to secure access to additional merits, whether the revised Phase 3 development is: reserves. The current proposal seeks to pay due regard to this planning history by proposing a further (i) Acceptable in terms of its environmental ‘compromise’ limit of extraction, which continues to and amenity effects, and the measures exclude the majority of the original ‘Phase 4’ and the which are available to mitigate those western area of the original ‘Phase 3’, but which would effects; provide access to valuable and much needed reserves of mineral Units A and B. (ii) Able to be adequately regulated and controlled by planning conditions, similar The current development within Phases 1 and 2 is to those currently in place, and which are controlled by a detailed planning permission with 39 proving to operate effectively; and planning conditions which provide for environmental protection in terms of additional advanced screen (iii) Compliant with the Development Plan and planting; maintenance of existing perimeter landscape National Planning Policy in terms of screening; habitat protection and creation; control of environmental protection policies and the surface water discharge; restrictions on hours of ‘need’ for the development. working; noise controls and monitoring; dust and air The conclusion of this ES is that the site benefits from quality controls, monitoring and management an absence of environmental designations and that, measures; safeguarding of soil resources; maintenance more generally, there are no substantive environmental of the site access and control of road going vehicles; or amenity constraints which should objectively dictate and the requirement to implement the restoration that the development should not proceed. This is concept, with an obligation to submit further more supported by the planning policy chapter which detailed restoration proposals for the approval of the concludes that the development could proceed in Mineral Planning Authority. Each of these issues are accordance with the development plan policies for the common to the current Phase 3 proposal, and it is area, and in accordance with national policy which, apparent that the existing conditions and controls could inter alia, highlights the importance of maintaining be readily applied to the operations within the Phase 3 supplies of aggregate raw material to the nationally area. important cement industry. The planning permission also imposes a time limit of In all these circumstances, it is considered that there 18 years from the date of the permission (April 2006) should be a firm presumption in favour of planning within which limestone and clay extraction should take permission being granted. place. It is noteworthy that the additional useable resources within Phase 3, combined with the residual permitted reserves in Phases 1 and 2, could be

A050564 Final 149 WYG Planning & Design